Agenda Packet — Salinas City Council, December 9, 2025 (part 5 of 7)

LOW VOLTAGE TEST REQUIRMENTS
The fire apparatus low voltage electrical system shall be tested as required by this section and the test results shall be certified by the apparatus manufacturer. The certification shall be delivered to the purchaser with the documentation for the completed apparatus. The tests shall be performed when the air temperature is between 0 degrees Fahrenheit and 110 degrees Fahrenheit.

TEST SEQUENCE
The three tests defined below shall be performed in the order in which they appear. Before each test, the chassis batteries shall be fully charged until the voltage stabilizes at the voltage regulator set point and the lowest charge current is maintained for 10 minutes. The failure of any of these tests shall require a repeat of the test sequence.

RESERVE CAPACITY TEST
The chassis engine shall be started and kept running until the chassis engine and engine compartment temperatures are stabilized at normal operating temperatures and the chassis battery system is fully charged. The chassis engine shall be shut off and the minimum continuous electrical load shall be applied for 10 minutes. All electrical loads shall be turned off prior to attempting to restart the chassis engine. The chassis battery system shall then be capable of restarting the chassis engine. The failure to restart the chassis engine shall be considered a failure of this test.

ALTERNATOR PERFORMANCE TEST AT IDLE
The minimum continuous electrical load shall be applied with the chassis engine running at idle speed. The chassis engine temperature shall be stabilized at normal operating temperature. The chassis battery system shall be tested to detect the presence of a chassis battery current discharge. The detection of chassis battery current discharge shall be considered a failure of this test.

ALTERNATOR PERFORMANCE TEST AT FULL LOAD
The total continuous electrical load shall be applied with the chassis engine running up to the engine manufacturer’s governed speed. The test duration shall be a minimum of two hours. The activation of the electrical system load management system shall be permitted during this test. The activation of an alarm due to excessive chassis battery discharge, as detected by the system required by NFPA (current edition), or an electrical system voltage of less than 11.8 volts direct current for a 12 volt direct current nominal system, for more than 120 seconds, shall be considered a failure of this test.

LOW VOLTAGE ALARM TEST
Following the completion of the tests described above, the chassis engine shall be turned off. With the chassis engine turned off, the total continuous electrical load shall be applied and shall continue to be applied until the excessive battery discharge alarm activates. The chassis battery voltage shall be measured at the battery 10050-0002 08/15/25

Page 3 of 45 ends

terminals.

The test shall be considered to be a failure if the low voltage alarm has not yet sounded 140 seconds after the voltage drops to 11.70 volts direct current for a 12 volt direct current nominal system. The chassis battery system shall then be able to restart the chassis engine. The failure of the chassis battery system to restart the chassis engine shall be considered a failure of this test.

The completed fire apparatus shall undergo a complete 12 volt electrical load and performance testing per applicable sections of NFPA standards with inspection and test sheets included in delivery documentation.

DOCUMENTATION
The apparatus manufacturer shall provide the results of the low-voltage electrical system performance test, certified in writing, with the documentation provided to the purchaser at the time of delivery of the completed apparatus.

The test results shall consist of the following documents:

(1) Documentation of the electrical system performance tests. (2) A written electrical load analysis, including the following:
· (a) The nameplate rating of the alternator.
· (b) The alternator rating under the conditions specified in NFPA 1906 (current edition). · (c) Each of the component loads specified that make up the minimum continuous electrical load. · (d) Additional electrical loads that, when added to the minimum continuous electrical load, determine the total continuous electrical load.
· (e) Each individual intermittent electrical load.

TEST RESULTS
BME Fire Trucks LLC. shall provide results of the apparatus testing and shall certify the following:

The weight of the completed apparatus, when loaded to its estimated in service weight, does not exceed the GVWR and GAWR of the chassis.

The complete unit, when loaded to its estimated in service weight, meets the weight distribution and vehicle stability requirements, as defined in the current NFPA guidelines.

The unit meets all required federal standards pertaining to the manufacturer and completion of the apparatus and a label tag has been affixed to the apparatus by the manufacturer stating same.

BME Fire Trucks LLC. shall provide all testing results, including engine, speed, acceleration, road ability, braking, and auxiliary braking to the Purchaser at the time of delivery.

GENERAL WARRANTY PROVISIONS
All materials and workmanship herein specified, including all equipment furnished, shall be guaranteed for a 10050-0002 08/15/25

Page 4 of 45 ends

period of one (1) year after the acceptance date of the apparatus, unless otherwise noted, with the exception of any normal maintenance services or adjustments which shall be required. Under this warranty, BME Fire Trucks, LLC. shall be responsible for the costs of repairs to the apparatus that have been caused by defective workmanship or materials during this period.

This warranty shall not apply to the following:
· Any component parts or trade accessories such as chassis, engines, tires, pumps, valves, signaling devices, batteries, electric lights, bulbs, alternators, and all other installed equipment and accessories, in as much as they are usually warranted separately by their respective manufacturers, or are subject to normal wear and tear.
· Failures resulting from the apparatus being operated in a manner or for a purpose not recommended by the apparatus manufacturer.
· Loss of time or use of the apparatus, inconvenience or other incidental expenses. · Any apparatus which has been repaired or altered without written consent or outside of the apparatus manufacturer's factory and or authorized service center in any way that affects its stability, or which has been subject to misuse, negligence, or accident.
· Delivery of the apparatus to repair site.

DISCLAIMER
NO WARRANTIES ARE GIVEN BEYOND THOSE DESCRIBED HEREIN. THIS WARRANTY IS IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED. THE COMPANY SPECIFICALLY

DISCLAIMS WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE,

ALL OTHER REPRESENTATIONS TO THE USER/PURCHASER AND ALL OTHER OBLIGATIONS OR LIABILITIES. FURTHER, THE COMPANY EXCLUDES LIABILITY FOR CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, ON THE PART OF THE COMPANY OR SELLER. No person is authorized to give any other warranties or to assume any liabilities on the Company’s behalf unless made or assumed in writing by the seller; and no other person is authorized to give any warranties or to assume any liabilities on the seller’s behalf unless made or assumed in writing by the seller.

OBTAINING SERVICE
Return the vehicle to any BME Fire Trucks, LLC. dealer/authorized service center; Return the vehicle to BME Fire Trucks, LLC. or contact BME Fire Trucks, LLC.. BME Fire Trucks, LLC. shall be solely responsible for determining the extent of repair under the terms of the warranty. Transportation costs shall be the responsibility of the purchaser.

MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP
10050-0002 08/15/25

Page 5 of 45 ends

All equipment provided shall be guaranteed to be new and of current manufacture, and unless specified otherwise, shall meet all requirements of these specifications and prevailing NFPA documents and be in condition at time of delivery for use as specified for this type of apparatus.

All workmanship shall be of the highest quality and accomplished in a professional manner so as to insure a functional apparatus with a high quality aesthetic appearance.

The construction shall be rugged and ample safety factors shall be provided to carry the loads specified to meet both on and off road requirements.

The apparatus shall be designed and the equipment mounted with due consideration to the distribution of load between the front and rear axles, so all specified equipment, with a full complement of personnel, can be carried without damage to the apparatus.

BODY AND STRUCTURAL WARRANTY
BME Fire Trucks, LLC. shall warrant each new apparatus body, if used in a normal and reasonable manner, against structural defects caused by defects in material, design or workmanship for a period of ten (10) years, covering parts & labor to the original purchaser which shall start on day of acceptance.

This warranty shall not apply to:
· Normal maintenance services or adjustments
· To any vehicle which will have been repaired or altered outside of our factory in any way so as, in the judgment of BME Fire Trucks, LLC., to affect it's stability, nor which has been subject to misuse, negligence, or accident, nor to any vehicle made by us which will have been operated to a speed exceeding the factory rated speed, or loaded beyond the factory rated load capacity. · Commercial chassis and associated equipment furnished with chassis, signaling devices, generators, batteries, or other trade accessories as they are usually warranted separately by their respective manufacturers.
· Shipping costs of parts or apparatus for purposes of repair or replacement of parts. This warranty is in lieu of all other warranties, expressed or implied. All other representations as to the original purchaser and all other obligations or liabilities, including for incidental or consequential damage on the company's behalf unless made in writing by the company.

PLUMBING WARRANTY
The stainless steel fire pump plumbing shall carry a ten (10) year parts and labor warranty against defects in workmanship and perforation corrosion.

AKRON VALVE WARRANTY
The Akron valves shall carry a five (5) year manufacturer’s warranty. Provisions of this warranty shall be 10050-0002 08/15/25

Page 6 of 45 ends

provided with the completed apparatus documentation.

PAINT WARRANTY
This limited warranty is applicable to the vehicle in the following percentage costs of warranty repair, if any:

Topcoat Durability & Appearance: Gloss, Color Retention & Cracking 0-72 months 100%
73-96 months 50%
97-120 months 25%
Integrity of Coating System: Adhesion, Blistering/Bubbling 0-36 months 100%
37-84 months 50%
85-120 months 25%
Corrosion: Dissimilar Metal and Crevice
0-36 months 100%
37-48 months 50%
49-72 months 25%
73-120 months 10%
Corrosion Perforation
0-120 months 100%
This limited warranty applies only to exterior paint. Paint on the vehicle's interior is warranted only under the BME Fire Trucks LLC. Basic One Year Limited Warranty.

CHASSIS WARRANTY
The specified chassis shall be provided with the chassis manufacturer's warranty. The exact provisions of this warranty shall be supplied with the completed apparatus documentation.

APPARATUS OPERATION MANUAL(S)
BME Fire Trucks, LLC. shall provide (2) electronic apparatus operational manual(s) on a USB thumb drive.

CHASSIS SPECIFICATIONS-FORD F550
Ford F550
Crew Cab
Diesel Engine
Automatic Transmission
10050-0002 08/15/25

Page 7 of 45 ends

4x4
Dual Alternators
Unless otherwise specified, the chassis shall be the XL verison and have vinyl seats and black vinyl flooring.

CAB SEATING AND WEIGHT ALLOWANCE
A warning label shall be installed in the cab to indicate seating positions.

LABELS, STANDARD PACKAGE SET
A standard set of labels shall be provided and installed on the inside of chassis cab area. The labels shall contain the required information based on the applicable components for the apparatus.

DATA PLAQUE
A data plaque shall be provided and installed on the inside of the cab The data plaque shall contain the required information based on the applicable components for the apparatus:
· Engine oil
· Engine coolant
· Chassis transmission fluid
· Drive axle lubricant
· Power steering fluid
· Pump, generator, or other component lubrications
· Other NFPA applicable fluid levels or data as required · Paint manufacturer, type, and color number
· Tire Speed Ratings

DATA PLAQUE
A data plaque shall be provided and installed. The plaque shall contain the following information. · Pump make and model
· GPM capacity rating
· Truck serial and production number
· Pump performance (specific GPMs at rated pressures with engine RPM) · Governed engine RPM
· Pump gear ratio

WARNING LABEL -- NO RIDING ON REAR
A warning label shall be provided and installed in the rear step area of the apparatus that states the following:

10050-0002 08/15/25

Page 8 of 45 ends

"WARNING: DO NOT RIDE ON REAR STEP WHILE VEHICLE IS IN MOTION. DEATH OR SERIOUS

INJURY MAY RESULT

WARNING LABEL -- OCCUPANT SEATED AND BELTED
A warning label that complies with FAMA07 shall be provided and installed in a location visible to all occupants of the cab that states the following:

Label shall read "Crash hazard occupants must be seated and belted when vehicle is in motion. Use only OEM approved belts. Unbelted occupants are at greater risk of injury or death in a crash."

WARNING LABEL -- SIREN NOISE
A warning label that complies with FAMA42 shall be provided and installed inside the driver's cab door that states the following:

Label shall read, "Sirens produce loud sounds that may damage hearing. Roll up windows. Wear hearing protection. Use only for emergency response. Avoid exposure to siren sound outside of vehicle."

WARNING LABEL -- HELMET WORN IN CAB
A warning label that complies with FAMA43 shall be provided and installed in a location visible to all occupants of the cab that states the following:

The label shall read, "Crash Hazard. Do not wear helmet while seated unless necessary during suppression operations. Serious head or neck injury may result from helmet use in cab. Failure to comply may injure or kill".

AIR FILTER EMBER PROTECTION SCREEN WARNING LABEL
A warning label shall be provided and installed in the apparatus cab interior that states the following:

"THIS VEHICLE HAS AN AIR INTAKE EMBER SCREEN WHICH REQUIRES PERIODIC INSPECTION & CLEANING"

FRESH AIR EMBER SEPARATOR WARNING LABEL
A warning label shall be provided and installed in the apparatus cab interior that states the following:

"THIS APPARATUS IS EQUIPPED WITH A CAB FRESH AIR INTAKE EMBER PROTECTION SCREEN.

ROUTINE INSPECTION IS REQUIRED"

MANUFACTURER LOGO
The apparatus shall include a BME logo plaque which shall be affixed at the rear of the apparatus. 10050-0002 08/15/25

Page 9 of 45 ends

The BME plaque shall feature white reflective material on the outside of the Maltese cross and red reflective material in the middle.

PULL-OUT/DROP DOWN STEP
One (1) "Quic-Step" model #PS-8-5, pull out, drop down style step shall be provided. It shall be constructed of corrosion resistant steel and a cast aluminum stepping surface.

DRIVERS SIDE -- FRONT BUMPER COMPARTMENT
One (1) recessed hose storage compartment shall be installed in the drivers side of the bumper. The compartment shall be constructed of smooth aluminum. The floor of the compartment shall have drain holes provided.

BUMPER COMPARTMENT NYLON HOLD DOWN STRAP
One (1) nylon strap with a buckle shall be installed on the specified front bumper compartment. The nylon strap shall act as a hold down mechanism for the hose in the compartment.

The straps shall be black in color.

BUMPER COMPARTMENT GRATING
The specified bumper compartment shall be fitted with removable interlocking vinyl Dri-Dek grating. This material shall be resistant to heat, cold, ultra-violet radiation, mechanical impacts, chemical actions and is corrosion resistant.

The specified Dri-Dek grating shall be black in color.

CUSTOMCUSTOM FABRICATED BUMPER
A front custom fabricated front bumper shall be made and installed. The bumper shall have mounting provisions for one (1) LED light on each side of bumper. The bumper shall also have cutouts and mounting provisions for up to two (2) siren speakers. The front bumper shall be made of steel and shall be painted or powder coated satin black, with the top portion coated in slip resistant durabak.

AUXILIARY OFF ROAD LIGHT
There shall be two PIAA 560 LED driving lights installed in the front bumper located in the supplied cutouts.

CUSTOM FABRICATED REAR BUMPER
The rear bumper shall be a custom made BME steel bumper. The bumper shall contain tow eye provisions, a rear access step, license plate, DOT lighting and be caoted in black Dura-Bak coating. 10050-0002 08/15/25

Page 10 of 45 ends

REAR HANGING STEP
A hanging type step shall be provided. It shall be constructed of structural steel plate and steel cable hangers with extruded grip strut installed on the stepping surface. The step shall be bolted directly to the chassis step.

CAB STEPS RUNNING BOARDS
A set of BME custom made running boards shall be installed under the front and rear driver side and passenger side cab doors. The steps shall be made of steel and be powdercoated satin black.

CAB DOOR REFLECTIVE PANELS
The cab doors shall include reflective trim installed inside each door.

Specified part shall include Red and White DOT approved reflective striping.

CAB REAR SEATING
The rear seats of the cab shall be replaced with two (2) outboard forward facing non-SCBA Bostrom Sierra seats. The seats shall feature a folding seat bottom and seat occupancy sensor. The seats shall be a grey vinyl material.

AIR FILTER EMBER PROTECTION SCREEN AND WARNING LABEL
The chassis air intake shall be protected by an ember guard of 18 Mesh, 0.017-inch wire diameter, and a maximum mesh opening of 0.039 inches. The ember guard shall be sized to fit and located at the intake opening. The screen shall be readily accessible for inspection and maintenance.

EMBER SEPARATOR
The final stage manufacturer shall install a stainless steel ember separator within the auxiliary fire pump engine air intake system.

OEM TINTED CAB WINDOWS
The cab windows shall remain as tinted by the OEM chassis manufacturer for UV resistance only, no aftermarket tinting shall be done.

FUEL TANK PICKUP TUBE
The O.E.M fuel tank shall have an additional pickup installed to supply fuel to the auxiliary pump engine. It shall be routed from the chassis fuel tank to the pump engine. Any chassis fuel system modifications shall be fully compliant CARB regulations, CVC and FMVSS.
10050-0002 08/15/25

Page 11 of 45 ends

All fuel lines shall be loomed, “grommeted”, and firmly clamped in position to prevent chafing or damage and all synflex fuel hoses shall be wrapped with fire wrap lagging capable of withstanding temperatures in excess of 250°C.

The fuel tanks and lines shall be protected as necessary from exhaust heat through the use of heat shields or baffles. Only metal fasteners, coated or insulated for maximum fuel line protection shall be used..

TIRE PRESSURE INDICATOR SYSTEM
There shall be a tire pressure indicator at each tire's valve stem on the vehicle that shall indicate if there is insufficient pressure in the specific tire.

TIRE REPLACEMENT
The factory tires shall be replaced with seven (7) Toyo M608Z 265/70r19.5 tires. The tires shall be mounted and balanced.

SUSPENSION LIFT AND LEVEL
The truck shall get the following suspension modifications:

Front 2" level with new front shocks
Rear 3" lift w new rear shocks.

POWERCOAT FACTORY WHEELS
The factory wheels, including spare, for a total of seven (7) wheels, shall be powdercoated black by the final stage manufacturer.

Chassis Skid Plate Options

STEEL TRANSMISSION SKID PLATE
There shall be a steel transmission skid plate installed on the apparatus.

STEEL TRANSFER CASE SKID PLATE
There shall be a steel transfercase skid plate installed on the apparatus.

STEEL RADIATOR SKID PLATE
There shall be a steel radiator skid plate installed on the apparatus. The skid plate shall protect from the radiator to the front axle.

FRONT FENDER FLARES
10050-0002 08/15/25

Page 12 of 45 ends

There shall be fender flares installed on the front fenders of the apparatus. The flares shall cover the extended track of the the front tires. The flares shall be coated with durabak.

PORTABLE PUMP
A Darley 1-1/2AGE 24K portable pump shall be provided on the apparatus. The unit shall have a liquid cooled, 24 HP, Kubota D902 diesel engine equipped with an electric start.

Pump Performance
20 gpm @ 310 psi
140 gpm @ 145 psi
180 gpm @ 80 psi
Diesel Engine
Kubota, D902 Diesel, water-cooled, 24 hp.

Fuel Supply
The engine shall be piped to the chassis fuel system with provisions to prevent fuel drain back to the tank when the engine is shutdown.

Fuel Prime
A fuel re-prime pump shall be provided to assist in fuel delivery to the diesel engine from the chassis tank.

Lubrication
Pressure feed with spin-on filter.

Starter
12-volt electric wired into the chassis battery system
Exhaust
A spark arrestor shall be provided on the engine exhaust system.

Air Intake
An air cleaner shall be provided with easy access to remove the element.

An ember screen shall be provided on the inlet to the air cleaner.

DARLEY FIRE PUMP WARRANTY
A three (3) year warranty on the Darley fire pump shall be provided. The provisions of this warranty shall be described in the completed apparatus documentation.

DUAL VANGUARD PANELS
10050-0002 08/15/25

Page 13 of 45 ends

The auxiliary pump shall be controlled by a dual Vanguard panel set up, with one IO module. One panel shall be located on the pump panel and one panel shall be located in the cab center console; the IO module shall be located in the pump area. The panels shall be warrantied for a period of five (5) years.

ELECTRIC PRIMER SPECIFICATIONS
A 12 volt electrically driven positive displacement fire pump primer system shall be installed. The priming pump shall be constructed of heat treated aluminum and hard coat anodized and shall not use oil in the operation. The system shall perform in compliance to applicable NFPA standards.

FIRE PUMP TEST
The fire pump shall undergo factory fire pump tests for a minimum of 30 minutes of continuous pump at rated capacity at rated net pump pressure prior to delivery of the completed apparatus. the complete pump test shall include a pressure control test, a priming system test, a vacuum test and a water tank to pump flow test. The factory pump testing results shall be furnished on delivery.

AUXILIARY PUMP PLUMBING
The auxiliary fire pump plumbing system shall utilize stainless steel piping incorporating hosing to allow for flex. The piping shall utilize TIG welding to provide a complete seal. Hard angles shall be avoided when possible to improve water flow characteristics. The piping shall utilize Victaulic couplers whenever possible to allow flex as the body module flexes.

Threaded sections of piping shall be avoided to reduce the leak potential of the system. Victaulic couplers shall be used in place of threading to reduce leak potential. Schedule 10 stainless steel piping shall be used for transport type piping. Schedule 40 stainless steel shall be used for areas requiring threading to provide a stable threading base. Brackets shall be installed to support threading locations thereby reducing the potential for leaks.

All hoses shall be connected directly to the tank due to the different flex ratios of the tank to body. Any front discharges, any rear discharges, and all cross lays shall use hose to reach the actual discharge. The use of hose shall be utilized due to the difference in flex or movement between the discharge location and the pump connection.

AUXILIARY FUEL SYSTEM
The fuel system for the auxiliary fire pump shall be plumbed to the chassis fuel system. There shall be a separate fuel pickup tube mounted in the chassis fuel tank specifically for a separate engine driven pump assembly.

There shall be an electric fuel pump with regulator and fuel hose furnished between the chassis fuel tank and the auxiliary pump.

AUXILIARY FIRE PUMP ELECTRIC START WIRING TO CHASSIS
Properly sized 12 volt positive and negative cables shall be provided from the chassis battery to the auxiliary fire pump.
10050-0002 08/15/25

Page 14 of 45 ends

AUXILIARY PUMP OIL DRAIN EXTENSION

There shall be an oil drain extension installed on the auxiliary pump. This will allow for the engine oil to be drained without removing the auxiliary engine.

AUXILIARY PUMP SHROUD
The Axuiliary Motor Radiator shall incorporate a 3-sided bolt on shroud. The shroud's intended purpose is to seal the radiator on three sides (top and both sides) of the radiator in order to draw fresh air from the outside as to not re-circulate alrady warm air around the pump.
2-1/2” GATED INTAKE -- REAR LEFT
One (1) 2-1/2" gated suction intake shall be installed on rear left area of apparatus to supply the fire pump from an external water supply. The valve shall be a quarter-turn ball valve and shall have 2-1/2" NH female thread with removable screen. The plumbing to the intake shall be with full flow flexible hose or piping with Victaulic couplings. The color coded label shall be installed near the control handle.

One (1) Akron 8825 series swing-out style valve(s) shall be supplied and installed. All valves shall be designed to operate under normal conditions up to 500 PSI and shall have dual seats to work in both pressure and vacuum environments. All valves and controls shall be easily accessible for service, repair or replacement.

The specified valve shall have a direct actuated ‘local’ control Akron Model TSC valve handle.

One (1) chrome brass 2-1/2" NH rocker lug plug with a securing chain or cable shall be installed on the intake.

WATER TANK SUPPLY LINE TO FIRE PUMP
A 2.5" water tank to pump line shall be installed with a 2.5" full flow quarter turn ball valve and 2.5" piping.

The line shall be equipped with a hump hose with stainless steel hose clamps.

The valve shall be equipped with a Thuemling manually operated pull rod, with quarter-turn locking feature.

PUMP TO TANK
One (1) 1.5" pump to tank line shall be installed with a 1.5" full flow quarter turn controlled ball valve and 1.5" piping.

One (1) Akron 8815 series swing-out style valve(s) shall be supplied and installed. All valves shall be designed to operate under normal conditions up to 500 PSI and shall have dual seats to work in both pressure and vacuum environments. All valves and controls shall be easily accessible for service, repair or replacement. 10050-0002 08/15/25

Page 15 of 45 ends

The valve shall be equipped with a Thuemling manually operated pull rod, with quarter-turn locking feature. 2” DISCHARGE -- REAR
One (1) 2" discharge shall be installed on the rear panel right side, controlled by a quarter turn ball valve on pump panel. The discharge shall have 2" NPT x 1-1/2" NH male hose threads and nameplate label adjacent the valve control handle.

One (1) Akron 8820 series swing-out style valve(s) shall be supplied and installed. All valves shall be designed to operate under normal conditions up to 500 PSI and shall have dual seats to work in both pressure and vacuum environments. All valves and controls shall be easily accessible for service, repair or replacement.

The specified valve shall have a direct actuated ‘local’ control Akron Model TSC valve handle.

One (1) chrome plated brass 1.5" NH rocker lug cap with a securing chain or cable shall be installed on the discharge.
1-1/2" CROSSLAY DISCHARGE
One (1) pre-connect 1-1/2" hose cross lay shall be installed over pump enclosure. The outlet shall be equipped with a 1-1/2" NPT female chicksan swivel x 1-1/2" male NH hose threads. The hose bed decking shall be constructed with a removable slatted material. The bed shall be approximately 8" wide, 14" deep, and 72" right to left over the pump enclosure area. The hose bed shall provide a minimum capacity of 200 feet of 1-3/4" diameter double jacket hose with nozzle provided by fire department.

The specified valve shall have a direct actuated ‘local’ control Akron Model TSC valve handle.

The crosslay hosebed shall be equipped with a hypalon vinyl cover with a nylon strap enclosures on each side, installed in compliance with applicable NFPA #1900 standards.

The specified crosslay/deadlay flaps shall be black.

CROSSLAY EDGES
The crosslay side sheets shall be rolled on each side to act as a guide for the hose to come out of the tray. 1-1/2" BUMPER AREA DISCHARGE (RIGHT SIDE)
One (1) 2" discharge , shall be provided at the passenger’s side of the front bumper extension. The discharge shall be plumbed with 2" flexible high pressure hose with reusable fittings or welded stainless steel pipe. The front bumper discharge shall be equipped with a 2" quarter turn ball valve. The discharge shall have a 90 degree 10050-0002 08/15/25

Page 16 of 45 ends

full swivel elbow, terminating in 1-1/2" NST male threads, to allow the hose to be pulled in any direction without kinking.

The specified valve shall have a direct actuated ‘local’ control Akron Model TSC valve handle. 2” ISOLATION VALVE
One (1) 2" inline valve , labeled, shall be provided to isolate the front bumper extension discharge piping in the case of a hose or piping failure. This valve shall normally be left in the open position. Control for this valve shall be through the use of a R1 handle, painted red, located at the valve.

The specified valve shall have a direct actuated ‘local’ control, Akron Model R1 valve handle.

One (1) chrome plated brass 1.5" NH rocker lug cap with a securing chain or cable shall be installed on the discharge.

HOSE REEL
One (1) Hannay painted steel hose reel shall be installed. The reel shall have leak proof ball bearing swing joint, adjustable friction brake, electric 12 volt rewind and manual crank rewind provisions. The reel shall be plumbed with wire reinforced, high-pressure hose coupled with brass fittings. The reel shall be designed to hold 125% of the specified hose capacity.

The reel shall be provided with a #227 1/3 HP 12 volt electric motor for rewinding the hose back on to the reel.

The hose reel shall have provisions for being rewound manually. The pinion shaft for the manual rewind gear shall be equipped with an adjustable tension brake, controlled at the hose reel.

The specified steel Hannay hose reel shall be painted black.

One (1) 1" discharge shall be piped from the fire pump to the hose reel with 1” flexible high pressure hose. A nameplate label shall be provided near the valve control handle.

One (1) Akron 8810 series swing-out style valve(s) shall be supplied and installed. All valves shall be designed to operate under normal conditions up to 500 PSI and shall have dual seats to work in both pressure and vacuum environments. All valves and controls shall be easily accessible for service, repair or replacement.

The specified valve shall have a direct actuated ‘local’ control Akron Model TSC valve handle. 10050-0002 08/15/25

Page 17 of 45 ends

One (1) push button, hose reel rewind control shall be installed adjacent the hose reel area.

The hose reel(s) and hose shall be equipped with 1" NPSH hose threads.

REEL MOUNTED HOSE
Three (3) 50' foot length(s) of 1" coupler water hose shall be installed on the hose reel. The hose shall be a rubber material and have an 800 PSI working pressure. The hose shall be 3/4" in diameter.

FOAM SYSTEM
A FoamPro electronic foam system shall be provided. The system shall be designed for use with Class A foam concentrate. The foam proportioning operation shall be designed for direct measurement of water flows and shall remain consistent within the specified flows and pressures. The system shall be capable of accurately delivering foam solution as required by applicable sections of the NFPA standards.

The system shall be equipped with a control module suitable for installation on the pump panel. There shall be a microprocessor incorporated within the motor driver that shall receive input from the system's flowmeter, while also monitoring the foam concentrate pump output. The microprocessor shall compare the values to ensure that the desired amount of foam concentrate is injected onto the discharge side of the fire pump. A "foam capable" paddlewheel-type flowmeter shall be installed in the discharge side of the piping system.

The control module shall enable the pump operator to:
· Activate the foam proportioning system
· Select the proportioning rates from 0.1% to 1.0%
· See a "low concentrate" warning light flash when the foam tank level becomes low and in two (2) minutes, if the foam concentrate has not been added to the tank, the foam concentrate pump shall be capable of shutting down.

A 12-volt electric motor driven positive displacement plunger pump shall be provided. The pump capacity range shall be 0.1 to 1.7 GPM (6.4L/min) at 200 PSI (13.8 BAR) with a maximum operating pressure up to 400 PSI (27.6 BAR). The system shall draw a maximum of 30 amps at 12 volts. The motor shall be controlled by the microprocessor which shall be mounted to the base of the pump. It receives signals from the control module and power the 1/3 horsepower (.25 Kw) electric motor in a variable speed duty cycle to ensure that the correct proportion of concentrate is injected into the water stream.

A full flow check valve shall be provided in the discharge piping to prevent foam contamination of the fire pump and water tank. A 5 PSI (.35 BAR) opening pressure check valve shall be provided in concentrate line.

Components of the complete proportioning system as described above shall include:
· Operator control module
· Paddlewheel flowmeter
· Pump and electric motor/motor driver
· Wiring harnesses
10050-0002 08/15/25

Page 18 of 45 ends

· Low level tank switch
· Foam tank
· Foam injection check valve
· Main waterway check valve
· Flowmeter and tee
The foam system shall be installed and calibrated to manufacturer's requirements. In addition the system shall be tested and certified by the apparatus manufacturer to applicable NFPA standards.

The foam system design shall be tested and pass environmental testing in accordance to SAE standards.

An installation and operation manual shall be provided for the unit. The system shall have a one (1) year limited warranty by the foam system manufacturer.

The FoamPro 1601 Series foam system shall be provided with a control cable from the controller to the foam pump assembly.

The FoamPro 1601 Series foam system shall be provided with a standard pump panel mounted FoamPro control head.

A FoamPro brass flowmeter shall be provided. The flowmeter shall be installed in the "foam capable" discharge line. The flowmeter shall have maximum accuracy between the flow range of 10 GPM and 320 GPM and be capable of operation between 3 GPM to 380 GPM. The tee shall have NPT and Victaulic inlet and outlets connections.

A FoamPro instruction and system rating label shall be provided. The label shall display information for a FoamPro 1601 Series foam system and shall meet applicable sections of the NFPA standards.

FOAM SYSTEM OUTLETS
The following discharges shall have foam distributed to them.

Front bumper discharges (if applicable)
Front bumper monitor (if applicable)
Booster hose reel(s)
Rear 2" x 1-1/2" discharge

FOAM SYSTEM WARRANTY
A one (1) year warranty on the foam system equipment shall be provided. The provisions of this warranty shall be described in the completed apparatus documentation.

REAR MOUNT PUMP ENCLOSURE
10050-0002 08/15/25

Page 19 of 45 ends

The rear mounted fire pump and plumbing enclosure shall be located aft of the water tank and between the side compartments. The pump module shall for allow independent flexing of the pump area from the body, chassis, tank, and shall permit quick removal.

PUMP PANEL MATERIAL
There shall be a rear mounted pump panel constructed of stainless steel, the pump controls and inlets/outlets shall be on the left side of the pump panel, while the right side shall feature a vertically hinged access door to the front of the Aux pump motor. The door shall have venting for the radiator and fasten with two thumb latches. The pump panels shall be satin black.

MASTER PRESSURE GAUGE
One (1) pressure gauge shall be provided on the operator's panel. The gauge shall be a Span brand, or equivalent, 30-0-600 PSI graduated, with a minimum diameter of 2-1/2", backlit for nighttime operations and silicone liquid filled to prevent condensation inside the gauge and to dampen the movement.

The gauge housing shall be constructed of Zytel nylon with a 1/4" NPT brass male fitting centrally located on the rear of the housing. The gauge shall be filled with low-temperature liquid with an operating range of -40 to +150 degrees Fahrenheit, which prevents bouncing of the readout needle and provides for an accuracy rating of 3% or 1" hg on the vacuum side and 5% or 15 PSI on the pressure side of the gauge.

Gauge(s) shall include internal, back-lit 12 volt lighting. Replaceable, White, LED bulb in a water-resistant holder.

Gauge(s) shall be supplied with a white dial face with black lettering and black gauge marks.

Gauge bezel shall be Chrome in color.

TEST TAPS
Test taps for pump intake and pump pressure with name plate labels shall be provided on the pump instrument panel.

CAB MOUNTED -- WATER TANK GAUGE
One (1) Fire Research brand, Model WLA205-A00 tank level gauge, shall be provided on the cab center console, within view of the driver's seating position, to monitor the water tank liquid level. The gauge shall indicate the water tank liquid level on an LED bar graph display, and shall be wired in common with the sensor circuit for the pump operator's panel-mounted gauge.

The specified level gauge shall be active anytime the chassis battery switch is turned on.

WATER TANK GAUGE
10050-0002 08/15/25

Page 20 of 45 ends

One (1) Fire Research TankVision model WLA300-A00-S20 tank gauge shall be installed on the pump panel.

The water tank indicator kit shall include an electronic indicator module, a pressure sensor, and a 10' sensor cable. The indicator shall show the volume of water in the tank on nine (9) easy to see super bright LEDs.

The specified level gauge shall be active anytime the chassis battery switch is turned on.

The specified level gauge shall be activated by an on-off switch, the switch shall be labeled and back lit.

CLASS A FOAM TANK GAUGE
One (1) Fire Research brand, Model WLA360-A00 tank level gauge shall be provided on the pump operator’s panel to monitor the foam concentrate storage tank level. The gauge shall indicate the foam concentrate storage tank liquid level on an LED bar graph display.

The specified level gauge shall be active anytime the chassis battery switch is turned on.

NOMENCLATURE PLATES
The apparatus shall be equipped with color coded labels. The labels shall be furnished for discharges, intakes, and for other controls and indicators. All labels shall be in English format.

PUMP PANEL LIGHT SHIELD
There shall be one (1) stainless steel light shield assembly provided and installed above the pump panel area.

There shall be TecNiq LED light(s) installed within the shield. two (2) Tecniq E10 LED lights shall be installed in the specified area.

DESIGN AND SCOPE-ALUMINUM WILDLAND BODY
The body shall be designed and constructed of commonly available structural components for ease of repair and maintenance. The body shall be of a modular design with the body structure independent of the chassis frame rails. The fabrication of the body shall be of welded construction to withstand the rigors of fire service use.

The body shall be designed to incorporate and support the tank, hose bed, compartments, and all other equipment intended to be stored in, or mounted to, the body module. The body skeleton and compartment framework shall be designed of tubular members for increased strength and stress resistance. There shall be no sheet metal or extrusions utilized in the foundation or structural components of the body module due to their critical role in assuring durability, functionality, and usability.

BODY FRAMEWORK
The entire body framework shall be fabricated from aluminum tubing. The body framework shall be a completely welded unit, forming a connected, stable frame for strength and longevity and providing the skeleton of the body module.
10050-0002 08/15/25

Page 21 of 45 ends

BODY MOUNTING SYSTEM
The mounting assembly shall be designed to isolate and protect the body module from vibration and twisting stresses imparted by the flexing of the chassis frame rails. The body module shall employ spring-loaded body mounting assemblies. Each two-piece mounting assembly shall be designed to positively position the body on the frame rails while allowing lateral and forward or aft movement. Mounting assemblies shall be placed forward and rearward of the rear axle as necessary to provide a strong and stable mounting of the body module.

Each mounting assembly shall consist of a “male” upper mounting bracket and a “female” lower mounting bracket.

COMPARTMENT FLOOR-SWEEP OUT STYLE
Each compartment shall feature a raised floor sufficient enough so the lip of the compartment shall clear the frame rail of the body module to allow debris to be removed easily from the compartment.

COMPARTMENTATION
All compartments shall be constructed of aluminum, welded for strength and be sealed from the elements. The compartments shall be attached to the aluminum superstructure only, in order to maintain a truly modular design. Each compartment shall feature smooth edges and surfaces from the walls to each weld without burs or sharp edges in the material.

Square Body Sawtooth Package
DRIVER’S SIDE BODY COMPARTMENTS
COMPARTMENT D1
One full height compartment shall be provided on the driver's side of the apparatus body, forward of the rear wheels. Approximate "clear door opening" compartment dimensions: 23.5" wide x 41.5" high x 21" deep.

COMPARTMENT VENTILATION
A minimum 2-inch single “Weber” style polished stainless steel swivel vent with four (4) ¼-inch vent holes shall be provided. These vents shall have a stainless steel center bolt to lock the vent in either the open or closed position and be located in the compartment walls. All vents will contain fire resistant filters to minimize dust entering the compartment.

COMPARTMENT FLOOR DRAIN
The compartment shall be provided with rear corner floor drains to the underside of the body.

COMPARTMENT SILL PLATE
The compartment shall feature a polished stainless steel sill plate protecting the painted surface of the compartment when items are accessed.

ADJUSTABLE UNISTRUT
10050-0002 08/15/25

Page 22 of 45 ends

Adjustable Uni-Strut equipment mounting tracks shall be installed inside the compartment with two (2) channels on the left wall and two (2) channels on the right wall. The tracks shall be positioned to provide support for equipment mounting. The length of the tracks shall be sized to allow for optimum use of the compartment interior.

ADJUSTABLE SHELF
There shall be (1) adjustable shelf(ves) installed; and the shelf(ves) shall be constructed of .125" thick smooth aluminum plate and be mounted in the specified compartment with double bolt aluminum shelf brackets. The shelf(ves) shall have a broken front edge, and a broken rear edge for added strength and reinforcement.

COMPARTMENT SHELF GRATING
The specified compartment shelf shall be fitted with removable interlocking vinyl Dri-Dek grating. This material shall be resistant to heat, cold, ultra-violet radiation, mechanical impacts, chemical actions and is corrosion resistant.

The specified Dri-Dek grating shall be black in color.

The compartment shelf and or shelves shall have reflective striping added to the outside lip. The stripe shall be a 1-1/2" minimum in width.

Specified part shall include Red and White DOT approved reflective striping.

COMPARTMENT GRATING
The compartments shall be fitted with removable interlocking vinyl Dri-Dek grating. This material shall be resistant to heat, cold, ultra-violet radiation, mechanical impacts, chemical actions and is corrosion resistant.

COMPARTMENT GRATING EDGE
The Dri-Dek grating shall be equipped with beveled edges where required.

The specified Dri-Dek grating shall be black in color.

COMPARTMENT LIGHTING
The specified compartment(s) shall have Code 3 800 series compartment lighting, sufficient to illuminate the contents.

DOOR AJAR SENSOR
The compartment(s) shall feature a magnetic proximity switch to indicate when the compartment door is ajar.

COMPARTMENT D2
10050-0002 08/15/25

Page 23 of 45 ends

One horizontal compartment shall be provided above the rear wheel well on the driver's side of the apparatus body. Approximate compartment "clear door opening" dimensions: 42" wide x 21.5" high x 21" deep.

COMPARTMENT FLOOR DRAIN
The compartment shall be provided with rear corner floor drains to the underside of the body.

COMPARTMENT SILL PLATE
The compartment shall feature a polished stainless steel sill plate protecting the painted surface of the compartment when items are accessed.

ADJUSTABLE UNISTRUT
Adjustable Uni-Strut equipment mounting tracks shall be installed inside the compartment with two (2) channels on the left wall and two (2) channels on the right wall. The tracks shall be positioned to provide support for equipment mounting. The length of the tracks shall be sized to allow for optimum use of the compartment interior.

The specified Dri-Dek grating shall be black in color.

The compartment shelf and or shelves shall have reflective striping added to the outside lip. The stripe shall be a 1-1/2" minimum in width.

Specified part shall include Red and White DOT approved reflective striping. 10050-0002 08/15/25

Page 24 of 45 ends

500# ROLL OUT TRAY
There shall be one (1) 500# capacity roll out tray(s) provided and installed in the specified compartments. The tray(s) shall be constructed of .188” smooth aluminum with a 2” lip on all four sides. The tray(s) shall roll fully out of the compartment, and shall be equipped with a locking device to hold the tray in both the in and out positions.

The roll out slide tray and or trays shall have reflective striping applied horizontally on the front and side edges of the tray. The stripe shall be a 1-1/2" minimum in width.

Specified part shall include Red and White DOT approved reflective striping.

TOOL BOARD MOUNTING PANEL
A Performance Advantage (PAC) wall mounted tool board constructed of aluminum extrusions shall be provided.

No compartment floor grating shall be provided in specified compartment.

COMPARTMENT LIGHTING
The specified compartment(s) shall have Code 3 800 series compartment lighting, sufficient to illuminate the contents.

DOOR AJAR SENSOR
The compartment(s) shall feature a magnetic proximity switch to indicate when the compartment door is ajar.

COMPARTMENT D3
One compartment shall be provided on the driver's side of the apparatus body aft of the rear wheels.

Approximate compartment "clear door opening" dimensions: 29" wide x 41.5" high x 21" deep.

COMPARTMENT FLOOR DRAIN
The compartment shall be provided with rear corner floor drains to the underside of the body.

COMPARTMENT SILL PLATE
10050-0002 08/15/25

Page 25 of 45 ends

The compartment shall feature a polished stainless steel sill plate protecting the painted surface of the compartment when items are accessed.

ADJUSTABLE SHELF
There shall be (2) adjustable shelf(ves) installed; and the shelf(ves) shall be constructed of .125" thick smooth aluminum plate and be mounted in the specified compartment with double bolt aluminum shelf brackets. The shelf(ves) shall have a broken front edge, and a broken rear edge for added strength and reinforcement.

The specified Dri-Dek grating shall be black in color.

The compartment shelf and or shelves shall have reflective striping added to the outside lip. The stripe shall be a 1-1/2" minimum in width.

Specified part shall include Red and White DOT approved reflective striping.

TOOL BOARD MOUNTING PANEL
A Performance Advantage (PAC) wall mounted tool board constructed of aluminum extrusions shall be provided.

COMPARTMENT GRATING EDGE
The Dri-Dek grating shall be equipped with beveled edges where required.

The specified Dri-Dek grating shall be black in color.

COMPARTMENT LIGHTING
10050-0002 08/15/25

Page 26 of 45 ends

The specified compartment(s) shall have Code 3 800 series compartment lighting, sufficient to illuminate the contents.

DOOR AJAR SENSOR
The compartment(s) shall feature a magnetic proximity switch to indicate when the compartment door is ajar.

PASSENGER SIDE BODY COMPARTMENTS
COMPARTMENT P1
One full height compartment shall be provided on the passenger's side of the apparatus body forward of the rear wheels. Approximate compartment "clear door opening" dimensions: 23.5" wide x 41.5" high x 21" deep.

COMPARTMENT FLOOR DRAIN
The compartment shall be provided with rear corner floor drains to the underside of the body.

COMPARTMENT SILL PLATE
The compartment shall feature a polished stainless steel sill plate protecting the painted surface of the compartment when items are accessed.

COMPARTMENT SHELF GRATING
10050-0002 08/15/25

Page 27 of 45 ends

The specified compartment shelf shall be fitted with removable interlocking vinyl Dri-Dek grating. This material shall be resistant to heat, cold, ultra-violet radiation, mechanical impacts, chemical actions and is corrosion resistant.

The specified Dri-Dek grating shall be black in color.

The compartment shelf and or shelves shall have reflective striping added to the outside lip. The stripe shall be a 1-1/2" minimum in width.

Specified part shall include Red and White DOT approved reflective striping.

COMPARTMENT GRATING EDGE
The Dri-Dek grating shall be equipped with beveled edges where required.

The specified Dri-Dek grating shall be black in color.

COMPARTMENT LIGHTING
The specified compartment(s) shall have Code 3 800 series compartment lighting, sufficient to illuminate the contents.

DOOR AJAR SENSOR
The compartment(s) shall feature a magnetic proximity switch to indicate when the compartment door is ajar.

COMPARTMENT P2
One horizontal compartment shall be provided above the rear wheel well quarter panel on the passenger's side of the apparatus body. Approximate compartment "clear door opening" dimension: 42"wide x 21.5" high x 21" deep.

COMPARTMENT FLOOR DRAIN
10050-0002 08/15/25

Page 28 of 45 ends

The compartment shall be provided with rear corner floor drains to the underside of the body.

COMPARTMENT SILL PLATE
The compartment shall feature a polished stainless steel sill plate protecting the painted surface of the compartment when items are accessed.

The specified Dri-Dek grating shall be black in color.

The compartment shelf and or shelves shall have reflective striping added to the outside lip. The stripe shall be a 1-1/2" minimum in width.

Specified part shall include Red and White DOT approved reflective striping.

COMPARTMENT GRATING EDGE
The Dri-Dek grating shall be equipped with beveled edges where required.

The specified Dri-Dek grating shall be black in color.

COMPARTMENT LIGHTING
10050-0002 08/15/25

Page 29 of 45 ends

The specified compartment(s) shall have Code 3 800 series compartment lighting, sufficient to illuminate the contents.

DOOR AJAR SENSOR
The compartment(s) shall feature a magnetic proximity switch to indicate when the compartment door is ajar.

COMPARTMENT P3
One compartment shall be provided on the passenger's side of the apparatus body aft of the rear wheels.

Approximate compartment "clear door opening" dimensions: 29" wide x 41.5" high x 21" deep.

COMPARTMENT FLOOR DRAIN
The compartment shall be provided with rear corner floor drains to the underside of the body.

COMPARTMENT SILL PLATE
The compartment shall feature a polished stainless steel sill plate protecting the painted surface of the compartment when items are accessed.

Page 30 of 45 ends

The specified Dri-Dek grating shall be black in color.

The compartment shelf and or shelves shall have reflective striping added to the outside lip. The stripe shall be a 1-1/2" minimum in width.

Specified part shall include Red and White DOT approved reflective striping.

COMPARTMENT GRATING EDGE
The Dri-Dek grating shall be equipped with beveled edges where required.

The specified Dri-Dek grating shall be black in color.

COMPARTMENT LIGHTING
The specified compartment(s) shall have Code 3 800 series compartment lighting, sufficient to illuminate the contents.

DOOR AJAR SENSOR
The compartment(s) shall feature a magnetic proximity switch to indicate when the compartment door is ajar.

COMPARTMENT BL
The walls in between D2 and D3 shall be removed for long handle tool storage. There shall be a door on the rear tail panel approximate clear door opening of 14.5"W x 25"H to access the compartment.

DOOR AJAR SENSOR
The compartment(s) shall feature a magnetic proximity switch to indicate when the compartment door is ajar. *** Square Sawtooth Top Boxes ***
TOP OF BODY COMPARTMENT- LARGE FRONT 1 COMPARTMENT
There shall be a compartment mounted on top of the body, the large front compartment shall feature one large open compartment with one forward hinged lift up door. There shall be a vertical grab handle on each front corner of the box to aid in climbing the front of the body. The clear door opening shall be approx 90"wide, by 42" long, and 16 1/2" deep. The entire box shall be painted or powdercoated satin blk. 10050-0002 08/15/25

Page 31 of 45 ends

ALUMINUM TREADPLATE DOOR
This compartment shall feature an aluminum diamond plate lid, the lid shall be coated in black Dura-bak

DOOR LATCH
The specified hinged door(s) shall be equipped with a sealed, black lever latch(es). Latch(es) shall be equipped with a lock cylinder fitted for a 1250 style key.

No compartment floor grating shall be provided in specified compartment.

COMPARTMENT LIGHTING
The specified compartment shall have two (2) Tecniq E10 lights installed within it.

DOOR AJAR SENSOR
The compartment(s) shall feature a magnetic proximity switch to indicate when the compartment door is ajar.

NO-- Secondary Upper Box
Deadlay / Crosslay Compartment
A deadlay / crosslay box will be installed on the apparatus, rear of the forward most dunnage. The deadlay / crosslay will have a single 1-1/2" Discharge plumbed to it. The box will utilize fabric flaps with seatbelt buckles for retention. Similar in design to Anchorage.

A single top door will be installed on the deadlay / cross lay box. It will utilize seatbelt buckles to retain the cross lay flaps on either side. To utilize CP-54956
Top door to utilize locking latches.

REAR TOP STORAGE BOX - DRIVER'S SIDE
There shall be a rear top storage box mounted on the driver's side of the apparatus with approximate dimensions of 59.25"L x 41.75"W x 16.5"D, AP-00-022680 (reference Fresno). The box shall begin aft the second top storage compartment and span all the way to the rear of the apparatus. There shall be no gap between the transverse compartment and the rear top storage box.

DOOR LATCH
The specified hinged door(s) shall be equipped with a sealed, black lever latch(es). Latch(es) shall be equipped with a lock cylinder fitted for a 1250 style key.

To be installed on secondary dunnage box.
10050-0002 08/15/25

Page 32 of 45 ends

WHEEL WELL PANEL CONSTRUCTION
The outer wheel well panel shall be an integral part of the overall body design and constructed of aluminum. It shall be welded in to place. The exterior wheel well area shall be painted to match the body.

FUEL FILL ACCESS
A Cast Products aluminum enclosure with hinged access door shall be installed in the driver's side wheel well area to accommodate the fuel fill assembly.

DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID FILL ACCESS
The factory DEF fill access shall be located inbetween the cab and the body, the fill shall be held in place by either an OEM or BME made bracket.

FRONT OF BODY -- PROTECTIVE SURFACE
The entire front of the apparatus body shall include a protective surface, constructed of aluminum tread plate material. The panels shall be painted or powder coated satin black.

REAR BODY PANELS
The entire rear of the apparatus body shall be painted apparatus color.

OUTER REAR BODY PANELS -- PROTECTIVE COVERING
The rear outer panels of the body shall have protective surfaces installed on the corners. The protective covering shall be constructed of polished stainless steel material. They shall be painted or powder coated satin black.

TOP OF BODY COMPARTMENTS -- PROTECTIVE SURFACES
The top of the side compartments shall have a protective surfaces installed. The surface shall be constructed of aluminum diamond plate and coated in black Dura-Bak coating for slip resistance.

ALUMININUM – COMPARTMENT DOOR, HINGED OVERLAP
Five (5) single, vertically hinged door shall be provide and fabricated from aluminum. The frame of the door shall be constructed of aluminum tubing to prevent corrosion and provide structural support. The spacing created by the frame tubing shall be filled with Styrofoam for added support, dent resistance, insulation and noise reduction. The exterior surface shall be aluminum for durability. There shall be no mechanical fasteners, such as bolt heads or rivets on the inside or outside of the doors.

The exterior of the door shall overlap the opening of the compartment. A lip shall be constructed around the opening of the compartment and the exterior of the door. A rubber seal shall be installed on the lip on both the compartment and the door to provide a double seal against water and dust. 10050-0002 08/15/25

Page 33 of 45 ends

The door shall be mounted using a stainless steel piano style hinge and a .25” diameter hinge pin for stability.

The vertical hinge shall be mounted to the body frame with threaded inserts and stainless steel screws to preserve functionality and ease of maintenance in the event of damage.

Gas struts shall be utilized to hold the door in the open position and to prevent the door from slamming during closing. The gas struts shall be mounted directly to the door with a stainless steel bracket assembly for stability and ease of maintenance. The gas struts shall be mounted to the interior of the compartment with a fully adjustable assembly.

The specified door(s) shall have a black stainless-steel D-ring door handle.

The specified door(s) D-ring handles shall be equipped with manual key door locks keyed to use the 1250 key.

COMPARTMENT DOOR EDGE STRIPING
The hinged compartment doors shall have reflective striping applied on the edges. The stripe shall be a 1-1/2" minimum in width.

Specified part shall include Red and White DOT approved reflective striping.

ALUMININUM – COMPARTMENT DOOR, LIFT UP HINGED OVERLAP
There shall be two (2), horizontally hinged lift up door shall be fabricated of aluminum. The door shall feature an exterior surface which overlaps the opening of the compartment. The exterior surface shall be aluminum for durability and damage resistance. The interior surface shall be aluminum for structural support and overall appealing appearance of the compartment. The frame of the door shall be constructed of aluminum tubing to prevent corrosion and provide structural support. The spacing created by the frame tubing shall be filled with Styrofoam for added support and dent resistance, temperature insulation, and noise reduction.

A lip shall be constructed around the opening of the compartment and the exterior of the door. A rubber seal shall be installed on the lip of both the compartment and the door to provide for a double seal against water and dust. A rain gutter shall be mounted above the latch type door for an added third layer of water protection.

The door shall be mounted with a stainless steel hinge with .25” diameter hinge pin for stability. The horizontal hinge shall be mounted to the body frame with threaded inserts and stainless steel screws to preserve functionality with use or age and ease of maintenance in the event of damage.

Gas struts shall be utilized to hold the door in the open position and to prevent the door from slamming during closing. The gas struts are mounted directly to the door with a stainless steel bracket assembly for stability and ease of maintenance. The gas struts shall be mounted to the interior of the compartment with fully adjustable assembly for ease of adjustment and maintenance while increasing stability.

The specified door(s) shall have a black stainless-steel D-ring door handle.

The specified door(s) D-ring handles shall be equipped with manual key door locks keyed to use the 1250 key. 10050-0002 08/15/25

Page 34 of 45 ends

COMPARTMENT DOOR EDGE STRIPING
The hinged compartment doors shall have reflective striping applied on the edges. The stripe shall be a 1-1/2" minimum in width.

Specified part shall include Red and White DOT approved reflective striping.

FOLDING STEP -- DRIVERS SIDE FRONT
There shall be three (3) Innovative Controls black powder coated steps installed. The steps shall be a spring loaded design with an approx 8" by 6" stepping surface and feature a BME logo and an LED light to light up the stepping surface. The step shall be installed on the front drivers side of the body.

FOLDING STEP -- PASSENGER SIDE FRONT
There shall be three (3) Innovative Controls black powder coated steps installed. The steps shall be a spring loaded design with an approx 8" by 6" stepping surface and feature a BME logo and an LED light to light up the stepping surface. The step shall be installed on the front passenger side of the body.

FOLDING STEP -- PASSENGER SIDE REAR
There shall be two (2) Innovative Controls black powder coated steps installed. The steps shall be a spring loaded design with an approx 8" by 6" stepping surface and feature a BME logo and an LED light to light up the stepping surface. The step shall be installed on the rear passenger side of the body.

GRAB HANDLES
There shall be grab handles mounted in applicable areas near steps and/or ladders to maintain a "three point of contact" climbing approach.

HOSE STORAGE BRACKETS
Two (2) folding Cast Products I-Zone hose brackets shall be provided on the rear of the apparatus body, rear-facing, one (1) on each side of the body.

WATER TANK CAPACITY
The water tank shall be a poly water tank with a capacity of 300 gallons.

WATER TANK WARRANTY
The polypropylene water tank that is specified to be supplied with this apparatus shall be warranted by the water tank manufacturer for a "lifetime" period from the date that the apparatus is put into service. The tank manufacturer shall repair, at no cost to the purchaser, any problems caused by defective materials and/or workmanship. The warranty shall cover the reasonable costs of removing the water tank from the apparatus and reinstalling it after the completion of the covered warranty repairs, but shall not cover any liability for the loss of 10050-0002 08/15/25

Page 35 of 45 ends

service or downtime costs of the apparatus.

The water tank shall be constructed of polypropylene, nitrogen-welded and tested inside and out. The tank manufacturer shall define the floor, top, sides, ends, and baffles material thicknesses. The tank shall carry a lifetime warranty.

The transverse and longitudinal swash partitions shall be interlocked and welded to each other as well as to the walls of the tank. The partitions shall be designed and equipped with vent holes to permit air and liquid movement between compartments. The cover shall be recessed .375" from the top of the side walls. Hold down dowels shall extend through and be welded to both the covers and the transverse partitions, providing rigidity during fast fill operations. Drilled and tapped holes for lifting eyes shall be provided in the top area of the water tank.

The water tank manufacturer shall certify the capacity of the water tank prior to delivery of the apparatus. This capacity shall be recorded on the manufacturer's record of construction and the certification shall be provided to the purchaser when the apparatus is delivered. Tank construction shall conform to applicable NFPA standards.

NFPA COMPLIANCE
The water tank construction shall conform to applicable NFPA standards.

TANK TO PUMP CONNECTION
A 3" PVC pipe shall be provided on the water tank for connection of the tank to the suction side of the pump with a flexible hump hose assembly. The tank suction valve and hump hose required to complete this connection shall be supplied by the final assembler.

PUMP TO TANK CONNECTION
A 2" connection shall be provided on the water tank for connection of the discharge side of the pump to the tank for filling purposes. The valves and hose required to complete this connection shall be supplied by the final assembler.

CLASS A FOAM TANK SPECIFICATIONS
The Class A foam tank shall have a capacity of 12 gallons. **Foam tank is integral to the water tank, and will be present whether or not apparatus is equipped with foam.**

FOAM TANK WARRANTY
The foam tank shall carry a “lifetime” warranty against defects in workmanship and perforation corrosion. The provisions of this warranty shall be provided in the delivery documentation. The tank manufacturer shall repair, at no cost to the purchaser, any problems caused by defective materials and/or workmanship. The warranty shall cover the reasonable costs of removing the water tank from the apparatus and reinstalling it after the completion of the covered warranty repairs, but shall not cover any liability for the loss of service or downtime costs of the 10050-0002 08/15/25

Page 36 of 45 ends

apparatus.
12 VOLT ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
The following describes the low voltage electrical system on the apparatus including all panels, electrical components, switches and relays, wiring harnesses and other electrical components. The apparatus manufacturer shall conform to the latest Federal DOT standards, current automotive electrical system standards and the applicable requirements of NFPA.

Wiring shall be stranded copper or copper alloy conductors of a gauge rated to carry 125 percent of the maximum current for which the circuit is protected. Voltage drops shall not exceed 10 percent in all wiring from the power source to the using device. The wiring and wiring harness and insulation shall be in conformance with SAE and NFPA standards. The wiring harness shall conform to SAE J-1128 with GXL temperature properties.

Exposed wiring shall be run in a loom with a 290 degree Fahrenheit rating. Wiring looms shall be properly supported and attached to body members. Electrical conductors shall be constructed in accordance with applicable SAE standards, except when good engineering practice requires special construction.

All wiring connections and terminations shall provide positive mechanical and electrical connections and be installed in accordance with the device manufacturer's instructions. When wiring passes through metal panels, electrical connections shall be with mechanical type fasteners and rubber/plastic grommets Wiring between the cab and body shall be split using Deutsch type connectors or enclosed in a terminal junction panel allowing body removal with minimal impact on the apparatus electrical system. Connections shall be insulated with heat shrink tubing to resist moisture and foreign debris such as grease and road grime. Weather resistant connectors shall be provided throughout the system.

Electrical junction or terminal boxes shall be weather resistant and located away from water spray conditions.

When required, automatic reset breakers and relays shall be housed in the main body junction panel.

There shall be no exposed electrical cabling, harnesses, or terminal connections located in compartments, unless enclosed in an electrical junction box or covered with a removable electrical panel. Wiring shall be secured in place and protected against heat, liquid contaminants and damage and shall be uniquely identified at least every six inches (6") by color coding or permanent marking with a circuit function code and identified on a reference chart or electrical wiring schematic per requirements of applicable NFPA standards.

Low voltage protective devices shall be provided for the electrical circuits. The devices shall be accessible and located in required terminal connection locations or weather resistant enclosures. Over current protection devices shall be automatic reset type suitable for electrical equipment and shall meet SAE standards. All electrical equipment, switches, relays, terminals, and connectors shall have a direct current rating of 125 percent of maximum current for which the circuit is protected. Electro-magnetic interference suppression shall be provided in the system as required in applicable SAE standards.

The electrical system shall include the following:
10050-0002 08/15/25

Page 37 of 45 ends

Electrical terminals in weather exposed areas shall have a non-conductive grease or spray applied. All terminal plugs located outside of the cab or body shall be treated with a corrosion preventative compound.

All electrical wiring shall be placed in a protective loom or be harnessed.

Exposed connections shall be protected by heat shrink and or a sealed connector.

Large fender washers shall be used when fastening equipment to the underside of the cab roof and all holes made in the roof shall utilize a weatherproof strain relief.

Electrical components installed in exposed areas shall be mounted in a manner that will not allow moisture to accumulate inside.

A service loop shall be provided behind all electrical appliances to allow them to be pulled away from their mounting area for inspection and service work
Upon completion of the vehicle and prior to delivery, the apparatus shall be electrically tested and the electrical testing, certifications, and test results shall be submitted with delivery documentation per the requirements of NFPA.

ELECTRICAL WIRING HARNESS
The electrical system shall be divided into separate harnesses. The individual harnesses shall be connected with Deutsch type quick connectors.

CUP HOLDER
The console shall have two (2) cup holders installed. Exact location to be determined at the preconstruction meeting.

USB CHARGING PORT
Four (4) USB charging port(s) shall be installed in the cab of the truck for the fire departments accessory devices. The USB charging port shall have two (2) USB connections and one USB-C connection.

CUSTOM FABRICATED REAR CONSOLE
A custom fabricated electrical console and enclosure shall be located between the driver's and the officer's seating positions. The console shall feature a single row of havis style plates on a bolted down lid.

CONSOLE MAP BOX
There shall be a map box attached to the rear of the console. The map box shall be painted to match the console.

The specified compartment(s) shall be coated with Black/Black colored Multi-Spec paint.

CUSTOM FABRICATED FRONT CONSOLE
10050-0002 08/15/25

Page 38 of 45 ends

A custom fabricated electrical console and enclosure shall be located between the driver's and the officer's seating positions. The console shall feature a single row of havis style plates on a bolted down lid, with an angled front section.

CONSOLE MAP BOX
There shall be a map box attached to the rear of the console. The map box shall be painted to match the console.

The specified compartment(s) shall be coated with Black/Black colored Multi-Spec paint. 12 VOLT POWER SOURCE
There shall be two (2) 12 volt plug-in utility power connection(s) rated at 20 amps provided and installed in the cab console.

The specified power source shall be wired to the switched battery circuit.

CUP HOLDER
The console shall have three (3) cup holders installed. Exact location to be determined at the preconstruction meeting.

EMERGENCY MASTER SWITCH
An emergency master switch shall be located conveniently near the driver.

BATTERY CHARGER INLET
There shall be a polarized plug wired directly to the chassis starting batteries to be connected to a customer supplied charging source.

BLUE SEA SYSTEMS BATTERY CHARGER
The apparatus shall have a Blue Sea Systems, P12 Battery Charger, model #7532 installed. The battery charger shall be 12V DC and have a total output current of 40A. The battery charger shall be located in a clean and dry area.

BLUE SEA SYSTEMS SHORE POWER
10050-0002 08/15/25

Page 39 of 45 ends

The apparatus shall have a Blue Sea Systems, Sure Eject 20 amp shore power plug installed.

The specified Sure Eject shall include a red cover.

IDENTIFICATION LIGHTS
LED identification lights shall be installed on the vehicle as required by applicable highway regulations. All lights shall be 3/4" grommet mount type.

LICENSE PLATE BRACKET
A license plate bracket with a Tecniq L110 LED light shall be provided at the rear of the apparatus.

DOT LIGHTING
There shall be four (4) Truck-Lite brand 60 series lights mounted in the provided cutouts in the rear bumper.

The lights shall function as the Stop, tail, and turn signals. The lights shall also have back-up lights integrated into the housing. The lights shall be mounted using screws.

NO--Cab Interior Lighting

FRONT BUMPER -- GROUND LIGHTS
There shall be two (2) Tecniq E10, LED ground light(s) installed under the front bumper.

The ground lights shall be activated when parking brake is set, or the transmission is placed into park (where applicable).

CAB GROUND LIGHTS
There shall be four (4) Tecniq E10, LED ground lights installed under the cab door(s).

The ground lights shall be activated when parking brake is set, or the transmission is placed into park (where applicable).

GROUND LIGHTS - UNDER REAR STEP
There shall be two (2) Tecniq E10, LED ground lights installed under the rear step area.

The ground lights shall be activated when parking brake is set, or the transmission is placed into park (where applicable).

TOMAR 15" SCENE LIGHT
One (1) Tomar TRX ten inch (15") model TRX-15W-AC light(s) shall be installed as specified on the apparatus. The light shall be capable of emitting amber and white light. 10050-0002 08/15/25

Page 40 of 45 ends

TOMAR 30" SCENE LIGHT
One (1) Tomar TRX thirty inch (30") model TRX-30W-AC light(s) shall be installed as specified on the apparatus. The light shall be capable of emitting amber and white light.

SCENE LIGHTING
There shall be a total of 2 (two) scene lights provided and installed on the apparatus, they shall be located at the following locations.

Located on the driver and passenger side of the top compartment.

On the back of the truck, the upper and lower zone C shall feature red/wht Whelen Ion-T light heads, utilizing the white for rear scene lighting.

DOOR OPEN WARNING LIGHT
The door ajar warning system shall be separated into four zones, a Front, Left, Right, and Rear zone. Each zone shall have an individually labeled warning light and also activate an audible alarm. The door ajar lights and audible alarm shall activate only when the apparatus parking brake has been released.

RADIO PRE-WIRE
There shall be a radio pre-wire provided in the cab center console. The prewire shall consist of a battery hot, battery switched, and a ground source.

RADIO ANTENNA INSTALLATION
There shall be two (2) radio antenna installed on the apparatus and routed to the cab center console.

BACK UP ALARM
One (1) solid state back up alarm shall be provided at the rear of the apparatus. The back up alarm shall be wired to the reverse circuit of the transmission, and shall provide an audible alarm to the rear of the apparatus when reverse gear is selected. The alarm shall have a volume of 87 to 112 db while in operation.

CHASSIS SUPPLIED BACK UP CAMERA INSTALLATION
The chassis shall be ordered with a back up camera. The camera shall be installed by the apparatus manufacturer. The exact location shall be determined at the pre-construction conference.

ELECTRONIC SIREN
10050-0002 08/15/25

Page 41 of 45 ends

A Whelen CenCom Core C399 electric siren and lighting control module shall be installed.

WHELEN CORE CONTROL HEAD
There shall be a Whelen model CCTL6 control head supplied with the Cencom Core system. It features a 3 section control head, with 8 push buttons, 4- position slide switch with a 7 position rotary knob. A manual siren and air horn button, and 3 traffic advisor control buttons.

SIREN SPEAKER
One (1) Whelen Model #SA315P siren speaker shall be provided. The 100 watt siren speaker shall be designed in a black nylon composite housing with 123 decibel rating.

ZONE A -- UPPER FRONT -- LIGHTBAR
One (1) Tomar Black Widow 53" lightbar Model# 970B-53DT-RR Shall be installed. The lightbar shall contain Full dual color front and sides (red/wht). Lightbar shall include CA flash rates and CA steady red. The front of the lightbar shall be fully populated with six (6) 12-LED modules, High-power off-road TRX take downs, and four (4) 24-LED corner modules with alley lights. The light bar shall be black in color.

OPTICOM EMITTER
There shall be a GTT 795H opticom emitter provided with in the lightbar installed by the OEM.

ZONE A -- LOWER FRONT WARNING LIGHTS
Two (2) Federal signal MicroPulse Ultra 6 lightheads shall be provided and installed. The lightheads shall have red and white LEDs with a clear lens and feature 6 LED modules, with the colors split 50/50 left and right.

The specified light(s) shall include a black bezel.

ZONE B AND D -- FRONT INTERSECTION WARNING LIGHTS
Two (2) Federal signal MicroPulse Ultra 12 lightheads shall be provided and installed on the apparatus. The lightheads shall have red and white LEDs with a clear lens and feature 12 LED modules, with the colors split 50/50 left and right.

The specified light(s) shall include a black bezel.

ZONE B AND D -- LOWER MID BODY WARNING LIGHTS
Two (2) Federal signal MicroPulse Ultra 12 lightheads shall be provided and installed on the apparatus. The lightheads shall have red and white LEDs with a clear lens and feature 12 LED modules, with the colors split 50/50 left and right.

The specified light(s) shall include a black bezel.
10050-0002 08/15/25

Page 42 of 45 ends

ZONE C -- UPPER REAR WARNING LIGHTS
Two (2) Federal signal MicroPulse Ultra 12 lightheads shall be provided and installed on the apparatus. The lightheads shall have blue and white LEDs with a clear lens and feature 12 LED modules, with the colors split 50/50 left and right.

The specified light(s) shall include a black bezel.

ZONE C -- LOWER REAR WARNING LIGHTS
Two (2) Federal signal MicroPulse Ultra 12 lightheads {will/shall} be provided and installed on the apparatus.

The lightheads shall have red and white LEDs with a clear lens and feature 12 LED modules, with the colors split 50/50 left and right.

The specified light(s) shall include a black bezel.

REAR TRAFFIC ADVISOR, SIX (6) LAMPS
A Tomar L stick traffic advisor model # LSTICK-14TD6-B LED shall be provided and mounted at the rear of the body. The traffic advisor shall include a 40' cable.

FRONT MOUNTED ELECTRIC WINCH
A Warn Winch Company 16,500 pound capacity, 12-volt electric winch system shall be installed on the front of the apparatus. It shall have forward and reverse gears, a three stage planetary gearing and a sliding ring gear clutch that will permit free-spooling for quick unwinding of cable.

The winch shall be controlled with a push button device attached to a twelve foot (12') control cable and weatherproof receptacle.

The winch shall include 80' of Spydura pro synthetic rope.

PAINT CODES/COLORS
The apparatus shall be painted the following color(s).

Ford Race Red

BODY PAINTING SPECIFICATIONS
All exposed surfaces shall be prepared and painted using a multi-step process to ensure a blemish-free, protective coating for the base metal materials.

All removable items, such as brackets and compartment doors, shall be removed and painted separately to insure finish paint behind them after they are reinstalled. 10050-0002 08/15/25

Page 43 of 45 ends

Due to its modular design, the apparatus body shall be completely finish painted prior to its installation on the chassis.

The body shall be sanded, and cleaned. Any imperfections or defects in the metal shall be corrected with premium body filler and then sanded smooth.

An epoxy primer shall be utilized on all painted and coated surfaces and shall prepare the metal for the final paint. The direct-to-metal primer shall be used to create a first level seal allowing secure adhesion between the base metal and the subsequent substrates.

All body and components shall then be primed, thoroughly sanded, and meticulously inspected for any imperfections; which shall be properly corrected..

All surfaces shall then be painted with a base coat of premium paint following the guidelines as established by the paint manufacturer. The body shall be painted using a single color to match the cab primary color, and then shall be buffed to a high gloss finish.

INTERIOR COMPARTMENT FINISH
The interior wall, floor and ceiling surfaces of compartments shall be finished with Rust-Oleum brand Multispec color flecked paint.

The specified compartment(s) shall be coated with Hamlet Black colored Multi-Spec paint.

TOUCH-UP PAINT
Touch-up paint shall be furnished with the completed truck at final delivery.

SILVER STRIPING PACKAGE
Examples of graphics that can be covered under this package:
· Custom reflective stripe and partial rear chevron
· Custom reflective stripe, small area rear chevron or front bumper, (2) door shields, (2) large lettering, (2) medium lettering, (5) identifiers.
· Single straight reflective stripe, full rear chevron, (2) door shields, and (2) large lettering · Single straight reflective stripe, small area rear chevron, front bumper chevron, (2) door shields, (2) large lettering, (2) medium lettering, (5) identifiers, and (2) large graphics

2.5" Suction Options Package

SUCTION HOSE
One (1) 2.5” x 7 foot lengths of Kochek PVC flexible suction hose shall be provided and equipped with lightweight couplings.
10050-0002 08/15/25

Page 44 of 45 ends

SUCTION HOSE
Two (2) 2.5” x 8 foot length of Kochek PVC flexible suction hose shall be provided and equipped with lightweight couplings.

HARD SUCTION HOSE STORAGE
There shall be storage to accommodate two (2) 8' sections of 2.5" hard suction and one 7' sections of 2.5 hard suctions with barrel strainer located above the pump operators panel. The compartment shall feature a drop down door with a thumb latch.

ALUMINUM TREADPLATE DOOR
There shall be a drop down aluminum diamond plate door installed. The door shall be powder coated satin black.

The specified hinged door(s) shall be equipped with (2), black lever latch(es). Latch(es) shall be non-locking style.

STRAINER
One (1) barrel strainer shall be provided on the apparatus. . The strainer shall be equipped with a 2.5" female rocker lug coupling.

WHEEL CHOCKS
Two (2) Zico Model AC-1, aluminum wheel chocks shall be provided on the apparatus. 5# DRY CHEMICAL FIRE EXTINGUISHER
One (1) 5# ABC dry chemical fire extinguisher and mounting bracket shall be provided on the apparatus. The extinguisher shall have a pressure gauge and shall be filled with a dry chemical extinguishing agent.

HYDRAULIC JACK
One (1) hydraulic jack shall be provided. The jack shall be designed for lifting capacity of twelve (12) tons.

LUG WRENCH
There shall be one (1) lug wrench provided and shipped loose with the completed apparatus.

REFLECTOR
A set of three (3) triangular reflectors shall be provided. 10050-0002 08/15/25

Page 45 of 45 ends

JROGHQVWDWHĆUHFRP

PRODUCT

WARRANTIES
Exhibit “C”
4 WE ARE WILDLAND
www.bmefire.com | 800.445.8342

GENERAL WARRANTY PROVISIONS
All materials and workmanship herein specified, including all equipment furnished, shall be guaranteed for a period of one (1) year after the acceptance date of the apparatus, unless otherwise noted, with the exception of any normal maintenance services or adjustments which shall be required. Under this warranty, BME Fire Trucks, LLC. shall be responsible for the costs of repairs to the apparatus that have been caused by defective workmanship or materials during this period.

This warranty shall not apply to the following:

Any component parts or trade accessories such as chassis, engines, tires, pumps, valves, signaling devices, batteries, electric lights, bulbs, alternators, and all other installed equipment and accessories, in as much as they are usually warranted separately by their respective manufacturers, or are subject to normal wear and tear.

Failures resulting from the apparatus being operated in a manner or for a purpose not recommended by the apparatus manufacturer.

Loss of time or use of the apparatus, inconvenience, or other incidental expenses.

Any apparatus which has been repaired or altered outside of the apparatus manufacturer's factory in any way that affects its stability, or which has been subject to misuse, negligence, or accident.

Delivery of the apparatus to repair site.

DISCLAIMER
No warranties are given beyond those described herein. This warranty is in lieu of all other warranties, expressed or implied. The company specifically disclaims warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose, all other representations to the user/purchaser and all other obligations or liabilities. Further, the company excludes liability for consequential and incidental damages, on the part of the company or seller.No person is

WE ARE WILDLAND
www.bmefire.com | 800.445.8342
made or assumed in writing by the seller; and no other person is authorized to give any warranties s made or assumed in writing by the seller.

OBTAINING SERVICE
Return the vehicle to any BME Fire Trucks, LLC. dealer/authorized service center; Return the vehicle to BME Fire Trucks, LLC. or contact BME Fire Trucks, LLC. BME Fire Trucks, LLC. shall be solely responsible for determining the extent of repair under the terms of the warranty.

Transportation costs shall be the responsibility of the purchaser.

This warranty shall not apply to:

Normal maintenance services or adjustments
To any vehicle which will have been repaired or altered outside of our factory in any way so as, in the judgment of BME Fire Trucks, LLC., to affect its stability, nor which has been subject to misuse, negligence, or accident, nor to any vehicle made by us which will have been operated to a speed exceeding the factory rated speed, or loaded beyond the factory rated load capacity.

Commercial chassis and associated equipment furnished with chassis, signaling devices, generators, batteries, or other trade accessories as they are usually warranted separately by their respective manufacturers.

Shipping costs of parts or apparatus for purposes of repair or replacement of parts. This warranty is in lieu of all other warranties, expressed or implied. All other representations as to the original purchaser and all other obligations or liabilities, including for incidental or consequential damage on the company's behalf unless made in writing by the company.

WE ARE WILDLAND
www.bmefire.com | 800.445.8342

PLUMBING WARRANTY
The stainless-steel fire pump plumbing shall carry a ten (10) year parts and labor warranty against defects in workmanship and perforation corrosion.

PAINT WARRANTY
BME Fire Trucks, LLC. shall provide a pro-rated limited paint warranty which shall cover peeling and/or de-lamination of the topcoat and other layers of paint, cracking or checking, loss of gloss caused by cracking, checking or chalking, and any paint failure caused by defective paint materials Topcoat Durability & Appearance: Gloss, Color Retention & Cracking 0-72 months 100%
73-96 months 50%
97-120 months 25%
Corrosion: Dissimilar Metal and Crevice
0-36 months 100%
37-48 months 50%
49-72 months 25%
73-120 months 10%
Integrity of Coating System: Adhesion, Blistering/Bubbling 0-36 months 100%
37-84 months 50%
85-120 months 25%
Corrosion Perforation
0-120 months 100%
This limited warranty applies only to exterior paint. Paint on the vehicle’s interior is warranted only under the BME Fire Trucks LLC Basic One Year Limited Warranty.

LETTERING AND STRIPING WARRANTY
The manufacturer shall provide a three (3) year lettering and striping warranty. The provisions of this warranty shall be detailed in the completed apparatus documentation.

WE ARE WILDLAND
www.bmefire.com | 800.445.8342

WARRANTY REGISTRATION
This form has been provided for you to register your new fire apparatus in the BME Fire Trucks Warranty Program. (This does not constitute acceptance of your Fire Apparatus per Specifications or Contract requirements.) Please complete the information below and mail this form back to BME.

The warranty period begins thirty (30) calendar days after delivery unless otherwise noted.

Department Name: ______________________________________________________________________ Address: _______________________________________________________________________________ Dept. Contact Name: ____________________________________________________________________ Title: ________________________________________ Phone Number: ___________________________ Apparatus Description:

Serial #: _____________________________________________ Delivery Date: ___________________ Chassis Mfg: __________________________________________________________________________ Chassis Serial #: _______________________________________________________________________ Pump Mfg: _______________________________________ Pump Serial #: _______________________ Engine Mfg: ______________________________________ Engine Serial #: ______________________ Tank Mfg: _________________________________________ Tank Serial #: _______________________ Foam System Mfg: _______ _________________________ Foam System Serial #: ________________ Name & Model: ____________________________________ Mfg & Serial #: ______________________ Other Components (list each):

Date: ______________________
JROGHQVWDWHĆUHFRP

DEALER SUPPLIED

PRODUCTS SERVICES
Exhibit “D”
5 AND
/OR
1 PROPOSAL INTRDUCTION
With over three decades of industry expertise, Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc. (GSFA) proudly stands as the premier authorized dealership for top-tier fire apparatus in Central and Northern California. Our steadfast commitment to detail and customer satisfaction has earned us a trusted reputation among first responders.

We sincerely appreciate the opportunity to present this comprehensive proposal for a BME FIRE TRUCKS, LLC. FORD F550 “SAWTOOTH” XTREME TYPE 6 ENGINE. Your consideration of this proposal is greatly valued, and we are eager for the opportunity to support your department with the highest level of excellence and professionalism.

DEALER-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS AND SERVICES
Golden State Fire Apparatus Inc. (GSFA) will furnish the following items and/or services before final delivery so that all necessary components and support are in place, contributing to an efficient final delivery process. Please refer to the detailed list below for a comprehensive overview of the products and/or services included:

AUTHORIZED MANUFACTURER
In accordance with the State of California Vehicle Code, specifically Section 11701, it is mandated that "every manufacturer of a vehicle subject to registration shall make application to the Department of Motor Vehicles (DMV) for a license containing a general distinguishing number." The manufacturer, as of the proposal submission, holds a valid license in compliance with this requirement and is prepared to furnish a copy upon request. This adherence to regulatory standards ensures that the manufacturer maintains a current and official status, promoting transparency and compliance with legal requirements throughout the duration of the proposal and subsequent processes.

AUTHORIZED DEALERSHIP
In compliance with the State of California Vehicle Code, specifically Section 11701, it is mandated that "a dealer in vehicles of a type subject to registration shall make application to the Department of Motor Vehicles (DMV) for a license containing a general distinguishing number." Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc. possesses a valid license at the time of the bid, as detailed above, and can promptly provide a copy upon request. This adherence to regulatory standards ensures that the dealership maintains a current and official status, promoting transparency and compliance with legal requirements throughout the duration of the proposal and subsequent processes.

AUTHORIZED SALES REPRESENTATIVE
In accordance with the State of California Vehicle Code, specifically Section 11800, it is expressly prohibited for any individual to function as a vehicle salesperson without obtaining a license issued by the Department of Motor Vehicles (DMV). The representative, at the time of 2 proposal, holds a valid vehicle salesperson's license and is ready to furnish a copy upon request.

This adherence to regulatory standards ensures that the sales representative maintains a current and official status, promoting transparency and compliance with legal requirements throughout the bidding process and subsequent phases.

VEHICLE REGISTRATION
In adherence to the State of California Vehicle Code Section 11739, it is mandated that the "dealer of a new motor vehicle sale is responsible for applying for the title, securing vehicle registration, and obtaining license plates for the Customer" through the Department of Motor Vehicles (DMV). Being a factory-authorized dealer of the vehicle being sold, Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc. is duly authorized to register the vehicle with the State of California as a new vehicle manufacturer.

GSFA is committed to facilitating an excellent vehicle ownership experience for the customer.

As such, we will manage all necessary applications and complete all transfer papers, including the application for California Exempt "E" license plates. This approach ensures compliance with regulatory requirements and a hassle-free registration process for our valued customers.

WEEKLY PROGRESS PHOTOGRAPHS
GSFA is committed to ensuring transparency and comprehensive reporting throughout the construction process of the apparatus. To achieve this, GSFA will provide weekly photographs capturing various stages of the apparatus or major components under construction.

Commencing from the initiation of the manufacturing process, the photographic documentation will extend throughout the entire production phase by the manufacturer. These weekly reports will offer a visual representation of the ongoing progress of the appar atus, highlighting key milestones and showcasing unique features and aspects as construction unfolds.

Our focus is to provide customers with a clear and detailed insight into the evolution of the apparatus, fostering a deeper understanding of the craftsmanship and distinct elements incorporated during the construction process. This commitment to regular, visual updates aims to enhance communication and transparency regarding the progress of the apparatus.

CONTINGENCY RESERVE FUND
A Contingency Reserve Fund amounting to $10,000 per unit is incorporated into the quotation to address potential change orders, unforeseen items, or necessary work that may arise during the contract. The utilization of this reserve fund is at the sole discretion of the Customer. It is essential to note that this reserve fund is not an estimate for the aforementioned contingencies, and the actual costs associated with change orders, unforeseen items, or required work may surpass the reserved amount depending on their nature.

3 Any unused portion of the Contingency Reserve Fund will be credited back on the final invoice.

Alternatively, if not credited, the remaining funds will be promptly returned to the Customer in the form of a check following the completion of the final invoicing process. This approach guarantees financial transparency and effective management throughout the project.

PRE-CONSTRUCTION, FACTORY VISIT
A pre-construction trip to the manufacturing facility is included for three (3) Customer representatives. The primary objective of review and finalize, in detail, the specifications prior to the start of production. The pre-construction trip is anticipated to span three (3) days and two (2) nights, with scheduling details collaboratively determined between GSFA and the Customer.

GSFA will cover the costs associated with airfare, lodging, meals, and ground transportation during the stay at the manufacturer's location. Air travel will be arranged from one of the following airports: Fresno, Sacramento, San Francisco, or San Jose.

It is important to note that certain costs, including Customer ground transportation within California, airport parking, luggage fees, and incidental expenses during travel to the factory, fall within the responsibility of the Customer. Furthermore, flight reservations are non- refundable, and in the event of a cancellation post-booking, the Customer will bear all associated costs, encompassing not only the original ticket cost but also any change or cancellation fees levied by the airline and/or travel agency. Additionally, flight reservations are non-transferable. This delineation aims to establish clarity and transparency regarding the allocation of responsibilities and potential costs associated with the pre-construction trip.

FINAL INSPECTION, FACTORY VISIT
A final inspection trip to the manufacturing facility is included for three (3) Customer representatives. The primary objective of this visit is to ensure the adherence of the apparatus to specifications and promptly identify any potential deficiencies. The final inspection trip is anticipated to span three (3) days and two (2) nights, with scheduling details collaboratively determined between GSFA and the Customer.

It is important to note that certain costs, including Customer ground transportation within California, airport parking, luggage fees, and incidental expenses during travel to the factory, fall within the responsibility of the Customer. Furthermore, flight reservations are non- refundable, and in the event of a cancellation post-booking, the Customer will bear all associated costs, encompassing not only the original ticket cost but also any change or 4 cancellation fees levied by the airline and/or travel agency. Additionally, flight reservations are non-transferable. This delineation aims to establish clarity and transparency regarding the allocation of responsibilities and potential costs associated with the final inspection trip.

DELIVERY TO AUTHORIZED SERVICE FACILITY
GSFA will deliver the apparatus to our Northern California facility located in Sacramento for a comprehensive dealer preparation inspection. This service, conducted at the expense of GSFA, aims to have the apparatus in optimal condition at the time of final delivery.

To ensure the proper break-in of all components while still under warranty, the apparatus will be delivered under its own power. The use of rail or truck freight for transportation is deemed unacceptable in order to uphold the highest standards of quality assurance during the delivery process. This approach not only aligns with warranty considerations but also emphasizes the commitment to delivering a fully operational apparatus to our valued customers.

PRE-DELIVERY SERVICE
Before reaching its final destination, the apparatus undergoes a pre-delivery service conducted by Golden State Emergency Vehicle Service, Inc. This service is designed to tap into the expertise of an external source, providing an experienced perspective that enhances the thoroughness of your final inspection. Our pre-delivery service covers the following areas:

1. Engine Compartment and Undercarriage:
• Inspect for broken mounting brackets.
• Inspect and identify locations of any fluid leaks.
• General inspection of hoses, wiring, and linkage, focusing on potential wear points. • Verify correct fluid capacities for engine oil, coolant, power steering fluid, washer reservoir fluid, transmission fluid, rear-end fluid, pump transmission oil, and primer oil if applicable.
• Re-torque U-bolts to OEM specifications if equipped with leaf spring suspension (Pierce Custom chassis only).

2. Interior:
• Confirm proper operation of doors, windows, and locks, ensuring accurate adjustment.
• Confirm proper operation of seatbelt alarms.
• Confirm proper operation of all compartment door alarms, as well as hose bed cover, ladder rack, light tower, and deck gun alarms.
• Ensure functionality of auxiliary power points, interior lighting, mirror, and seat controls, and if applicable - headsets and radios.
• Inspect upholstery for quality and condition.
5 3. Exterior:
• Address reasonable paint scratches or chips.
• Tighten any loose hardware.
• Inspect tires and wheels, ensure proper pressure.
• Check compartment doors for proper operation and latch fit. • Lubricate compartment door locks if applicable.

4. Road Test:
• Conduct a road test with a full water tank (if applicable), covering approximately twenty miles on both city and highway roads.
• Perform a DOT compliant brake test to verify the system is holding air. • Inspect brake condition, wheel seals, and ensure drive train components reach optimal operating temperatures.
• Conduct an Allison Transmission self-diagnostic to verify fluid level, fluid and filter life, and check for fault codes.

5. Electrical:
• Verify the operation of all lights, sirens, and other electrical accessories.

6. Pump:
• Operate the Pressure Governor or Relief Valve, transfer valve, and check pump shift. • Inspect water tank, pump and plumbing for leaks and calibrate the water level gauge.
• Ensure smooth operation of all discharge, suction, and drain valves.

7. Pierce Husky™ Foam System:
• If applicable, draft and inject clean water to ensure proper operation of the foam pump.

8. Fuel and DEF Tanks:
• Fill the fuel tank and DEF tank prior to final delivery.

9. Wash:
• Thoroughly wash the apparatus prior to final delivery.

This pre-delivery service assists the apparatus to meet our high standards of quality and operational efficiency before reaching its final destination.

6 FINAL DELIVERY (CUSTOMER LOCATION)
GSFA will deliver the completed Product, inclusive of any relevant equipment, spare parts, and supplies, to the Customer's specified address at GSFA's expense.

In preparation for the Product's delivery, the Customer is required to furnish GSFA with proof of liability and physical damage insurance. GSFA will withhold the release of the Product until such proof of insurance is provided.

To ensure a timely delivery process, it is incumbent upon the Customer to settle any outstanding balance owed to GSFA before or at the time the Product is completed and ready for delivery. In the event of delayed payment or delivery, GSFA reserves the right to impose a late fee and daily storage charge as outlined in the Standard Terms and Conditions until payment is received.

For compliance with insurance liability considerations, the Product will only be delivered upon full acceptance and full payment, or through a prior written agreement mutually reached between the Customer and GSFA. This ensures a secure and efficient finalization of the delivery process, aligning with both parties' obligations and safeguarding against potential liabilities.

COMPREHENSIVE SALES AND SERVICE SUPPORT
At GSFA, we understand that immediate response is essential - and the service and support of your apparatus should be no different. Since our founding in 1989, our mission has been to provide first responders with the highest quality, most reliable fire and emergency apparatus from top-tier manufacturers. We specialize in guiding our customers through the entire process - from apparatus evaluation and customization to final inspection - and ensuring years of reliable service through our Golden State Emergency Vehicle Service (GSEVS) division.

Golden State Emergency Vehicle Service (GSEVS)
Established in 2014, GSEVS is committed to building long-term, collaborative relationships by providing exceptional warranty and technical support. Our services cover a wide range of needs, including chassis, electrical systems, pump, aerial, routine maintenance, equipment mounting, and pump testing - with priority given to new units sold by GSFA. Our goal is to deliver prompt, professional service and unwavering support for your apparatus.

Sacramento Facility
Our Sacramento location features a 33,814-square-foot facility with 14 working bays and a 4,500- square-foot, two-story parts distribution department. Conveniently located near Highway 99 with easy access to Interstates 80 and 50, we are positioned to serve you efficiently.

Tracy Facility (Opening Fall 2025)
Our second location in Tracy will expand our service capacity with a 49,634-square-foot facility featuring 21 working bays and a parts department equal in size to our Sacramento facility. Strategically located 7 within the "Tracy Triangle" - bordered by I-580, I-205, and I-5 - this facility will enhance our ability to serve customers in the Bay Area and beyond.

Certified and Experienced Technicians
Our service team includes factory-trained professionals certified by Pierce, ASE, and EVT. They undergo regular training to stay current on chassis, electrical systems, and aerial devices, ensuring expert handling of any challenge. Whether it's routine maintenance or complex diagnostics, you can count on expert care and precision with every visit.

Parts
At Golden State, we’re dedicated to keeping your apparatus fully operational and mission-ready. That’s why we maintain a robust inventory of both Pierce and non-Pierce parts—ready for immediate deployment when you need them most. If a part isn’t in stock, we expedite orders directly from the manufacturer to minimize downtime and get your unit back in service without delay.

To make the process even more efficient, our digital Parts Request Portal offers a streamlined, user- friendly experience. It provides 24/7 access to submit requests, monitor order status, and communicate directly with our team—ensuring transparent updates and quicker turnaround times every step of the way.

Mobile Service
To minimize emergency apparatus downtime, we offer a robust mobile service program for on-site repairs and maintenance.

Pre-Delivery Inspection (PDI) Process
We employ a dedicated team of Pre-Delivery Inspection (PDI) technicians solely focused on ensuring your apparatus arrives in peak condition. Before your new custom unit is delivered, it undergoes a thorough, multi-point inspection to verify quality, performance, and compliance with all specifications.

Our team handles every detail of the acceptance and delivery process—so you can take ownership with complete confidence and peace of mind.

Your Single Source for Sales and Service
With Golden State Fire, you have a single point of contact for sales, service, and support - all under one roof, with two strategically located facilities to serve you better. We are confident that our combination of expertise, customer service, and product support is unmatched by any other fire and emergency apparatus dealership in California.

END OF EXHIBIT “D”

PREPARED ESPECIALLY FOR:

CITY OF SALINAS

One (1) Pierce Manufacturing, Inc.
100' Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial

Product Proposal
Standard Terms and Conditions (Exhibit A)
Product Specifications (Exhibit B)
▪ Supporting Documents (If Applicable)
◦ Electrical Analysis
◦ Turning Radius Report
Product Warranties (Exhibit C)
Dealer Supplied Products and/or Services (Exhibit D)

TABLE OF CONTENTS
1 2
3 4
5 goldenstateﬁre.com
JROGHQVWDWHĆUHFRP

PRODUCT
PROPOSAL1

OPTION A
100% PRE-PAYMENT

This will be the price of the Product(s)
contingent upon the Customer paying the
Grand Total Purchase Price to GSFA within
thirty (30) calendar days of the Executed Date
pursuant to the Payment Terms

Please note this discount is also available contingent upon a Third Party (Leasing Company) paying 100% of the Grand Total Purchase Price on behalf of the Customer to GSFA within thirty (30) calendar days of the Executed Date pursuant to the Payment Terms

IF YOU ELECT THIS OPTION,

IT RESULTS IN A SAVINGS OF
($362,051.92) OFF

OF THE GRAND TOTAL OF OPTION B

goldenstatefire.com

7400 Reese Road, Sacramento, CA 95828 | 916.330.1638

PRODUCT PROPOSAL FOR:

City of Salinas
65 W. Alisal Street, Suite 210
Salinas, CA 93901
Sales Consultant
Dewayne Young
[email protected]
Mobile: (209) 777-0650

Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc. (“GSFA”) is pleased to provide this proposal for the fire apparatus(es) and equipment identified below (the " Product”) to CITY OF SALINAS (“Customer ”) for consideration. This proposal (this “ Product Proposal ”) includes the following exhibits attached hereto: the Standard Terms and Conditions attached as Exhibit A (the “Terms and Conditions ”); the Product Specifications attached as Exhibit B (the “Specifications ”); the Product Warranties attached as Exhibit C; and the Dealer Supplied Products and/or Services attached as Exhibit D (the “Dealer Supplied Products/Services List ”) (all of the foregoing, collectively, the “ Agreement”). Through its signature below or other Acceptance (as defined on page 2), Customer acknowledges having received and read, and agrees to be bound by, the Agreement. The Agreement shall be effective as of the latest date appearing in the signature blocks below (the “ Executed Date”).

PAYMENT TERMS – Customer shall pay the total purchase price set forth directly above (the “ Grand Total Purchase Price”) to GSFA within thirty (30) calendar days of the Executed Date. If payment of the Grand Total Purchase Price is late, a late fee as sp ecified in section 6 of the Terms and Conditions may be applied, and the Prepayment Discount may be adjusted, and the Gr and Total Purchase Price increased in accordance with section 2.c of the Terms and Conditions. Customer shall pay any balance due as a result of Change Orders as described in the Terms and Conditions.

MANUFACTURER – Customer acknowledges that GSFA is not an agent of the Product manufacturer identified above (“Manufacturer”) and is not capable of binding Manufacturer. Within five (5) business days of the Executed Date, GSFA shall submit an order form to the Manufacturer for the Product. GSFA’s further performance under the Agreement is contingent upon Manufacturer’s acceptance of such order form at the price and on the terms GSFA believed to be available when submitting this Product Proposal to Customer. If Manufacturer rejects such order as submitted or fails to respond to GSFA within a reasonable SUBMITTED DATE EXPIRATION DATE GSFA PROPOSAL # MANUFACTURER BID # MANUFACTURER CONSORTIUM 11/12/2025 01/09/2026 31112-25AT 968 Pierce
Manufacturing Inc.

Sourcewell #113021-
PMI, ID #251,
Member #2424

ITEM PRODUCT DESCRIPTION UNIT PRICE
A One (1) Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. 100’ Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial 2,329,487.00 B Discount for 100% Payment at Time of Order (the “Prepayment Discount”) (330,637.00) C SUBTOTAL 1,998,850.00
D 9.25% State Sales Tax 184,893.63
E California Tire Fee 14.00
F 100% Performance Bond 5,223.00
G GRAND TOTAL PURCHASE PRICE 2,188,980.63

goldenstatefire.com

7400 Reese Road, Sacramento, CA 95828 | 916.330.1638
amount of time, GSFA shall notify Customer in writing, and unless GSFA and Customer otherwise agree in writing , the Agreement shall then terminate and have no further force or effect.

PRODUCT COMPLETION – The Product shall be ready for final inspection by Customer at the manufacturing facility within approximately 46 to 49 MONTHS after the Executed Date. The foregoing estimate is provided as a good faith approximation as of the date of submission of this Product Proposal and is subject to the Terms and Conditions.

PREDELIVERY SERVICE – If applicable, after transportation from the manufacturing facility and prior to final delivery or pick up, the Product shall receive those additional Products and/or services identified on the Dealer Supplied Products/Services List. It is estimated that such a service will add approximately 0.5 to 1.5 MONTH(S) to the above Product completion estimate. The foregoing estimate is provided as a good faith approximation as of the date of submission of this Product Proposal and is subject to the Terms and Conditions.

PROPOSAL EXPIRATION – This Product Proposal supersedes any previous proposal(s) presented to Customer by GSFA and its employees and may be accepted by Customer on or before the Expiration Date identified above. Unless accepted by the Expiratio n Date, GSFA reserves the right to withdraw this Product Proposal or to alter its terms (including by providing updated Product pricing) prior to an order being accepted.

PURCHASE ORDER – Any PO shall be made out to: Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc. – 7400 Reese Road – Sacramento, CA 95828.

ACCEPTANCE – ACCEPTANCE OF THIS PROPOSAL CREATES AN ENFORCEABLE BINDING AGREEMENT BETWEEN GSFA AND CUSTOMER. “ACCEPTANCE” MEANS THAT THE CUSTOMER DELIVERS TO GSFA: (A) A SIGNED COPY OF THIS PRODUCT PROPOSAL, OR (B) A SIGNED COPY OF A PURCHASE ORDER INCORPORATING THE AGREEMENT IN ITS ENTIRETY. ANY ADDITIONAL OR DIFFERENT TERMS, WHETHER CONTAINED IN CUSTOMER’S FORMS OR OTHERWISE PRESENTED BY CUSTOMER AT ANY TIME, ARE HEREBY REJECTED AND OF NO EFFECT UNLESS APPROVED IN WRITING SIGNED BY GSFA.

COUNTERPARTS - This Product Proposal may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original (including copies sent to a party by electronic transmission) as against the party signing such counterpart, but which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. A signed copy of this Product Proposal delivered by facsimile, email or other means of electronic transmission will be deemed to have the same legal effect as delivery of an original signed copy of this Product P roposal.

If this Product Proposal is returned to GSFA with the signature of Customer’s authorized representative but without an attest ation or co-signers signature, then absent Customer’s written notice to the contrary, GSFA shall be entitled to rely on such single signature as sufficient evidence of the signatory’s authority to execute the Agreement and bind Customer thereby.

INTENDING TO CREATE A BINDING AGREEMENT, Customer and GSFA have each caused this Product Proposal dated 11/12/2025, GSFA Proposal Number 31112-25AT to be executed by their duly authorized representatives effective as of the Executed Date.

ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO BY CUSTOMER ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO BY GSFA

__________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ Signature of Authorized Customer Representative Signature of Authorized GSFA Representative

__________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ Print Name Print Name

__________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ Title Title

__________________________________________________ _________________________________________________

Date Date

OPTION B

PAYMENT AT TIME OF DELIVERY OR PICKUP

This will be the price of the Product(s) contingent
upon the Customer paying the Grand Total
Purchase Price to GSFA at time of delivery or pickup
pursuant to the Payment Terms

goldenstatefire.com

7400 Reese Road, Sacramento, CA 95828 | 916.330.1638

PRODUCT PROPOSAL FOR:

City of Salinas
65 W. Alisal Street, Suite 210
Salinas, CA 93901
Sales Consultant
Dewayne Young
[email protected]
Mobile: (209) 777-0650

PAYMENT TERMS – Customer shall pay the total purchase price set forth directly above (the “ Grand Total Purchase Price”) to GSFA no later than the time of GSFA’s delivery of the applicable Product to Customer’s address listed above ( or Customer’s pick up of such Product at GSFA’s facilities, if approved by GSFA). GSFA shall have no obligation to deliver, or permit pick up of the Product if the Customer does not have full payment ready when the Product is complete and ready to deliver or pick up, as applicable. Customer shall pay any balance due as a result of Change Orders as described in the Terms and Conditions .

MANUFACTURER – Customer acknowledges that GSFA is not an agent of the Product manufacturer identified above (“Manufacturer”) and is not capable of binding Manufacturer. Within five (5) business days of the Executed Date, GSFA shall submit an order form to the Manufacturer for the Product. GSFA’s further performance under the Agreement is contingent upon Manufacturer’s acceptance of such order form at the price and on the terms GSFA believed to be available when submitting this Product Proposal to Customer. If Manufacturer rejects such order as submitted or fails to respond to GSFA within a reasonable amount of time, GSFA shall notify Customer in writing, and unless GSFA and Customer otherwise agree in writing , the Agreement shall then terminate and have no further force or effect.

SUBMITTED DATE EXPIRATION DATE GSFA PROPOSAL # MANUFACTURER BID # MANUFACTURER CONSORTIUM 11/12/2025 01/09/2026 31112-25BT 968 Pierce
Manufacturing Inc.

Sourcewell #113021-
OKC, ID #251,
Member #2424

ITEM PRODUCT DESCRIPTION UNIT PRICE
A One (1) Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. 100’ Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial 2,329,487.00 B 9.25% State Sales Tax 215,477.55
C California Tire Fee 14.00
D 100% Performance Bond 6,054.00
E GRAND TOTAL PURCHASE PRICE 2,551,032.55

goldenstatefire.com

7400 Reese Road, Sacramento, CA 95828 | 916.330.1638
PRODUCT COMPLETION – The Product shall be ready for final inspection by Customer at the manufacturing facility within approximately 46 to 49 MONTHS after the Executed Date. The foregoing estimate is provided as a good faith approximation as of the date of submission of this Product Proposal and is subject to the Terms and Conditions.

PURCHASE ORDER – Any PO shall be made out to: Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc. – 7400 Reese Road – Sacramento, CA 95828.

INTENDING TO CREATE A BINDING AGREEMENT, Customer and GSFA have each caused this Product Proposal dated 11/12/2025, GSFA Proposal Number 31112-25BT to be executed by their duly authorized representatives effective as of the Executed Date.

ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO BY CUSTOMER ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO BY GSFA

__________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ Signature of Authorized Customer Representative Signature of Authorized GSFA Representative

__________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ Print Name Print Name

__________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ Title Title

__________________________________________________ _________________________________________________

Date Date

JROGHQVWDWHĆUHFRP

STANDARD TERMS

AND CONDITIONS
Exhibit “A”
2 1

STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS

1. Definitions.

a. “Agreement” has the meaning given in the Product Proposal. b. “Customer” means the customer identified in the Product Proposal. c. “Dealer Preparation,” if applicable, means additional product(s) and/or services added or provided by GSFA after Manufacturer’s completion of the Product and transportation to GSFA’s premises prior to delivery to Customer, in accordance with the Dealer Supplied Products/Services List and/or a valid Change Order(s). d. “Dealer Supplied Products/Services List” means the Dealer Supplied Products and/or Services List attached to the Product Proposal as Exhibit D, which reflects all Dealer Pre paration under the Agreement absent a valid Change Order(s).
e. “Grand Total Purchase Price ” means the total purchase price for the Product identified in the Product Proposal (subject to any adjustments required or permitted by these Terms and Conditions, including by the execution of a valid Change Order(s)).
f. “GSFA” means Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc., a California corporation. g. “Manufacturer” means the person or persons, company, firm, corporation, partnership, or other organization identified in the Product Proposal as responsible for manufacturing the Product . h. “Party” or “Parties” means GSFA and/or Customer, as applicable. i. “Prepayment Discount” means a discount to the purchase price for the Product granted to Customer in connection with Customer’s advance payment of the Grand Total Purchase Price (or portion thereof, as specified in the Product Proposal), if applicable.
j. “Product” means the fire apparatus(es) and any associated equipment listed in the Product Proposal and further described in the Specifications.
k. “Product Proposal” means the GSFA proposal executed by Customer to which these Terms and Conditions are attached.
l. “Product Warranties ” means the Manufacturer warranties for the Product attached to the Product Proposal as Exhibit C.
m. “Specifications” means the specifications for the Product attached to the Product Proposal as Exhibit B. n. “Terms and Conditions ” means these Standard Terms and Conditions , which are attached to the Product Proposal as Exhibit A.

2. Purchase and Payment.

a. Purchase. Customer agrees to purchase the Product a t the Grand Total Purchase Price (as such amount may be adjusted in accordance with these Terms and Conditions) , pursuant to the payment terms set forth in the Product Proposal. The Grand Total Purchase Price is payable in U.S. dollars.

b. Contingency Reserve Fund. The Grand Total Purchase Price may include an amount to be set aside for the purpose of funding any future costs or financial obligations incurred by Customer under the Product Proposal or any valid Change Order(s) (the “Contingency Reserve Fund”). If applicable, the amount of any required Contingency Reserve Fund will be set forth in either the Product Proposal or Exhibit D. The Contingency Reserve Fund may be withdrawn against by Customer or GSFA for the purpose of satisfying Customer’s payment obligations under the initial Product Proposal or any valid Change Order (s) (including, without limitation, a Change Order submitted by GSFA pursuant to Section 8.b). If a Contingency Reserve Fund is required under the Agreement, the amount of such fund is not intended as an estimate of the actual additional costs of contingencies, Change Orders, unforeseen items or other required work that may be incurred under the Agreement after submission of the Product Proposal to Customer, which amounts Customer acknowledges may exceed the Contingency Reserve Fund amount. The balance of any Contingency Reserve Fund will be credited against Customer’s payment obligations, or otherwise returned to Customer within thirty (30) calendar days of delivery of all Products under the Agreement (provided that Customer has paid all amounts owed under the Agreement as of such date).

2 c. Prepayment Discount . If GSFA has granted Customer a Prepayment Discount, Customer must provide each associated prepayment (each, a “ Prepayment”) within the time frame specified in the Product Proposal in order to receive such discount. Custom er’s failure to timely make any Prepayment may result in: (i) GSFA’s termination of the Agreement; and/or (ii) Customer’s loss of the Prepayment Discount for the portion of the Grand Total Purchase Price represented by such outstanding Prepayment and the application of a late f ee as set forth in Section 6, in each case in GSFA’s sole discretion.

d. State Sales Tax. Customer shall be responsible for the cost of state sales tax associated with, or attributable to, the Product. The taxes stated in the Product Proposal are subject to adjustment for the applicable state sales tax rate in effect at the time of delivery. Therefore, the sales tax set forth on the Product Proposal is only an estimate of such taxes and will be increased or decreased at the time of d elivery if a change in the applicable sales tax rate has occurred, in which case Customer shall pay GSFA (or be refunded by GSFA) the difference in the applicable sales tax.

3. Product Completion Date . Within thirty (30) calendar days of the date on which the last required signatory executes the Product Proposal (such date, the “Executed Date”), GSFA shall submit to Customer a tentative Product completion date based on the then -estimated time to complete the manufacturing of the Product(s) and for the Product(s) to be ready for inspection and final approval by Customer at the manufacturing facility (which may differ from the Product completion estimate contained in the Product Proposal) . Due to global supply chain constraints, any Product completion date contained herein, or in the Product Proposal, or otherwise provided to Customer, is a good faith estimate only as of the date provided to Customer, and merely an approximation based on current information available to GSFA and Manufacturer . Customer shall not be entitled to rely on any such estimate, and GSFA shall have no liability to Customer for a failure by GSFA or Manufacturer to meet any such estimate. All Product completion estimates are subject to modification and, if applicable, GSFA will provide updates to such estimates to Customer when available.

4. Stock / Demo Units. Notwithstanding any other provision contained in the Agreement (including Section 12 hereof concerning warranties), any Products constituting stock/demo unit(s) are sold to Customer on an as-is, first-come and first-served basis and GSFA makes no further representation or warranty to any customer with respect to such unit(s). Regardless of the terms of the Product Proposal, GSFA shall only be obligated to sell such stock/demo unit(s) to the first customer to enter into a purchase agreement with GSFA identifying such unit(s), and after the execution by GSFA of such agreement any subsequent purchase agreement (including the Agreement, as applicable) shall have no further force or effect with respect to such unit(s).

5. Multiple Unit Purchase. If the Grand Total Purchase Price includes pricing for multiple Products, the Product price stated in the Product Proposal shall only be valid if the quantity of Products being proposed are purchased at the same time, pursuant to the same Agreement. GSFA shall have no obligation to offer the same price for any Product if purchased by Customer pursuant to a later purchase agreement.

6. Late Fee; Storage Fee. A late fee equal to 0.033% of the outstanding portion of the Grand Total Purchase Price will be charged per calendar day for overdue payments beginning ten (1 0) calendar days after the payment is due and continuing for the first thirty (30) calendar days thereafter. After such thirty (30) calendar day period , the late fee shall increase to 0.044% per calendar day until payment of the outstanding portion of the Grand Total Purchase Price is received; provided that if Customer is a public agency, the foregoing late fees shall not exceed the statutory limit set forth in Section 926.10 of the California Government Code . If Customer is unable to satisfy the delivery requirements hereunder or is unwilling to take delivery of the Product, then GSFA shall be entitled to a storage charge running from the earlier of: (i) the date of delivery agreed to between GSFA and Customer (provided GSFA is willing and able to deliver the Product on such date) , or (ii) twenty-one ( 21) calendar days after GSFA notifies Customer that the Product is available for delivery. The storage charge is equal to: (i) $175.00 per calendar day per apparatus stored, or (ii) the actual charges incurred by GSFA with a third party for storage of the Product, whichever is greater. Such storage charge shall continue until the actual time of d elivery and Customer’s possession of the Product, and any such storage by GSFA or such third party shall be at the sole risk of Customer.

3 7. Delivery; Inspection and Acceptance.

a. Delivery. Subject to Section 5 hereof, the Product is scheduled to be delivered to the location and within the time period specified in the Product Proposal . Such delivery date is an estimate, and GSFA is , notwithstanding this Section 7.a, not bound to such date unless it otherwise agrees in a separate writing to complete delivery by a date certain. For the avoidance of doubt, GSFA is not responsible for delivery delays caused by or because of actions, omissions or conduct of Customer, the Manufacturer, or their respective employees, affiliates, suppliers, contractors, and carriers. Risk of loss for the Product shall pass to Customer at the point and time of delivery (which shall include an attempted d elivery by GSFA which cannot be completed due to any act or omission of Customer) .

However, title to the Product shall only pass to Customer upon d elivery if Customer has then fully paid GSFA all amounts due hereunder (including additional amounts due under any valid Change Order). Absent GSFA’s separate written agreement, which it may or may not provide in its sole and absolute discretion, d elivery of the Product will not occur before Customer has fully paid all amounts due under the Agreement and provided proof of insurance reasonably satisfactory to GSFA. If GSFA permits Customer to take possession of the Product prior to such payment, Customer may not mount equipment, conduct training, or place the Product into service until all amounts due under the Agreement have been paid. If Customer has ordered multiple Products, GSFA reserves the right to deliver such Products in installments and to separately invoice Customer for such Products.

b. Inspection and Acceptance . Upon delivery, Customer shall have ten (10) calendar days within which to inspect the Product for substantial conformance to the Specifications, and in the event of substantial non- conformance to the Specifications to furnish GSFA with written notice sufficient to permit GSFA to evaluate such non-conformance (“ Notice of Nonconformance to Specifications ”). Contingent upon part availability and Customer’s cooperation, any Product not in substantial conformance to material Specifications shall be remedied by GSFA (by repair or replacement, at GSFA’s election) within thirty (30) calendar days from GSFA’s receipt of the Notice of Nonconformance to Specifications. In the event GSFA does not receive a Notice of Nonconformance to Specifications within ten (10) calendar days of d elivery, the Product will be deemed to be in conformance with Specifications and accepted by Customer.

8. Changes to Agreement Terms.

a. Change Orders . The Customer may request that GSFA incorporate a change to the Product or the Specifications for the Product, or GSFA may submit changes to the Agreement required or permitted to be made by GSFA (pursuant to Section 8.b or otherwise), by delivering a written Change Order to the other party hereto , which shall include a description of the proposed change sufficient to permit the receiving party to evaluate such change (either, a “Change Order”). For any Change Order submitted by Customer, GSFA will provide Customer a written response (a “Response”) stating (i) whether GSFA will accommodate such Change Order (which GSFA may decide in its sole and absolute discretion) ; and (ii) the terms of the modification to the order, including any increase or decrease in the Grand Total Purchase Price resulting from such Change Order, a date on which any increase in the Grand Total Purchase Price must be paid, and an estimate of any effect on production scheduling or delivery resulting from such Change Order. Customer shall have seven (7) calendar days after receipt of the Response to notify GSFA as to whether Customer desires to make the changes GSFA has approved in the Response. In the event Customer countersigns GSFA’s Response, Customer shall pay the increase (or be refunded the decrease) in the Grand Total Purchase Price by the date specified in the Response. GSFA may also send Customer a Change Order to account for any changes to the Agreement required or permitted to be made by GSFA (including those changes required pursuant to Section 8.b hereof), and such Change Order shall be effective upon d elivery to Customer unless Customer elects to terminate the applicable Product order under the Agreement in accordance with Section 9.

b. Additional Changes.

i. Component Price Volatility ; Increases Imposed by Manufacturer. GSFA shall not be responsible for (i) any unforeseen price increase or surcharge enacted by suppliers of major components of the Product (including but not limited to commercial chassis, engine, transmission, and fire pump); or (ii) price increases imposed on GSFA by Manufacturer pursuant to Manufacturer’s terms and conditions for sale of the Product (a “Manufacturer 4 Price Increase”), after Customer becomes bound by the Agreement . Customer shall be responsible for all amounts arising from any price increas es for major components of the P roduct (including all ass ociated taxes an d fees thereon) or any Manufacturer Price Increase s occurring after the execution of the Agreement which increase the cost of the Product to GSFA , and such amounts will be documented on a Change Order adjusting the Grand Total Purchase Price accordingly . Customer shall pay any such p rice increase prior to Product delivery. A Manufacturer Price Increase may include, but shall not be limited to, an increase in Product price resulting from an increase in the Producer Price Index of Components for Manufacturing (see www.bls.gov Series ID: WPUID6112) in excess of a compounded annual growth rate of five percent (5%), as measured between the month Manufacturer accepts the applicable Product order and the month that is fourteen (14) months prior to the then- current estimated Product completion date (the foregoing, a “ PPI-Based Price Increase”) . If, upon Customer’s receipt of a Change Order reflecting a PPI-Based Price Increase, Customer elects to terminate the applicable Product o rder in accordance with Section 8.b.iii rather than pay such increase, then in lieu of the cancellation fees described in Section 9.a hereof GSFA shall be entitled to recover and Customer shall pay GSFA’s actual non- reimbursable costs incurred in connection with the Product order through the date of Customer’s termination of such Product order.

ii. New Legal Standards. In the event the Product design, materials or specifications require an alteration arising from new regulations issued by any governmental entity or trade association, including, but not limited to, the NFPA, DOT, and EPA , and such alteration increases the cost of the Product to GSFA, Customer shall be responsible for changes to the Grand Total Purchase Price arising from such alteration. GSFA shall promptly notify Customer when it becomes aware of any potential or required change in regulations occurring prior to delivery that would impact the Product purchased.

iii. Change Orders. Customer shall execute any Change Order submitted by GSFA documenting any of the changes required or permitted by Sections 8.b.i and 8.b.ii above (which shall, to the extent practicable, itemize any increases in the Grant Total Purchase Price and specify a commercially reasonable date by which Customer must pay such increase), unless Customer instead elects to terminate the applicable Product order under the Agreement within fifteen (15 ) calendar days of Customer’s receipt of such Change Order and in accordance with Section 9.

Absent such a termination, failure or refusal to execute a Change Order does not alter Customer’s obligations under this Section 8.b.

c. Changes in Commercial Specifications . Specifications for all components of the Product manufactured by companies other than the Manufacturer are subject to change without notice. Specifications for such components will be as available at the time of manufacture of the Product. GSFA shall not be liable for any deviations in such specifications arising from a substitution of components or changes in the design of any component by their original manufacturer.

9. Termination.

a. By Customer. Customer may terminate a Product order identified in the Product Proposal or a Change Order by providing written notice to GSFA in accordance with Section 16 hereof. If Customer elects to terminate a Product order, Customer shall pay GSFA a cancellation fee as follows: (a) after the Product order is accepted and entered by GSFA , 10% of the portion of the Grand Total Purchase Price applicable to such Product (including all associated taxes, fees and costs) (such amount, the “ Product Purchase Price ”); (b) after completion of the pre - construction phase of the order process , 20% of the Product Purchase Price ; and (c) after the requisition of any materials or commencement of any manufacturing or assembly of the Product by either GSFA or Manufacturer but before substantial completion of such Product, 50% of the Product Purchase Price. Customer shall not be permitted to terminate a Product order after substantial completion of manufacturing and assembly of such Product (excluding any Dealer Preparation or other pre -delivery services or untypical Product customization, if applicable).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the applicable tier of cancellation fee is not sufficient to cover all actual costs and fees incurred by GSFA with Manufacturer in connection with Customer’s termination of the Product order (“Manufacturer Termination Fees”), then in addition to such cancellation fee Customer shall pay the balance of all Manufacturer Termination Fees. If Customer received a Prepayment Discount, such discount shall not be considered for the purpose of calculating the above cancellation fee. The tier of cancellation fee applicable to any cancellation , 5 as well as the determination of whether a Product has reached substantial completion, shall be in the sole and absolute discretion of GSFA. Customer may request a fee waiver, and GSFA, in its sole discretion, may agree to waive and/or adjust such fee . GSFA will return the balance of the Grand Total Purchase Price or Product Purchas e Price, as applicable, within thirty (30) calendar days of the effective date of the cancellation of the Product order or termination of the Agreement.

Customer may terminate the Agreement for an Event of Default by GSFA after providing GSFA with written notice in accordance with Section 16 (which notice shall describe with reasonably particularity the Event of Default justifying such termination) if such Event of Default remains uncured (if capable of cure) thirty (30) days following GSFA’s receipt of such notice; provided, however, that the foregoing cure period shall continue if and for so long as GSFA has commenced and is continuing to undertake commercially reasonable efforts to cure such Event of Default as promptly as reasonably practicable.

b. By GSFA . GSFA may terminate the Agreement for an Event of Default by Customer after providing Customer with written notice in accordance with Section 16 (which notice shall describe with reasonably particularity the Event of Default justifying such termination) if such Event of Default remains uncured (if capable of cure) thirty (30) days following Customer’s receipt of such notice; provided, however, that the foregoing cure period shall continue if and for so long as Customer has commenced and is continuing to unde rtake commercially reasonable efforts to cure such Event of Default as promptly as reasonably practicable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, GSFA may terminate the Agreement effective immediately upon written notice to Customer for Customer’s failure to pay any amount owed under the Agreement when due .

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if Customer terminates a Product order in accordance with Section 9.a above, GSFA may elect to instead terminate the Agreement upon notice to Customer in accordance with Section 16 hereof. If GSFA terminates the Agreement in accordance with this Section 9 .b, Customer shall pay the applicable tier of cancellation fee for all Products pursuant to Section 9.a above as if Customer had elected to terminate each applicable Product order.

c. Based on Discontinuation or Cancellation by Manufacturer . In the event that Manufacturer cancels a Product order (provided that such cancellation is not the result of an act by Customer in violation of the Agreement) or discontinues the manufacture of a Product prior to its completion and d elivery: (i) if such Product is the only Product contemplated under the Agreement, then the Agreement shall terminate; or (ii) if additional Products are contemplated under the Agreement, then only the Product order for the applicable cancelled or discontinued Product shall be terminated . Such Agreement termination or Product termination , as applicable, shall be effective upon GSFA’s written notice to Customer of such cancellation or discontinuance in accordance with Section 16 hereof.

GSFA’s only obligation to Customer in such event shall be the return of any Prepayment paid by Customer for the cancelled or discontinued Product. For the avoidance of doubt, the cancellation fees contemplated in Section 9.a hereof shall not apply in the event of a termination pursuant to this Section 9.c .

10. Customer’s Obligations . Customer shall provide its timely and best efforts to cooperate with GSFA and Manufacturer during the Product manufacturing and Dealer Preparation process. Reasonable and timely cooperation includes, without limitation, Customer’s providing timely information in response to any requests from Manufacturer or GSFA and the participation of Customer’s authorized representatives in traveling to Manufacturer’s facility for inspections and approval of the Product, including a final approval before the Product leaves Manufacturer’s facility.

11. Representations and Warranties . Customer hereby represents and warrants to GSFA as of the Executed Date that the execution of the Agreement and the purchase of the Product(s) and performance of the other obligations of Customer under the Agreement have been approved by Customer in accordance with applicable general laws and, as applicable, Customer’s charter, ordinances , purchasing policies, and other governing documents, and executed by the appropriate Customer employees, officials, and/or representatives , and fundi ng for Customer’s performance of its obligations under the Agreement has been duly budgeted and appropriated by Customer.

6 12. Standard Warranty . All applicable M anufacturer warranties are contained in the Product Warranties . Any additional warranties must be expressly approved in a writing signed by GSFA, and Customer acknowledges and agrees that Manufacturer will not be liable for any such additional warranties .

a. Disclaimer. OTHER THAN AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THE AGREEMENT, GSFA, ITS AFFILIATES, AND THEIR

RESPECTIVE OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES, SHAREHOLDERS, AGENTS, OR REPRESENTATIVES, DO NOT MAKE

ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES WITH RESPECT TO THE PRODUCT (WHETHER RELATING TO THE CONDITION

OR QUALITY OF THE PRODUCT, OR OTHERWISE) PROVIDED HEREUNDER OR OTHERWISE REGARDING THE

AGREEMENT (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WITH RESPECT TO ANY APPLICABLE DEALER PREPARATION) , WHETHER ORAL OR WRITTEN, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY. WITHOUT LIMITING THE FOREGOING, ANY

IMPLIED WARRANTY OR CONDITION OF MERCHANTABILITY, THE IMPLIED WARRANTY AGAINST INFRINGEMENT, THE

IMPLIED WARRANTY OR CONDITION OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE , AND ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE ARE EXPRESSLY EXCLUDED AND DISCLAIMED BY GSFA.

STATEMENTS MADE BY SALES CONSULTANTS OR IN PROMOTIONAL MATERIALS DO NOT CONSTITUTE WARRANTIES.

b. Exclusions of Incidental and Consequential Damages . In no event shall GSFA be liable for special, consequential, incidental, indirect or punitive damages incurred by Customer in connection with any matter ar ising out of or relating to the Agreement, or the breach thereof, even if GSFA has been advised of the possibility of such damages, and regardless of whether such damages arise out of breach of warranty, the Agreement, indemnity, whether resulting from non -delivery or from GSFA’s own negligence, or otherwise, except and solely to the extent such damages arise from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of GSFA.

13. Default. The occurrence of one or more of the following events (each, an “Event of Default”) shall constitute a default under the Agreement: (a) Customer’s failure t o pay any amounts due or to perform any of its obligations under the Agreement; (b) GSFA’s failure to perform any of its obligations under the Agreement; (c) either Party becoming insolvent or becoming subject to bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings; (d) any representation made by either Party under the Agreement which is false in any material respect; (e) any action by Customer to dissolve, merge, consolidate or transfer a substantial portion of its property to another entity during the term of the Agreement; (f) any other material breach of the terms of the Agreement by a Party; or (g ) a default or breach by Customer under any other agreement with GSFA or its affiliates.

14. Indemnification of GSFA . Customer shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless GSFA, its agents, servants, successors and assigns from and against all losses, damages, injuries, claims, demands and expenses, including attorneys’ fees and other legal expenses, of whatever nature (“Damages”), to the extent such Damages arise out of or in connection with : (i) Customer’s breach of the Agreement, or (ii) Customer’s use, storage, or operation of the Product following delivery, regardless of where, how, and by whom operated (excluding any negligent operation by GSFA). The indemnification and assumptions of liability and obligation herein provided shall continue in full force and effect notwith standing the termination of the Agreement, whether by expiration of time, by operation of law or otherwise. This provision is not intended to and shall not constitute the exclusive remedy of the Parties under the Agreement; the Parties may seek indemnity from one another under other legal principles, whether based in equity or law, so long as they do not nullify or cancel the effects of this paragraph.

15. Force Majeure. GSFA shall not be responsible nor deemed to be in default of any provision of the Agreement on account of delays in performance due to causes which are beyond GSFA’s or Manufacturer’s control and which make GSFA’s performance impracticable, including but not limited to wars, insurrections, strikes or labor unrest, riots, fires, storms, floods, other acts of nature, explosions, earthquakes, accidents, any act of federal, state or local government, failure or delays in transportation, inability to obtain necessary labor , supplies or manufacturing facilities, supply chain issues, allocation regulations or orders affecting materials, equipment, facilities or completed products, failure to obtain any required license or certificates, acts of God or the public enemy or terrorism, failure of transportation, disease, pandemics or epidemics, quarantine restrictions, failure of vendors (due to causes similar to those within the scope of this clause) to perform their agreements or labor troubles causing cessation, slowdown, or interruption of work.

7 16. Notice. Any notices, requests, consents, claims, demands, waivers and other communications required or permitted to be given hereunder must be given in writing at the address of each Party set forth below, or t o such other address as either P arty may substitute by written notice to the other in accordance with this Section 16 , by one of the following methods: hand delivery; registered, express, or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid; or nationally recognized private express courier. All such communicati ons will be deemed to have been given: (i) when delivered by hand (with written confirmation of receipt); (ii) on the third (3rd) calendar day after the date mailed, by registered, express or certified mail; or (iii) when delivered by the addressee if sent by a nationally recognized private express courier.

GSFA: CUSTOMER:

Golden State Fire Apparatus Inc. To the address listed in the Product Proposal 7400 Reese Road
Sacramento, CA 95828

17. Contradictions. In the event of a conflict between the Agreement and any Change Order, or between Change Orders, the terms of the latest executed Change Order shall control.

18. Manufacturer’s Statement of Origin . It is agreed that the manufacturer’s statement of origin (“ MSO”) for the Product covered by the Agreement, if applicable, shall be retained and remain in the possession of GSFA per California Department of Vehicles (DMV) directive s. Notwithstanding the for egoing, GSFA shall provide Customer with the original MSO if the Customer is self- registering, and Customer shall comply with all good-faith Process of Duty and other DMV requirements applicable to the Product and retain its own MSO.

19. Assignment. The relationship of the Parties established under the Agreement is that of independent contractors and neither Party is a partner, employee, agent, or joint venturer of or with the other. Neither Party may assign its rights and obligations under the Agreement unless it has obtained the prior written approval of the other P arty.

20. Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Disputes. Without regard to any conflict of laws provisions, the Agreement is to be governed by and under the laws of the state of California. Prior to taking any legal action that may and/or can arise out of the Agreement, the Parties shall first attempt mediation with an agreed upon mediator. If the Parties cannot agree upon a mediator within thirty (30) calendar days of the submission of written notice of a dispute in accordance with Section 16 hereof, if any disputed matter remain unresolved within thirty (30) calendar days of the commencement of discussions, or if any party refuses to meet, then either party may submit any remaining disputes concerning and/or claim regarding the Agreement and/or the terms and conditions herein to the Superior Court, County of Sacramento (and the parties expressly consent to exclusive personal jurisdiction and venue before such court).

21. Entire Agreement; Amendments. The Agreement, including the Product Proposal, its exhibits and all valid Change Orders, is the exclusive agreement between the Parties regarding the subject matter contained herein and therein.

No change in, modi fication of, or revision of the Agreement shall be valid unless in writing and signed by duly authorized representatives of both Parties with authority to sign such amendments to the Agreement.

END OF STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS
JROGHQVWDWHĆUHFRP

PRODUCT

SPECIFICATIONS
Exhibit “B”
3 Proposal Details Report
OptionCode Type Option ProposalText
0766599 Boiler Plates, Tiller Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc. is pleased to submit a proposal to Salinas Fire Department for a Pierce® Tractor-Drawn Aerial Ladder per your request for quotation. The following paragraphs will describe in detail the apparatus, construction methods, and equipment proposed.

This proposal will indicate size, type, model and make of components parts and equipment, providing proof of compliance with each and every item (except where noted) in the departments advertised specifications.

PIERCE MANUFACTURING was founded in 1913. Since then, we have been building bodies with one philosophy, "BUILD THE FINEST". Our skilled craftsmen take pride in their work, which is reflected, in the final product. We have been building fire apparatus since the early "forties" giving Pierce Manufacturing over 75 years of experience in the fire apparatus market. Pierce Manufacturing has built and put into service more than 62,500 apparatus, including more than 33,900 on Pierce custom chassis designed and built specifically for fire and emergency applications. Our Appleton, Wisconsin facility has over 870,000 total square feet of floor space situated on approximately 105 acres of land. Our Bradenton, Florida facility has 300,000 square feet of floor space situated on approximately 38 acres of land.

Our beliefs in high ethical standards are carried through in all of our commitments and to everyone with whom we do business. Honesty, Integrity, Accountability and Citizenship are global tenets by which we all live and work. Consequently, we neither engage in, nor have we ever been convicted of price fixing, bid rigging, or collusion in any domestic or international fire apparatus market.

Pierce has only one brand of fire apparatus "Pierce", ensuring you are receiving top of the line product that meets your specification.

In accordance with the current edition of applicable NFPA standards, this proposal will specify whether the fire department, manufacturer, or apparatus dealership will provide required loose equipment.

Images and illustrative material in this proposal are as accurate as known at the time of publication but are subject to change without notice. Images and illustrative material are for reference only and may include optional equipment and accessories and may not include all standard equipment.

GENERAL DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION
To control quality, ensure compatibility, and provide a single source for service and warranty, the custom cab, chassis, pump module and body will be entirely designed, assembled/welded and painted in Pierce owned manufacturing facilities. This includes, but not limited to the cab weldment, the pumphouse module assembly, the chassis assembly, the body and the electrical system.

QUALITY AND WORKMANSHIP
Pierce has set the pace for quality and workmanship in the fire apparatus field. Our tradition of building the highest quality units with craftsmen second to none has been the rule right from the beginning and we demonstrate that ongoing commitment by: Ensuring all steel welding follows American Welding Society D1.1-2004 recommendations for structural steel welding. All aluminum welding follows American Welding society and ANSI D1.2-2003 requirements for structural welding of aluminum. All sheet metal welding follows American welding Society B2.1-2000 requirements for structural welding of sheet metal. Our flux core arc welding uses alloy rods, type 7000 and is performed to American Welding Society standards A5.20-E70T1. Furthermore, all employees classified as welders are tested and certified to meet the American welding Society codes upon hire and every three (3) years thereafter. Pierce also employs and American Welding Society certified welding inspector in plant during working hours to monitor weld quality.

Pierce Manufacturing operates a Quality Management System under the requirements of ISO 9001. These standards sponsored by the International Organization for Standardization (ISO) specify the quality systems that are established by the manufacturer for design, manufacture, installation and service. A copy of the certificate of compliance is included with this proposal.

In addition to the Quality Management system, we also employ a Quality Achievement Supplier program to ensure the vendors and suppliers that we utilize meet the high standards we demand.

That is just part of our overall "Quality at the Source" program at Pierce.

To demonstrate the quality of our products and services, a list of at least five (5) fire departments/municipalities that have purchased vehicles for a second time is provided.

DELIVERY
The apparatus will be delivered under its own power to ensure proper break-in of all components while the apparatus is still under warranty. A qualified delivery representative shall deliver the apparatus and remain for a sufficient length of time to instruct personnel in proper operation, care and maintenance of the equipment delivered.

MANUAL AND SERVICE INFORMATION
At time of delivery, complete operation and maintenance manuals covering the apparatus will be provided. A permanent plate will be mounted in the driver's compartment specifying the quantity and type of fluids required including engine oil, engine coolant, transmission, pump transmission lubrication, pump primer and drive axle.

SAFETY VIDEO
At the time of delivery Pierce will also provide one (1) 39-minute, professionally produced apparatus safety video, in DVD format. A link to the video is also available on the Pierce Training website. This video will address key safety considerations for personnel to follow when they are driving, operating, and maintaining the apparatus, including the following: vehicle pre-trip inspection, chassis operation, pump operation, aerial operation, and safety during maintenance.

PERFORMANCE TESTS
A road test will be conducted with the apparatus fully loaded and a continuous run of no less than 11/12/2025
Customer: Salinas Fire Department Bid Number: 968
Representative Young, Dewayne Job Number:

Requirements Manager: Organization: Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc Description: 100' Tiller - Duplicate to 42944 -
Chassis: Enforcer Chassis, Tractor (Tiller)
Body: Aerial, Tiller, No Pump, Alum Body
1968Bid #:
ten (10) miles. During that time the apparatus will show no loss of power nor will it overheat. The transmission drive shaft or shafts and the axles will run quietly and be free of abnormal vibration or noise. The apparatus when fully loaded will not have less than 25 percent nor more than 50 percent on the front axle, and not less than 50 percent nor more than 75 percent on the rear axle.

The apparatus will meet the current edition of applicable NFPA standards acceleration and braking requirements.

SERVICE AND WARRANTY SUPPORT
Pierce dealership support will be provided by Golden State Emergency Vehicle Services by operating in conjunction with a Pierce authorized service center. The service center will have factory-trained mechanics on staff versed in Pierce fire apparatus. The service facility will be located within one hundred fifty (150) miles of the fire department.

In addition to the dealership, Pierce has service facilities located in both, Weyauwega, Wisconsin and Bradenton, Florida. Pierce also maintains a dedicated parts facility of over 100,000 square feet in Appleton, Wisconsin. The parts facility stocks in excess of $5,000,000 in parts dedicated to service and replacement parts. The parts facility employs a staff dedicated solely for the distribution and shipment of service and replacement parts.

Service parts for the apparatus being proposed can be found via Pierceparts.com which, is an interactive online tool that delivers information regarding your specific apparatus as well as the opportunity to register for training classes.

As a Pierce customer you have the ability to view the complete bill of materials for your specific apparatus, including assembly drawings, piece part drawings, and beneficial parts notations. You will also have the ability to search the complete Pierce item master through a parts search function which offers all Pierce SKU's and descriptions offered on all Pierce apparatus. Published component catalogs, which include proprietary systems along with an extensive operator's manual library is available for easy reference.

Pierce Manufacturing maintains a dedicated service and warranty staff of over 35 personnel, dedicated to customer support, which also maintains a 24-hour 7 day a week toll free hot line, four (4) on staff EVTs, and offers hands-on repair and maintenance training classes multiple times a year.

LIABILITY
The successful bidder will defend any and all suits and assume all liability for the use of any patented process including any device or article forming a part of the apparatus or any appliance furnished under the contract.

INSURANCE PROVIDED BY BIDDER
Commercial General Liability Insurance
The successful bidder will, during the performance of the contract and for three (3) years following acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of commercial general liability insurance:

Each Occurrence:
$1,000,000
Products/Completed Operations Aggregate:
$1,000,000
Personal and Advertising Injury:
$1,000,000
General Aggregate:
$2,000,000
Coverage will be written on a Commercial General Liability form. The policy will be written on an occurrence form and will include Contractual Liability coverage for bodily injury and property damage subject to the terms and conditions of the policy. The policy will include Owner as an additional insured when required by written contract.

Commercial Automobile Liability Insurance
The successful bidder will, during the performance of the contract, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of commercial automobile liability insurance and coverage will be written on a Commercial Automobile liability form:

Each Accident Combined Single Limit:
$1,000,000
Umbrella/Excess Liability Insurance
The successful bidder will, during the performance of the contract and for three (3) years following acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of umbrella liability insurance:

Aggregate:
$3,000,000
Each Occurrence:
$3,000,000
The umbrella policy will be written on an occurrence basis and at a minimum provide excess to the bidder's General Liability and Automobile Liability policies.

The required limits can be provided by one (1) or more policies provided all other insurance requirements are met.

Coverage will be provided by a carrier(s) rated A- or better by A.M. Best.

All policies will provide a 30-day notice of cancellation to the named insured. The Certificate of Insurance will provide the following cancellation clause: Should any of the above described polices be cancelled before the expiration date thereof, notice will be delivered in accordance with the policy provisions.

Bidder agrees to furnish owner with a current Certificate of Insurance with the coverages listed above along with the bid. The certificate will show the purchaser as certificate holder.

INSURANCE PROVIDED BY MANUFACTURER
Product Liability Insurance
The manufacturer will, during the performance of the contract and for three (3) years following acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of Product Liability insurance:

Each Occurrence:
$1,000,000
Products/Completed Operations Aggregate:
$1,000,000
Coverage will be written on a Commercial General Liability form. The policy will be written on an occurrence form. The manufacturer's policy will include the owner as additional insured when required by written contract between the Owner and a Pierce authorized dealer. 2968Bid #:

Umbrella/Excess Liability Insurance
The manufacturer will, during the performance of the contract and for three (3) years following acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of umbrella liability insurance:

Each Occurrence:
$25,000,000
Aggregate:
$25,000,000
The umbrella policy will be written on an occurrence basis and provide excess to the manufacturer's General Liability/Products policies.

The required limits can be provided by one (1) or more policies provided all other insurance requirements are met.

Coverage will be provided by a carrier(s) rated A- or better by A.M. Best.

Manufacturer agrees to furnish owner with a current Certificate of Insurance with the coverages listed above along with the bid. The certificate will show the purchaser as the certificate holder. 0018180 Single Source Compliance, Aerials

SINGLE SOURCE MANUFACTURER
Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. provides an integrated approach to the design and manufacture of our products that delivers superior apparatus and a dedicated support team. From our facilities, the chassis, cab weldment, cab, pump house (including the sheet metal enclosure, valve controls, piping and operators panel) body and aerial device will be entirely designed, tested, and hand assembled to the customer's exact specifications. The electrical system either hardwired or multiplexed, will be both designed and integrated by Pierce Manufacturing. The warranties relative to these major components (excluding component warranties such as engine, transmission, axles, pump, etc.) will be provided by Pierce as a single source manufacturer.

Pierce's single source solution adds value by providing a fully engineered product that offers durability, reliability, maintainability, performance, and a high level of quality. 0584456 Manufacture Location, Appleton,
Wisconsin
Your apparatus will be manufactured in Appleton, Wisconsin. 0584452 RFP Location: Appleton, Wisconsin

0588609 Vehicle Destination, US
0670275 Unit to be Similar in some Aspects,
Excluding Pump Panel

SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS
The apparatus being proposed will be designed and built to match the 28976. However, some variation may be necessary due to changes in our manufacturing processes or our product offering. Revisions in NFPA guidelines and/or other regulations may also affect our ability to match the previous unit.
0816491 Comply NFPA 1900 Changes
Effective Jan 1, 2024, With
Exceptions
NFPA 2024 STANDARDS
This unit will comply with the NFPA standards effective January 1, 2024, except for fire department directed exceptions. These exceptions will be set forth in the Statement of Exceptions.

Certification of slip resistance of all stepping, standing and walking surfaces will be supplied with delivery of the apparatus.

All horizontal surfaces designated as a standing or walking surface that are greater than 48.00" above the ground must be defined by a 1.00" wide line along its outside perimeter. Perimeter markings and designated access paths to destination points will be identified on the customer approval print and are shown as approximate. Actual location(s) will be determined based on materials used and actual conditions at final build. Access paths may pass through hose storage areas and opening or removal of covers or restraints may be required. Access paths may require the operation of devices and equipment such as the aerial device or ladder rack.

A plate that is highly visible to the driver while seated will be provided. This plate will show the overall height, length, and gross vehicle weight rating.

The manufacturer will have programs in place for training, proficiency testing and performance for any staff involved with certifications.

An official of the company will designate, in writing, who is qualified to witness and certify test results.
0533349 Aerial Fire Apparatus
0588613 Vehicle Certification, Aerial w/o Pump

3968Bid #:
0681279 Agency, Apparatus Certification,
Aerial w/o Pump, U.L.

NFPA COMPLIANCY
Apparatus proposed by the bidder will meet the applicable requirements of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) as stated in current edition at time of contract execution. Fire department's specifications that differ from NFPA specifications will be indicated in the proposal as "non-NFPA".

INSPECTION CERTIFICATE
A third party inspection certificate for the aerial device will be furnished upon delivery of the aerial device. The certificate will be Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Type 1 and will indicate that the aerial device has been inspected on the production line and after final assembly.

Visual structural inspections will be performed on all welds on both aluminum and steel ladders.

On critical weld areas, or on any suspected defective area, the following tests will be conducted:

Magnetic particle inspection will be conducted on steel aerials to assure the integrity of the weldments and to detect any flaws or weaknesses. Magnets will be placed on each side of the weld while iron powder is placed on the weld itself. The powder will detect any crack that may exist. This test will conform to ASTM E709 and be performed prior to assembly of the aerial device.

A liquid penetrant test will be conducted on aluminum aerials to assure the integrity of the weldments and to detect any flaws or weaknesses. This test will conform to ASTM E165 and be performed prior to assembly of the aerial device.

Ultrasonic inspection will be conducted on all aerials to detect any flaws in pins, bolts and other critical mounting components.

In addition to the tests above, functional tests, load tests, and stability tests will be performed on all aerials. These tests will determine any unusual deflection, noise, vibration, or instability characteristics of the unit.

GENERATOR TEST
If the unit has a generator, the generator will be tested, approved, and certified by Underwriters Laboratories at the manufacturer's expense. The test results will be provided to the Fire Department at the time of delivery.

BREATHING AIR TEST
If the unit has breathing air, Pierce Manufacturing will draw an air sample from the air system and certify that the air quality meets the requirements of NFPA 1989, Standard on Breathing Air Quality for Fire and Emergency Services Respiratory Protection. 0816495 Certification, Vehicle Inspection
Program, NFPA 1900

VEHICLE INSPECTION PROGRAM CERTIFICATION
To assure the vehicle is built to current NFPA 1900 standards, the apparatus, in its entirety, will be third-party, independent, audit-certified through Underwriters Laboratory (UL) that it is built and complies to all applicable standards in the current edition. The certification includes: all design, production, operational, and performance testing of not only the apparatus, but those components that are installed on the apparatus.

A placard will be affixed in the driver's side area stating the third party agency, the date, the standard and the certificate number of the whole vehicle audit. 0092138 Highly Customized Product (HCP) PRODUCT CHANGES AND IMPROVEMENTS Our components and processes, as described in this proposal document, are as accurate as known at the time of bid submission, but are subject to change for the purpose of product or process improvements, or changes in industry standards providing the change does not affect the meaning or definition of the bid specifications.
4968Bid #:
0536644 Customer Service Website

AFTERMARKET SUPPORT WEBSITE
Pierceparts.com will provide Pierce authorized dealer access to comprehensive information pertaining to the maintenance and service of their customer's apparatus. This tool will provide the Pierce authorized dealer the ability to service and support their customers to the best of their ability with factory support at their fingertips.

Pierceparts.com is also accessible to the end user through the guest login. Limited access is available and vehicle specific parts information accessible by entering a specific VIN number. All end users should see their local authorized Pierce dealer for additional support and service.

The website will consist of the following screens at the dealer level:

My Fleet Screen
The My Fleet screen will provide access to truck detail information on the major components of the vehicle, warranty information, available vehicle photographs, vehicle drawings, sales options, applicable vehicle software downloads, etc.

Parts Screens
The Parts screens will provide parts look-up capability of Pierce Manufacturing sourced items, with the aid of digital photographs, part drawings and assembly drawings. The parts search application will permit the searching of parts by item description or function group (major system category). The parts application will provide the ability to submit electronically a parts order, parts quote, or parts return request directly to Pierce Manufacturing for processing.

Warranty Screen
The Warranty screens will provide dealers the ability to submit electronically warranty claims directly to Pierce Manufacturing for reimbursement.

My Reports Screens
The My Reports screens will provide access to multiple dealer reports to allow the dealership to maintain communication with the customer on the status of orders, claims, and phone contacts.

Technical Support Screens
The Technical Support screens will provide access to all currently published Operation and Maintenance and Service Publications. Access to Pierce Manufacturing Service Bulletins and Work Instructions, containing information on current service topics and recommendations will be provided.

Training
The Training screens will provide access to upcoming training classes offered by Pierce Manufacturing along with interactive electronic learning modules (Operators Guides) covering the operation of major vehicle components will be provided. Access to training manuals used in Pierce Manufacturing training classes will be provided.

About Pierce
Access to customer service articles, corporate news, quarterly newsletters, and key contacts within the Customer Service Department will be provided. The current Customer Service Policy and Procedure Manual, detailing the operation of the Customer Service group will also be accessible.
0766110 Consortium, Sourcewell

0535579 Not Required, Unit of Measure, (no
pump, no tank)
0030006 Bid Bond Not Requested

BID BOND NOT REQUESTED
A bid bond will not be included. If requested, the following will apply:

All bidders will provide a bid bond as security for the bid in the form of a 5 percent bid bond to accompany their bid. This bid bond will be issued by a Surety Company who is listed on the U.S.

Treasury Departments list of acceptable sureties as published in Department Circular 570. The bid bond will be issued by an authorized representative of the Surety Company and will be accompanied by a certified power of attorney dated on or before the date of bid. The bid bond will include language, which assures that the bidder/principal will give a bond or bonds as may be specified in the bidding or contract documents, with good and sufficient surety for the faithful performance of the contract, including the Basic One (1) Year Limited Warranty, and for the prompt payment of labor and material furnished in the prosecution of the contract.

Notwithstanding any document or assertion to the contrary, any surety bond related to the sale of a vehicle will apply only to the Basic One (1) Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle. Any surety bond related to the sale of a vehicle will not apply to any other warranties that are included within this bid (OEM or otherwise) or to the warranties (if any) of any third party of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. In the event of any contradiction or inconsistency between this provision and any other document or assertion, this provision will prevail.
5968Bid #:
0816574 Performance Bond, 100% with
Warranty Bond, 1 Yr, and Payment
Bond, PPI Terms
PERFORMANCE BOND, 1 YEAR
The successful bidder will furnish a Performance and Payment bond (Bond) equal to 100 percent of the total contract amount within 30 days of the notice of award. Such Bond will be in a form acceptable to the Owner and issued by a surety company included within the Department of Treasury's Listing of Approved Sureties (Department Circular 570) with a minimum A.M. Best Financial Strength Rating of A and Size Category of XV. In the event of a bond issued by a surety of a lesser Size Category, a minimum Financial Strength rating of A+ is required.

Bidder and Bidder's surety agree that the Bond issued hereunder, whether expressly stated or not, also includes the surety's guarantee of the vehicle manufacturer's Basic One (1) Year Limited Warranty period included within this proposal. Owner agrees that the penal amount of this bond will be simultaneously amended to 100 percent of the total contract amount upon satisfactory acceptance and delivery of the vehicle(s) included herein. Notwithstanding anything contained within this contract to the contrary, the surety's liability for any warranties of any type will not exceed one (1) year from the date of such satisfactory acceptance and delivery, or the actual Basic One (1) Year Limited Warranty period, whichever is shorter.

Due to global supply chain constraints, any delivery date contained herein is a good faith estimate as of the date of this order/contract, and merely an approximation based on current information. Delivery updates will be made available, and a final firm delivery date will be provided as soon as possible.

If the Producer Price Index of Components for Manufacturing [www.bls.gov Series ID:

WPUID6112] ("PPI") has increased at a compounded annual growth rate of 5.0% or more between the month Pierce accepts the order ("Order Month") and a month 14 months prior to the then predicted Ready For Pickup date ("Evaluation Month"), then pricing may be updated in an amount equal to the increase in PPI over 5.0% for each year or fractional year between the Order Month and the Evaluation Month.

The seller will document any such updated price for the customer's approval before proceeding and provide an option to cancel the order.
0000007 Approval Drawing APPROVAL DRAWING
A drawing of the proposed apparatus will be prepared and provided to the purchaser for approval before construction begins. The Pierce sales representative will also be provided with a copy of the same drawing. The finalized and approved drawing will become part of the contract documents. This drawing will indicate the chassis make and model, location of the lights, siren, horns, compartments, major components, etc.

A "revised" approval drawing of the apparatus will be prepared and submitted by Pierce to the purchaser showing any changes made to the approval drawing. 0517327 Drawing, As Built, At Delivery a
Revised Print w/ Changes

FINAL DRAWING
There will be a revised drawing of the truck with all the changes made during production provided at pickup.
0002928 Electrical Diagrams ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAMS
Two (2) electrical wiring diagrams, prepared for the model of chassis and body, will be provided. 0626490 Enforcer Chassis, Tractor (Tiller) ENFORCER CHASSIS The Pierce Enforcer™ is the custom chassis developed exclusively for the fire service. Chassis provided will be a new, tilt-type custom fire apparatus. The chassis will be manufactured in the apparatus body builder's facility eliminating any split responsibility. The chassis will be designed and manufactured for heavy-duty service, with adequate strength, capacity for the intended load to be sustained, and the type of service required. The chassis will be the manufacturer's first line tilt cab.
0523786 Angle of Approach

ANGLE OF APPROACH
The angle of approach will be 15.5 degrees degrees. This will be effective with the truck in a loaded state.
0523787 Angle of Departure ANGLE OF DEPARTURE
The angle of departure will be 11 degrees degrees. This will be effective with the truck in a loaded state.
0000110 Wheelbase WHEELBASE
The wheelbase of the vehicle will be 166.00".
0000070 GVW Rating GVW RATING
The gross vehicle weight rating will be 76,600#.
6968Bid #:
0729280 Frame Rails, 13.38 x 3.50 x .375,
Enforcer
FRAME
The chassis frame will be built with two (2) steel channels bolted to five (5) cross members or more, depending on other options of the apparatus. The side rails will have a 13.38" tall web over the front and mid sections of the chassis, with a continuous smooth taper to 10.75" over the rear axle. Each rail will have a section modulus of 25.992 cubic inches and a resisting bending moment (rbm) of 3,119,040 in-lb over the critical regions of the frame assembly, with a section modulus of 18.96 cubic inches with an rbm of 2,275,200 in-lb over the rear axle. The frame rails will be constructed of 120,000 psi yield strength heat-treated 0.38" thick steel with 3.50" wide flanges.
0889469 Frame Liner, "C/Inv L" 12.50" x 3.00"
x .25", AXT/Vel/Imp/Enf, 56" QVal

FRAME REINFORCEMENT
In addition, a mainframe internal liner will be provided. The liner will be an internal "C" design that steps to an internal "L" design over the rear axle. It will be heat-treated steel measuring 12.50" x

3.00" x 0.25" through the front portion of the liner, stepping to 9.38" x 3.00" x 0.25" through the rear portion of the liner. Each liner will have a section modulus of 13.58 cubic inches, yield strength of 110,000 psi, and rbm of 1,494,042 in-lb. Total rbm at wheelbase center will be 4,391,869 in-lb.

The frame liner will be mounted inside of the chassis frame rail and extend the full length of the frame.
0630705 Axle, Front, Oshkosh TAK-4, Non
Drive, 19,500 lb, Enforcer

FRONT NON DRIVE AXLE
The Oshkosh TAK-4® front axle will be of the independent suspension design with a ground rating of 19,500 lb.

Upper and lower control arms will be used on each side of the axle. Upper control arm castings will be made of 100,000-psi yield strength 8630 steel and the lower control arm casting will be made of 55,000-psi yield ductile iron.

The center cross members and side plates will be constructed out of 80,000-psi yield strength steel.

Each control arm will be mounted to the center section using elastomer bushings. These rubber bushings will rotate on low friction plain bearings and be lubricated for life. Each bushing will also have a flange end to absorb longitudinal impact loads, reducing noise and vibrations.

There will be nine (9) grease fittings supplied, one (1) on each control arm pivot and one (1) on the steering gear extension.

The upper control arm will be shorter than the lower arm so that wheel end geometry provides positive camber when deflected below rated load and negative camber above rated load.

Camber at load will be zero degrees for optimum tire life.

The ball joint bearing will be of low friction design and be maintenance free.

Toe links that are adjustable for alignment of the wheel to the center of the chassis will be provided.

The wheel ends must have little to no bump steer when the chassis encounters a hole or obstacle.

The steering linkage will provide proper steering angles for the inside and outside wheel, based on the vehicle wheelbase.

The axle will have a turning angle of up to 45 degrees. 0030264 Suspension, Front TAK-4, 19,500 lb,
Qtm/AXT/Imp/Vel/Enf/SFR

FRONT SUSPENSION
Front Oshkosh TAK-4™ independent suspension will be provided with a minimum ground rating of 19,500 lb.

The independent suspension system will be designed to provide maximum ride comfort. The design will allow the vehicle to travel at highway speeds over improved road surfaces and at moderate speeds over rough terrain with minimal transfer of road shock and vibration to the vehicle's crew compartment.

Each wheel will have torsion bar type spring. In addition, each front wheel end will also have energy absorbing jounce bumpers to prevent bottoming of the suspension.

The suspension design will be such that there is at least 10.00" of total wheel travel and a minimum of 3.75" before suspension bottoms.

The torsion bar anchor lock system allows for simple lean adjustments, without the use of shims.

One can adjust for a lean within 15 minutes per side. Anchor adjustment design is such that it allows for ride height adjustment on each side.

The independent suspension was put through a durability test that simulated 140,000 miles of inner city driving.
0087572 Shock Absorbers, KONI, TAK-4,
Qtm/AXT/Imp/Vel/Enf

FRONT SHOCK ABSORBERS
KONI heavy-duty telescoping shock absorbers will be provided on the front suspension. 0000322 Oil Seals, Front Axle FRONT OIL SEALS
Oil seals with viewing window will be provided on the front axle. 0582936 Tires, Front, Goodyear, G289 WHA,
315/80R22.50, 20 ply

FRONT TIRES
Front tires will be Goodyear® 315/80R22.50 radials, 20 ply G289 WHA tread, rated for 20,400 lb maximum axle load and 68 mph maximum speed.
0019575 Wheels, Front, Alcoa, 22.50" x 9.00",
Aluminum, Hub Pilot
The tires will be mounted on Alcoa 22.50" x 9.00" polished aluminum disc wheels with a ten (10) stud, 11.25" bolt circle.
7968Bid #:
0530461 Axle, Rear, Meritor RS30-185, 31,000
lb, Saber/Enforcer

REAR AXLE
The rear axle will be a Meritor™, Model RS-30-185, with a capacity of 31,000 lb. 0544244 Top Speed of Vehicle, 60 MPH/96
KPH

TOP SPEED OF VEHICLE
A rear axle ratio will be furnished to allow the vehicle to reach a top speed of 60 mph/96KPH. 0555352 Suspen, Rear, Hendrickson FMX 312
EX, Air Ride, 31,000 lb

REAR SUSPENSION
Rear suspension will be a Hendrickson FMX 312 EX, air ride with a ground rating of 31,000 lb.

The suspension will have the following features:

Heavy-duty shock absorbers to protect air springs from overextension Heavy-duty torque rods and bushings
Premium, heavy-duty rubber bushings require no lubrication Integrated stabilizer design results in greater stability Low spring rate air springs for excellent ride quality
Dual height control valves to maintain level vehicle from side to side 0000485 Oil Seals, Rear Axle

REAR OIL SEALS
Oil seals will be provided on the rear axle(s).
0585004 Tires, Rear, Goodyear, G289 WHA,
315/80R22.50, 20 ply, Single

REAR TIRES
Rear tires will be four (4) Goodyear 315/80R22.50 radials with 20 ply G289 WHA tread, rated for 36,360 lb maximum axle load and 68 mph maximum speed.
0641529 Wheels, Rear, Accuride, 22.50" x

9.00", Aluminum, Hub Pilot, Single
The tires will be mounted on Accuride® 22.50" x 9.00" polished aluminum disc wheels with a ten (10) stud, 11.25" bolt circle.
0568081 Tire Balancing, Counteract Beads

TIRE BALANCE
All tires will be balanced with Counteract balancing beads. The beads will be inserted into the tire and eliminate the need for wheel weights.
0620570 Tire Pressure Monitoring,
RealWheels, AirSecure, Valve Cap,
Single Axle

TIRE PRESSURE MANAGEMENT
There will be a RealWheels LED AirSecure™ tire alert pressure management system provided, that will monitor each tire's pressure. A sensor will be provided on the valve stem of each tire for a total of eight (8) tires.

The sensor will calibrate to the tire pressure when installed on the valve stem for pressures between 10 and 200 psi. The sensor will activate an integral battery operated LED when the pressure of that tire drops 5 to 8 psi.

Removing the cap from the sensor will indicate the functionality of the sensor and battery. If the sensor and battery are in working condition, the LED will immediately start to flash. 0003245 Axle Hub Covers w/center hole, S/S,
Front Axle

FRONT HUB COVERS
Stainless steel hub covers will be provided on the front axle. An oil level viewing window will be provided.
0003246 Axle Hub Covers w/center hole, S/S,
Tiller Axle
HUB COVERS (Tiller Axle)
Stainless steel hub covers will be provided on the tiller trailer axle. An oil level viewing window will be provided.
0012045 Mud Flap, Rear, Pierce Logo

MUD FLAPS
Mud flaps with a Pierce logo will be installed behind the rear wheels. 0020257 Mud Flap, Tiller Trailer, Pierce Logo

MUD FLAPS
Mud flaps will be installed behind the tiller trailer wheels of the apparatus. 0601010 Chocks, Wheel, SAC-44-E, Folding,
Aerials

WHEEL CHOCKS
There will be two (2) pairs of folding Ziamatic, Model SAC-44-E, aluminum alloy, Quick-Choc wheel blocks, with easy-grip handle provided.
0690999 Mounting Brackets, Chocks, SAC-44-
E, Folding, Horizontal, Angle Mount

Wheel Chock Brackets
There will be two (2) pairs of Ziamatic SQCH-44-H horizontal mounting wheel chock brackets provided for the Ziamatic SAC-44-E folding wheel chocks.

The brackets will be mounted one pair under D7 and the other pair shipped loose. The brackets will be mounted on an angle, with the "stop" down and opening up. 8968Bid #:
0822289 ABS/ATC Wabco Brake System,
Single Axle, Tiller, NFPA 1900/ULC

ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM
The vehicle will be equipped with a Wabco tractor 4S4M and tiller tractor 2S2M anti-lock braking system. The ABS will provide a four (4) channel anti-lock braking control on both the front, rear tractor axle, and a two (2) channel system on the tiller axle. It will be a digitally controlled system that utilizes microprocessor technology to control the anti-lock braking system. Each wheel will be monitored by the system. When any particular wheel begins to lockup, a signal will be sent to the control unit. This control unit then will reduce the braking of that wheel for a fraction of a second and then reapply the brake. This anti-lock brake system will eliminate the lockup of any wheel thus helping to prevent the apparatus from skidding out of control.

Automatic Traction Control
An anti-slip feature will be included with the ABS. The Automatic Traction Control will be used for traction in poor road and weather conditions. The Automatic Traction Control will act as an electronic differential lock which will not allow a driving wheel to spin, thereby supplying traction at all times. The ABS electronic control unit (ECU) will work with the engine ECU, sharing information concerning wheel slip. Engine ECU will use information to control engine speed, allowing only as much throttle application as required for the available traction, regardless of how much the driver is asking for. An "Off-road traction" switch will be provided on the instrument panel. Activation of the switch will allow additional tire slip to let the truck climb out and get on top of deep snow or mud.
0030185 Brakes, Knorr/Bendix 17", Disc,
Front, TAK-4
BRAKES
The service brake system will be full air type.

The front brakes will be Knorr/Bendix disc type with a 17.00" ventilated rotor for improved stopping distance.

The brake system will be certified, third party inspected, for improved stopping distance. 0803729 Brakes, Meritor, Cam, Rear, 16.50 x

8.63" No Dust Shield
The rear brakes will be Meritor™ 16.50" x 8.63" cam operated with automatic slack adjusters.

Dust shields cannot be provided.
0020784 Air Compressor, Brake,
Cummins/Wabco 18.7 CFM

BRAKE SYSTEM AIR COMPRESSOR
The air compressor will be a Cummins/WABCO with 18.7 cubic feet per minute output. 0637584 Brake Reservoirs, 5,376 Cubic Inch
Minimum Capacity, Saber
FR/Enforcer

BRAKE SYSTEM
The brake system will include:

Brake treadle valve
Heated automatic moisture ejector on air dryer
Total air system minimum capacity of 5,376 cubic inches Two (2) air pressure gauges with a red warning light and an audible alarm, that activates when air pressure falls below 60 psi
Spring set parking brake system
Parking brake operated by a push-pull style control valve A parking "brake on" indicator light on instrument panel Park brake relay/inversion and anti-compounding valve, in conjunction with a double check valve system, with an automatic spring brake application at 40 psi A pressure protection valve to prevent all air operated accessories from drawing air from the air system when the system pressure drops below 80 psi (550 kPa) 1/4 turn drain valves on each air tank
The air tank will be primed and painted to meet a minimum 750 hour salt spray test.

The air tanks will be painted gloss black #101.

To reduce the effects of corrosion, the air tank will be mounted with stainless steel brackets. 0568012 Air Dryer, Wabco System Saver
1200, Heater, 2010

BRAKE SYSTEM AIR DRYER
The air dryer will be WABCO System Saver 1200 with spin-on coalescing filter cartridge and 100 watt heater.
0000790 Brake Lines, Nylon BRAKE LINES
Color-coded nylon brake lines will be provided. The lines will be wrapped in a heat protective loom in the chassis areas that are subject to excessive heat. 0813346 Inlet/Outlet, Air, w/Disconnect Fitting,
1/4 Turn Valve, Location

AIR INLET/OUTLET
One (1) air inlet/outlet will be installed with the female coupling located in the driver side lower step well of cab. This system will tie into the "wet" tank of the brake system and include a check valve in the inlet line and an 85 psi pressure protection valve in the outlet line. The air outlet will be controlled by a 1/4 turn valve.

A mating male fitting will be provided with the loose equipment.

The air inlet will allow a shoreline air hose to be connected to the vehicle. This will allow station air to be supplied to the brake system of the vehicle to insure constant air pressure. 9968Bid #:
0643363 Outlet, Air, with Shut Off Valve,
Location

AIR OUTLET
Two (2) air outlets will be installed with a female coupling located below D6 and P7 just rear of the stabilizer pads with dust covers. This system will tie into the "wet" tank of the brake system, include an 85 psi pressure protection valve in the outlet line to prevent the brake system from losing all air, and include a quarter turn shut off valve mounted at the tank. The valve and hoses will be mounted to the tank as high as possible to ensure maximum clearance and protect the lines from being damaged by brush and rocks during off-road operations. 0070810 All Wheel Lockup (Aerial/Tanker
Chassis)

ALL WHEEL LOCK-UP
An additional all wheel lock-up system will be installed which applies air to the front brakes only.

The standard spring brake control valve system will be used for the rear. 0797636 Air Tanks, Special Location, Tiller

AIR TANK, SPECIAL LOCATION
Due to space constraints, one (1) air tanks will be located relocate standard chassis air tanks due to full depth reservoir compartment.
0607839 Fittings, Compression Type, Entire
Apparatus, Single Axle Tiller

COMPRESSION FITTINGS ONLY
Any nylon hose on the apparatus that is pneumatic will be plumbed with compression type fittings where applicable.
0808497 Engine, Cummins X15, 565 hp, 1850
lb-ft, W/OBD, EPA 2027, Enforcer
ENGINE
The chassis will be powered by an electronically controlled engine as described below:

Make:

Cummins®
Model:

X15
Power:
565 hp at 1700 rpm
Torque:
1850 lb-ft at 1150 rpm
Governed Speed:
2100 rpm
Emissions Level:

EPA 2027
Fuel:

Diesel
Cylinders:

Six (6)
Displacement:
912 cubic inches (14.9L)
Starter:

Delco 39MT+™
Fuel Filters:

Frame mounted spin-on style filter from Cummins®.

The engine will include On-board diagnostics (OBD), which provides self diagnostic and reporting. The system will give the owner or repair technician access to state of health information for various vehicle sub systems. The system will monitor vehicle systems, engine and after treatment. The system will illuminate a malfunction indicator light on the dash console if a problem is detected.

The engine will be filled with FA-4 10W30 oil as required by Cummins. 0000000 STF Engine Contingency Adjustment
0730808 Filters, Remote Mounted, Oil, Fuel,
X15, VEL/AXT/Enf

REMOTE MOUNTED ENGINE FILTERS
The engine fuel and oil filters will be remote mounted for ease of maintenance. 0001244 High Idle w/Electronic Engine,
Custom

HIGH IDLE
A high idle switch will be provided, inside the cab, on the instrument panel, that will automatically maintain a preset engine rpm. A switch will be installed, at the cab instrument panel, for activation/deactivation.

The high idle will be operational only when the parking brake is on and the truck transmission is in neutral. A green indicator light will be provided, adjacent to the switch. The light will illuminate when the above conditions are met. The light will be labeled "OK to Engage High Idle." 10968Bid #:
0687994 Engine Brake, Jacobs Compression
Brake, Cummins Engine

ENGINE BRAKE
A Jacobs® engine brake is to be installed with the controls located on the instrument panel within easy reach of the driver.

The driver will be able to turn the engine brake system on/off and have a high, medium and low setting.

The engine brake will activate when the system is on and the throttle is released.

The high setting of the brake application will activate and work simultaneously with the variable geometry turbo (VGT) provided on the engine.

The engine brake will be installed in such a manner that when the engine brake is slowing the vehicle the brake lights are activated.

The ABS system will automatically disengage the auxiliary braking device, when required. 0552334 Clutch, Fan, Air Actuated, Horton
Drive Master

CLUTCH FAN
A Horton® fan clutch will be provided. The fan clutch will be automatic when the pump transmission is in "Road" position, and fully engaged in "Pump" position. 0657451 Heater, 1500 Watt Immersion,
Thermostatically Controlled,
Shoreline

ENGINE HEATER
A 1,500 watt, 120 volt, immersion type engine heater will be installed. The AC power inlet will be connected to the shoreline. The heater is thermostatically controlled. 0644573 Air Intake, Water & Ember Screen,
Saber FR/Enforcer

ENGINE AIR INTAKE
The engine air intake will be located above the engine cooling package. It will draw fresh air from the front of the apparatus through the radiator grille.

The ember separator is designed to prevent road dirt and recirculating hot air from entering the engine.

The ember separator will be easily accessible by tilting the cab. 0814375 Exhaust System, Horizontal, Right
Side

EXHAUST SYSTEM
The exhaust system will be stainless steel from the turbo to the engine's aftertreatment device.

The exhaust system will include an aftertreatment device to meet current EPA standards. An insulation wrap will be provided on all exhaust pipe between the turbo and the aftertreatment device to minimize the transfer of heat to the cab.

The exhaust will terminate horizontally ahead of the right side rear wheels and will be flush with the body rub rail. The exhaust pipes will be aluminized steel.

There will be an aluminized steel exhaust diffuser with a standard straight tip on the end provided to reduce the temperature of the exhaust as it exits. Heat deflector shields will be provided to isolate chassis and body components from the heat of the tailpipe diffuser. 0816172 Adapter, Exhaust, Plymovent
Bladder, for 6" or 7" Diffuser Outlet

EXHAUST MODIFICATION
An adapter for the Plymovent bladder exhaust extraction system will be provided on the end of the tail pipe.
0829493 Radiator, Enforcer X15 RADIATOR
The radiator and the complete cooling system will meet or exceed the current edition of applicable NFPA and engine manufacturer cooling system standards.

For maximum corrosion resistance and cooling performance, the entire radiator core will be constructed using long life aluminum alloy. The radiator core will consist of aluminum fins, having a serpentine design, brazed to aluminum tubes.

The radiator core will have a minimum front area of 1060 square inches.

The radiator will be compatible with commercial antifreeze solutions.

The radiator assembly will be isolated from the chassis frame rails with rubber isolators to prevent the development of leaks caused by twisting or straining when the apparatus operates over uneven terrain.

The radiator will include a de-aeration/expansion tank. For visual coolant level inspection, the radiator will have a built-in sight glass. The radiator will be equipped with a 15 psi pressure relief cap.

A drain port will be located at the lowest point of the cooling system and/or the bottom of the radiator to permit complete flushing of the coolant from the system.

Shields or baffles will be provided to prevent recirculation of hot air to the inlet side of the radiator. 0001090 Cooling Hoses, Rubber

COOLANT LINES
Gates, or Goodyear, rubber hose will be used for all engine coolant lines installed by Pierce Manufacturing.

Hose clamps will be stainless steel constant torque type to prevent coolant leakage. They will expand and contract according to coolant system temperature thereby keeping a constant clamping pressure on the hose.
11968Bid #:
0565944 Fuel Tank, 50 Gallon, Left Side Rear
Fill, Tractor Chassis, Sgl Axle

FUEL TANK
A 50 gallon fuel tank will be provided and mounted at rear of chassis. The tank will be constructed of 12-gauge, hot rolled steel. It will be equipped with swash partitions and a vent. To eliminate the effects of corrosion, the fuel tank will be mounted with stainless steel straps.

A .75" drain plug will be provided in a low point of the tank for drainage.

A fill inlet will be located on the left hand side rear of the chassis on the vertical portion of the fender skirting area. The inlet will be covered with a hinged, spring loaded, stainless steel door that is marked "Ultra Low Sulfur - Diesel Fuel Only".

A .50" diameter vent will be provided running from top of tank to just below fuel fill inlet.

The tank will meet all FHWA 393.67 requirements, including a fill capacity of 95 percent of tank volume.
0001129 Lines, Fuel All fuel lines will be provided as recommended by the engine manufacturer. 0763582 DEF Tank, 4.5 Gallon, DS Fill,
Forward of Rear Axle, Tiller

DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID TANK
A 4.5 gallon diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) tank will be provided and mounted in the driver's side body forward of the rear axle.

A 0.50" drain plug will be provided in a low point of the tank for drainage.

A fill inlet will be located on the driver's side of the body and be covered with a hinged polished stainless steel door that is marked "Diesel Exhaust Fluid Only".

The tank will meet the engine manufacturers requirement for 10 percent expansion space in the event of tank freezing.

The tank will include an integrated heater unit that utilizes engine coolant to thaw the DEF in the event of freezing.
0723716 Fuel Priming Pump, Electronic,
Automatic, Cummins, No Swt Req'd

FUEL PRIMING PUMP
A Cummins automatic electronic fuel priming pump will be integrated as part of the engine. 0582243 Shutoff Valves, Fuel Line @ Primary
Filter, Cummins

FUEL SHUTOFF
A fuel line shutoff valve will be installed on both the inlet and outlet of the primary fuel filter. 0553019 Cooler, Engine Fuel, Imp/Vel,
SFR/Enf

FUEL COOLER
An air to fuel cooler will be installed in the engine fuel return line. 0578959 Fuel/Water Separator, Racor Inline

FUEL SEPARATOR
The engine will be equipped with a Racor in-line spin-on fuel and water separator in addition to the engine fuel filters.
0887546 Trans, Allison 6th Gen, 4000 EVS P,
w/Prognostics, Imp/Vel/SFR/Enf

TRANSMISSION
An Allison 6th generation, Model EVS 4000P, electronic, torque converting, automatic transmission will be provided.

The transmission will be equipped with prognostics to monitor oil life, filter life, and transmission health. A wrench icon on the shift selector's digital display will indicate when service is due.

Two (2) PTO openings will be located on left side and top of converter housing (positions 8 o'clock and 1 o'clock).

A transmission temperature gauge with an amber light and buzzer will be installed on the cab instrument panel.
0625331 Transmission, Shifter, 6-Spd, Push
Button, 4000 EVS

TRANSMISSION SHIFTER
A six (6)-speed push button shift module will be mounted to right of driver on console. Shift position indicator will be indirectly lit for after dark operation.

The transmission ratio will be:
1st

3.51 to 1.00
2nd

1.91 to 1.00
3rd

1.43 to 1.00
4th

1.00 to 1.00
5th

0.75 to 1.00
6th

0.64 to 1.00
R

4.80 to 1.00
0684459 Transmission Oil Cooler, Modine,
External

TRANSMISSION COOLER
A Modine plate and fin transmission oil cooler will be provided using engine coolant to control the transmission oil temperature.
12968Bid #:
0522824 Mode, Downshift, Aggressive
downshift to 3rd, w/engine brake, 6
speed
DOWNSHIFT MODE (w/engine brake)
The transmission will be provided with an aggressive downshift mode.

This will provide earlier transmission downshifts to 3rd gear from 6th gear, resulting in improved engine braking performance.
0801876 Fluid, 4000 Series Trans, Allison
Approved TES-668 Synthetic, IPOS,
Custom

TRANSMISSION FLUID
The transmission will be provided with TranSynd, or other Allison approved TES-668 heavy duty synthetic transmission fluid.
0001375 Driveline, Spicer 1810 DRIVELINE
Drivelines will be a heavy-duty metal tube and be equipped with Spicer® 1810 universal joints.

The shafts will be dynamically balanced before installation.

A splined slip joint will be provided in each driveshaft where the driveline design requires it. The slip joint will be coated with Glidecoat® or equivalent. 0669988 Steering, Sheppard M110 w/Tilt,
TAK-4, Eaton Pump, w/Cooler

STEERING
Dual Sheppard, Model M110, steering gears, with integral heavy-duty power steering, will be provided. For reduced system temperatures, the power steering will incorporate an air to oil cooler and an Eaton, Model VN20, hydraulic pump with integral pressure and flow control. All power steering lines will have wire braded lines with crimped fittings.

A tilt and telescopic steering column will be provided to improve fit for a broader range of driver configurations.
0605356 Steering Wheel, 4 Spoke without
Controls, Saber FR/Enforcer

STEERING WHEEL
The steering wheel will be 18.00" in diameter, have tilting and telescoping capabilities, and a 4- spoke design.
0550144 Logo/Emblem, on Horn Button

LOGO AND CUSTOMER DESIGNATION ON HORN BUTTON
The steering wheel will have an emblem containing the Pierce logo and customer name. The emblem will have three (3) rows of text for the customer's department name. There will be a maximum of eight (8) characters in the first row, 11 characters in the second row and 11 characters in the third row.

The first row of text will be: EVERYBODY
The second row of text will be: GOES
The third row of text will be: HOME
0606186 Bumper, Non-Extended, Saber
FR/Enforcer
BUMPER
A one (1) piece, ten (10) gauge 304-2B polished stainless steel bumper, minimum of 10.00" high, will be attached to the front of the chassis frame.

A 9.00" formed steel channel will be mounted directly behind bumper for additional strength.

Gravel Pan
A gravel pan, constructed of bright aluminum treadplate, will be furnished between the bumper and cab face.
0822502 Lift & Tow Package, Non-Extended
Bumper, SFR/Enforcer

LIFT AND TOW MOUNTS
Mounted to the frame extension will be lift and tow mounts. The lift and tow mounts will be designed and positioned to adapt to certain tow truck lift systems.

The lift and tow mounts with eyes will be painted the same color as the frame. 0522573 Tow Hooks Not Required, Due to Lift
and Tow Package

TOW HOOKS
No tow hooks are to be provided. This truck will be equipped with a lift and tow package with integral tow eyes.
13968Bid #:
0625650 Cab, Enforcer, 7000 CAB
The Enforcer cab will be designed specifically for the fire service and manufactured by the chassis builder.

The cab will be built by the apparatus manufacturer in a facility located on the manufacturer's premises.

For reasons of structural integrity and enhanced occupant protection, the cab will be a heavy duty design, constructed to the following minimal standards.

The cab will have 12 main vertical structural members located in the A-pillar (front cab corner posts), B-pillar (side center posts), C-pillar (rear corner posts), and rear wall areas. The A-pillar will be constructed of solid A356-T5 aluminum castings. The B-pillar and C-pillar will be constructed from 0.13" wall extrusions. The rear wall will be constructed of two (2) 2.00" x 2.00" outer aluminum extrusions and two (2) 2.00" x 1.00" inner aluminum extrusions. All main vertical structural members will run from the floor to 4.625" x 3.864" x 0.090" thick roof extrusions to provide a cage-like structure with the A-pillar and roof extrusions being welded into a 0.25" thick corner casting at each of the front corners of the roof assembly.

The front of the cab will be constructed of a 0.13" firewall plate, covered with a minimum 0.090" front skin thickness, and reinforced with a full width x 0.50" thick cross-cab support located just below the windshield and fully welded to the engine tunnel. The cross-cab support will run the full width of the cab and weld to each A-pillar, the 0.13" firewall plate, and the front skin.

The cab floors will be constructed of 0.125" thick aluminum plate and reinforced at the firewall with an additional 0.375" thick cross-floor support providing a total thickness of 0.50" of structural material at the front floor area. The front floor area will also be supported with two (2) triangular

0.30" wall extrusions that also provides the mounting point for the cab lift. This tubing will run from the floor wireway of the cab to the engine tunnel side plates, creating the structure to support the forces created when lifting the cab.

The cab will be 96.00" wide (outside door skin to outside door skin) to maintain maximum maneuverability.

The centerline of front axle to the rear of the cab will be 70.00" long.

The overall height (from the cab roof to the ground) of approximately 99.00". The overall height listed will be calculated based on a truck configuration with the lowest suspension weight rating, the smallest diameter tires for the suspension, no water weight, no loose equipment weight, and no personnel weight. Larger tires, wheels, and suspension will increase the overall height listed.

The floor to ceiling height inside the crew cab will be 54.50" in the center and outboard positions.

The crew cab floor will measure 46.00" from the rear wall to the back side of the rear facing seat risers.

The medium block engine tunnel, at the rearward highest point (knee level), will measure 61.50" to the rear wall. The big block engine tunnel will measure between 45.00" and 51.50" to the rear wall, depending on the engine.

The crew cab will be a totally enclosed design with the interior area completely open to improve visibility and verbal communication between the occupants.

The cab will be a full tilt cab style.

A 3-point cab mount system with rubber isolators will improve ride quality by isolating chassis vibrations from the cab.

CAB ROOF DRIP RAIL
For enhanced protection from inclement weather, a drip rail will be furnished on the sides of the cab. The drip rail will be painted to match the cab roof, and bonded to the sides of the cab. The drip rail will extend the full length of the cab roof.

FENDER LINERS
Full circular inner fender liners in the wheel wells will be provided.

PANORAMIC WINDSHIELD
A one (1)-piece safety glass windshield will be provided with over 2,775 square inches of clear viewing area. The windshield will be full width and will provide the occupants with a panoramic view. The windshield will consist of three (3) layers: outer light, middle safety laminate, and inner light. The outer light layer will provide superior chip resistance. The middle safety laminate layer will prevent the windshield glass pieces from detaching in the event of breakage. The inner light will provide yet another chip resistant layer. The cab windshield will be bonded to the aluminum windshield frame using a urethane adhesive. A custom frit pattern will be applied on the outside perimeter of the windshield for a finished automotive appearance.

WINDSHIELD WIPERS
Three (3) electric windshield wipers with washer will be provided that meet FMVSS and SAE requirements.

The washer reservoir will be able to be filled without raising the cab. 0727969 Engine Tunnel, X15, Foil Insulation
w/Mech Fasteners, Enforcer

ENGINE TUNNEL
Engine tunnel side walls will be constructed of 0.375" aluminum. The top will be constructed of

0.125" aluminum and will be tapered at the top to allow for more driver and passenger elbow room.

The engine tunnel will be insulated for protection from heat and sound. Perforated foil faced insulation will be over a 1.00" thick closed cell foam affixed with pressure sensitive adhesive and further secured with mechanical fasteners. Thermal rating for this insulation will be -40 degrees Fahrenheit to 300 degrees Fahrenheit. The noise insulation keeps the dBA level within the limits stated in the current edition of applicable NFPA standards.

The engine tunnel will be no higher than 18.00" off the crew cab floor. 0887601 Cab Insulation, Enforcer/Saber FR INTERIOR CAB INSULATION The cab will include 1.00" insulation in the ceiling, 1.50" insulation in the side walls, a minimum of

1.00" insulation in the crew cab floor, and 2.00" insulation in the rear wall to maximize acoustic absorption and thermal insulation.
14968Bid #:
0633594 Rear Wall, Interior, Adjustable
Seating

INTERIOR CREW CAB REAR WALL ADJUSTABLE SEATING (PATENT PENDING) The interior rear wall of the crew cab will have mounting holes every 2.75" to allow for adjustability of the forward facing crew cab seating along the rear wall. Seats will be adjustable with use of simple hand tools allowing departments flexibility of their seating arrangement should their department needs change.
0632103 Rear Wall, Exterior, Cab, Saber
FR/Enforcer

CAB REAR WALL EXTERIOR COVERING
The exterior surface of the rear wall of the cab will be overlaid with bright aluminum treadplate except for areas that are not typically visible when the cab is lowered. 0639726 Cab Lift, Elec/Hyd, Manual Override,
Unlocked Ind Light, Saber
FR/Enforcer

CAB LIFT
A hydraulic cab lift system will be provided consisting of an electric powered hydraulic pump, dual lift cylinders, and necessary hoses and valves.

Hydraulic pump will have a manual override for backup in the event of electrical failure.

Lift controls will be located on the right side pump panel or front area of the body in a convenient location. A "cab unlocked" indicator light will be located at the controls that will indicate when the cab is not in the locked position for safe road travel.

The cab will be capable of tilting 43 degrees to accommodate engine maintenance and removal.

The cab will be locked down by a 2-point normally closed spring loaded hook type latch that fully engages after the cab has been lowered. The system will be hydraulically actuated to release the normally closed locks when the cab lift control is in the raised position and cab lift system is under pressure. When the cab is completely lowered and system pressure has been relieved, the spring loaded latch mechanisms will return to the normally closed and locked position.

The hydraulic cylinders will be equipped with a velocity fuse that protects the cab from accidentally descending when the control is located in the tilt position.

For increased safety, a redundant mechanical stay arm will be provided that must be manually put in place on the left side between the chassis and cab frame when the cab is in the raised position. This device will be manually stowed to its original position before the cab can be lowered.

Cab Lift Interlock
The cab lift system will be interlocked to the parking brake. The cab tilt mechanism will be active only when the parking brake is set and the ignition switch is in the on position. If the parking brake is released, the cab tilt mechanism will be disabled. 0751131 Grille, Bright Finished, Painted Mesh
Screen, Front of Cab, Enforcer
GRILLE
An aluminum mesh grille screen, inserted behind a bright finished grille surround, will be provided on the front center of the cab. The mesh screen will be painted black #101. 0002224 Scuffplates, S/S At Cab Door Jambs,
4-Door Cab

DOOR JAMB SCUFFPLATES
All cab door jambs will be furnished with a 1.00" polished stainless steel scuffplate, mounted on the striker side of the jamb.
0620047 Scuffplates, S/S Corner Guard,
Polished, Rear Cab Corners, 2"

SCUFFPLATES, REAR CAB CORNER GUARDS
Both rear cab corners will be furnished with a full height, polished stainless steel corner guard scuffplate. The guard will extend 2.00" from the corner to protect paint from damage when pulling items (such as booster hose) around the cab.
0647932 Not Required, Trim, S/S Band,
Across Cab Face,
AXT/Saber/Enforcer
0015440 No Chrome Molding, On side of cab

0521669 Mirrors, Retrac, West Coast Style,
Htd/Rmt, w/Htd/Rmt Convex

MIRRORS
A Retrac, Model 613423, dual vision, motorized, west coast style mirror, with chrome finish, will be mounted on each side of the front cab door with spring loaded retractable arms. The flat glass and convex glass will be heated and adjustable with remote control within reach of the driver. 0072189 Mirror, 8.00" Convex, Cab Front,
Front Cross View

FRONT CROSS VIEW MIRROR
An 8.00" diameter convex mirror will be provided over the officer's side front corner of the cab.

The mirror will provide the driver with a view of the front bumper and the area several feet in front of the truck.

The mirror housing, tubing, clamps, and hardware will be constructed of corrosion resistant stainless steel.
15968Bid #:
0648171 Door, Half-Height, Saber FR/Enforcer
4-Door Cab, Level Roof
DOORS
To enhance entry and egress to the cab, the forward cab door openings will be a minimum of

37.50" wide x 63.37" high. The crew cab doors will be located on the sides of the cab and will be constructed in the same manner as the forward cab doors. The crew cab door openings will be a minimum of 34.30" wide x 63.37" high.

The forward cab and crew cab doors will be constructed of extruded aluminum with a nominal material thickness of 0.093". The exterior door skins will be constructed from 0.090" aluminum.

A customized, vertical, pull-down type door handle will be provided on the exterior of each cab door. The finish of the door handle will be chrome/black. The exterior handle will be designed specifically for the fire service to prevent accidental activation, and will provide 4.00" wide x 2.00" deep hand clearance for ease of use with heavy gloved hands.

Each door will also be provided with an interior flush, open style paddle handle that will be readily operable from fore and aft positions, and be designed to prevent accidental activation. The interior handles will provide 4.00" wide x 1.25" deep hand clearance for ease of use with heavy gloved hands.

The cab doors will be provided with both interior (rotary knob) and exterior (keyed) locks exceeding FMVSS standards. The keys will be Model 751. The locks will be capable of activating when the doors are open or closed. The doors will remain locked if locks are activated when the doors are opened, then closed.

A full length, heavy duty, stainless steel, piano-type hinge with a 0.38" pin and 11 gauge leaf will be provided on all cab doors. There will be double automotive-type rubber seals around the perimeter of the door framing and door edges to ensure a weather-tight fit.

A chrome handle will be provided on the inside of each cab door for ease of entry.

A red webbed grab handle will be installed on the crew cab door stop strap. The grab handles will be securely mounted.

The bottom cab step at each cab door location will be located below the cab doors and will be exposed to the exterior of the cab.
0655543 Door Panel, Brushed Stainless Steel,
Saber/Enforcer 4-Door Cab

Door Panels
The inner cab door panels will be constructed out of brushed stainless steel. 0630636 Controls, Electric Roll-Up Windows,
4dr, 4 Driver Controls, Saber
FR/Enforcer

ELECTRIC OPERATED CAB DOOR WINDOWS
All four (4) cab doors will be equipped with electric operated windows with one (1) flush mounted automotive style switch on each door. The driver's door will have four (4) switches, one (1) to control each door window.

Each switch will allow intermittent or auto down operation for ease of use. Auto down operation will be actuated by holding the window down switch for approximately 1 second. 0528251 Electric Door Locks, Cab Doors,
QXS, AXT, Sab, Enf

ELECTRIC CAB DOOR LOCKS
The front driver and officer doors will have a door lock master switch that will control all front and rear crew cab door locks. Each rear crew cab door will have its own lock control.

There will be one (1) concealed switch located in an easily accessible chassis specific location that will unlock all the doors.
0528263 Key Pad, Electric Door locks, DS &
PS, QXS, AXT, Sab, Enf

KEY PAD FOR ELECTRIC DOOR LOCKS
For improved convenience, the cab door locks will include a Trimark keypad entry system to provide complete keyless entry to the cab. There will be two (2) keypads provided, located one (1) each side of the cab behind the front cab doors. The keypads will include visual and audio feedback to confirm activation and acknowledge correct entry code. For enhanced night time use, the keypads will be lighted. For increased security, the system will allow over 3,000 possible code combinations.
0633615 Steps, 4-Door Cab, Reduced Bottom
Step, Saber FR/Enforcer

CAB STEPS
The forward cab and crew cab access steps will be a full size two (2) step design to provide largest possible stepping surfaces for safe ingress and egress. The bottom steps will be designed with a grip pattern punched into bright aluminum treadplate material to provide support, slip resistance, and drainage. The bottom steps will be a bolt-in design to minimize repair costs should they need to be replaced. The forward cab steps will be a minimum 25.00" wide, and the crew cab steps will be 21.65" wide with an 8.00" minimum depth. The inside cab steps will not exceed 16.50" in height.

The vertical surfaces of the step well will be aluminum treadplate. 0770194 Handrail, Exterior, Knurled, Alum, 4-
Door Cab

CAB EXTERIOR HANDRAILS
A 1.25" diameter slip-resistant, knurled aluminum handrail will be provided adjacent to each cab and crew cab door opening to assist during cab ingress and egress. 16968Bid #:
0892638 Lights, Cab & Crw Cab Acs Stps,
P25, LED w/Bezel, 6lts

STEP LIGHTS
There will be six (6) white LED step lights with chrome housing installed for cab and crew cab access steps.

One (1) light for the left side cab access steps.

Two (2) lights for the left side crew cab access steps.

Two (2) lights for the right side crew cab access steps.

One (1) light for the right side cab access step.

In order to ensure exceptional illumination, each light will provide a minimum of 25 foot-candles (fc) covering an entire 15" x 15" square placed ten (10) inches below the light and a minimum of

1.5 fc covering an entire 30" x 30" square at the same ten (10) inch distance below the light.

The lights will be activated when the battery switch is on and the adjacent door is opened. 0583698 Fenders, S/S on cab, Extra Wide,
Saber/Enf

FENDER CROWNS
Stainless steel fender crowns will be installed at the cab wheel openings. 0825060 Tractor 5th Wheel and Fenders,
Single

FIFTH WHEEL
The fifth wheel will be designed to allow the tiller trailer to pivot fore and aft and be rotated. The fifth wheel will also be capable of full operation up to a 14 degree break over angle.

A fill and a gauge port will be provided on the top of the trailer goose neck for maintenance.

LOCKOUT
A fifth wheel lockout system will be provided to limit motion during aerial operations.

The fifth wheel lockout system, when activated, will prevent movement between the upper and lower plates of the fifth wheel assembly.

In the normal road travel condition, the cylinder mounted solenoid valves will be open and will allow transfer of oil between the front and rear pair of cylinders.

When the stabilizers are in their proper supporting position and as the aerial leaves the boom support, the solenoid valves will close.

The closed valves will allow no oil to be transferred and the fifth wheel assembly will become rigid.

There will be a cylinder lockout indicator located in the cab.

FENDER PANELS
The chassis behind the cab will be assembled with fender panels over the wheels.

The fender panels will be fabricated of 0.125"-5052 aluminum with a 38,000 psi tensile strength.

Fender design will be provided for prevention of rust pockets and ease of maintenance.

FENDER CROWNS
Stainless steel fender crowns will be provided around the rear wheel openings.

A rubber welting will be provided between the body and the crown to seal the seam and restrict moisture from entering.

A dielectric barrier will be provided between the fender crown fasteners (screws) and the fender sheet metal to prevent corrosion.

WALKWAY
The area over the frame rails between the cab and fifth wheel will be covered with aluminum treadplate to serve as a walkway area.

The walkway area will be properly reinforced with a steel substructure attached to the frame rails.

RUNNING BOARDS
Running boards will be installed on each side directly behind the cab for access to the walkway area behind the cab and the turntable.

The running boards will be covered with aluminum treadplate. 0042105 No Windows, Side of Crew Cab

0813747 Compt, 16.50 W x 28 H x 15 D, Ea
Side C/C, Dbl Pan, 2.5" Blw, 70"
SFR/Enf

STORAGE COMPARTMENTS
Provided on each side of the cab, to the rear of the crew cab access doors, will be a storage compartment.

The compartments will be 16.50" wide x 28.00" high x 15.00" deep. The floor of each compartment will extend 2.50" below the cab. The exterior of the compartments that extend below the cab will be covered with aluminum treadplate.

There will be two (2) reverse hinged double pan doors painted to match the cab exterior with a non-locking D-Ring latch, one (1) on each side of the cab. A pneumatic stay arm for each exterior door will be provided as a door stop. The clear door openings will be 10.25" wide x 22.50" high.

The compartment interior will be painted to match the cab interior.

Compartment Light
There will be two (2) white LED strip lights provided, one (1) each hinged side of compartment door openings.
0594943 Inclinometer, In Cab, Location

INCLINOMETER
There will be one (1) inclinometer(s) provided to indicate the degree of elevation of the apparatus.

The inclinometer(s) will be located inside the cab Side of HVAC enclosure, facing the driver. 0619947 Lip, Dash Board, 1.00" Aluminum
Angle Lip, Officer Side

EQUIPMENT MOUNTING AREA
There will be an aluminum angle with a 1.00" lip installed on the dash to prevent items from sliding off the dash panel.

The angle will run full length across the front, flat portion of the dashboard closest to the officer.

The lip will be painted to match the cab interior.
17968Bid #:
0809595 Arm Rest, Side of Engine Tunnel,
Each

ARM REST ON SIDE OF ENGINE TUNNEL
There will be two (2) padded arm rest(s) provided on the side of the engine tunnel, One (1) LS and One (1) RS of Engine Tunnel. The arm rest padding will match the seat upholstery. 0894089 Dash, Heavy Duty Metal, Enforcer

CAB DASH
The driver side dash, switch panel located to the right of the driver, and center console will be constructed of metal and painted to match the cab interior.

The officer side dash will be a flat top design with an upper beveled edge to provide easy maintenance and will be constructed out of aluminum and painted to match the cab interior.

The instrument gauge cluster will be surrounded with a high impact ABS plastic contoured to the same shape of the instrument gauge cluster.
0634206 Mounting Provisions, 1/4" Alum, Full
Engine Tunnel, Saber FR/Enforcer

MOUNTING PLATE ON ENGINE TUNNEL
Equipment installation provisions will be installed on the engine tunnel.

A 0.25" smooth aluminum plate will be bolted to the top surface of the engine tunnel. The plate will follow the contour of the engine tunnel and will run the entire length of the engine tunnel. The plate will be spaced off the engine tunnel 1.00" to allow for wire routing below the plate.

The mounting surface will be painted to match the cab interior. 0606278 Tray, Equipment Mounting,
Aluminum, Lip, Size

EQUIPMENT MOUNTING TRAY(S)
There will be one (1) tray(s) for mounting of equipment located on the mounting plate next to the officer, allow room on passenger side for arm rest, match 28976.

Each tray will have a 1.00" lip on four (4) sides. The size of the tray(s) will be 13'Wx22"Lx1"D.

Each tray will be fabricated from aluminum and will be painted to match the cab interior.

Tray not intended for storage of loose equipment. Items stored on tray will be permanently attached to meet current edition of applicable NFPA standards. 0750824 Cab Interior, Vinyl Headliner, Saber
FR/Enforcer, CARE

CAB INTERIOR
The cab interior will be constructed of primarily metal (painted aluminum) to withstand the severe duty cycles of the fire service.

The engine tunnel will be padded and covered, on the top and sides, with dark silver gray 36 ounce leather grain vinyl resistant to oil, grease, and mildew.

For durability and ease of maintenance, the cab interior side walls will be painted aluminum. The rear wall will be painted aluminum.

The headliner will be installed in both forward and rear cab sections. Headliner material will be vinyl. A sound barrier will be part of its composition. Material will be installed on an aluminum sheet and securely fastened to interior cab ceiling.

The forward portion of the cab headliner will permit easy access for service of electrical wiring or other maintenance needs.

All wiring will be placed in metal raceways.

CAB INTERIOR UPHOLSTERY
The cab interior upholstery will be 36 oz black vinyl.
0753903 Cab Interior, Paint Color, Saber
FR/Enforcer

CAB INTERIOR PAINT
The cab interior metal surfaces, excluding the rear heater panels, will be painted black, vinyl texture paint.

The rear heater panels will be painted black, vinyl textured paint. 0052100 Floor, Rubber Padded, Cab & Crew
Cab, Saber/Enforcer

CAB FLOOR
The cab and crew cab floor areas will be covered with Polydamp™ acoustical floor mat consisting of a black pyramid rubber facing and closed cell foam decoupler.

The top surface of the material has a series of raised pyramid shapes evenly spaced, which offer a superior grip surface. Additionally, the material has a 0.25" thick closed cell foam (no water absorption) which offers a sound dampening material for reducing sound levels. 18968Bid #:
0722038 HVAC, Heavy-Duty, Enforcer, w/X15,
CARE

DEFROST/AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
A ceiling mounted combination heater, defroster and air conditioning system will be installed in the cab above the engine tunnel area.

Cab Defroster
A 54,000 BTU heater-defroster unit with 690 SCFM of air flow will be provided inside the cab. The heater-defrost will be installed in the forward portion of the cab ceiling. Air outlets will be strategically located in the cab header extrusion per the following:

One (1) adjustable outlet directed towards the left side cab window.

One (1) adjustable outlet directed towards the right side cab window.

Six (6) fixed outlets directed at the windshield.

The defroster will be capable of clearing 98 percent of the windshield and side glass when tested under conditions where the cab has been cold soaked at 0 degrees Fahrenheit for 10 hours, and a 2 ounce per square inch layer of frost/ice has been able to build up on the exterior windshield.

The defroster system will meet or exceed SAE J382 requirements.

Cab/Crew Auxiliary Heater
There will be one (1) 31,000 BTU auxiliary heater with 560 SCFM of air flow provided in each outboard rear facing seat riser with a dual scroll blower. An aluminum plenum incorporated into the cab structure to be used to transfer heat to the forward positions.

Air Conditioning
A 19.10 cubic inch compressor will be installed on the engine.

A roof-mounted condenser with a 78,000 BTU output at 2,400 SCFM that meets and exceeds the performance specification will be installed on the cab roof. The condenser cover to be painted to match the cab roof.

The air conditioning system will be capable of cooling the average cab temperature from 100 degrees Fahrenheit to 75 degrees Fahrenheit at 50 percent relative humidity within 30 minutes.

The cooling performance test will be run only after the cab has been heat soaked at 100 degrees Fahrenheit for a minimum of 4 hours.

The evaporator unit will be installed in the rear portion of the cab ceiling over the engine tunnel.

The evaporator will include one (1) high performance heating core, one (1) high performance cooling core with (1) plenum directed to the front and one (1) plenum directed to the rear of the cab. The rear plenum will be covered with a metal cover painted to match the cab interior.

The evaporator unit will have a 52,000 BTU at 690 SCFM rating that meets and exceeds the performance specifications.

Adjustable air outlets will be strategically located on the forward plenum cover per the following:

Four (4) outlets directed towards the seating position on the left side of the cab.

Four (4) outlets directed towards the seating position on the right side of the cab.

Adjustable air outlets will be strategically located on the evaporator cover per the following:

Minimum of five (5) outlets directed towards crew cab area.

A high efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filter will be included for the system. Access to the filter cover will be secured with four (4) screws.

The air conditioner refrigerant will be R-134A and will be installed by a certified technician.

Climate Control
An automotive style controller will be provided to control the heat and air conditioning system within the cab. The controller will have three (3) functional knobs for fan speed, temperature, and air flow distribution (front to rear) control.

The system will control the temperature of the cab and crew cab automatically by pushing the center of the fan speed control knob. Rotate the center temperature control knob to set the cab and crew cab temperature.

The AC system will be manually activated by pushing the center of the temperature control knob.

Pushing the center of the air flow distribution knob will engage the AC for max defrost, setting the fan speeds to 100 percent and directing all air flow to the overhead forward position.

The system controller will be located within panel position #12.

Gravity Drain Tubes
Two (2) condensate drain tubes will be provided for the air conditioning evaporator. The drip pan will have two (2) drain tubes plumbed separately to allow for the condensate to exit the drip pan.

No pumps will be provided.
0639675 Sun Visor, Smoked Lexan, AXT,
Imp/Vel, SFR/Enf

SUN VISORS
Two (2) smoked Lexan™ sun visors will be provided. The sun visors will be located above the windshield with one (1) mounted on each side of the cab.

There will be a black plastic thumb latch provided to help secure each sun visor in the stowed position.
0634328 Grab Handles, Driver and Officer
Door Posts, SFR/Enf

GRAB HANDLES
A black rubber covered grab handle will be mounted on the door post of the driver and officer's side cab door to assist in entering the cab. The grab handles will be securely mounted to the post area between the door and windshield.
0583938 Lights, Engine Compt, Custom, Auto
Sw, Wln 3SC0CDCR, 3" LED, Trim

ENGINE COMPARTMENT LIGHTS
There will be one (1) Whelen, Model 3SC0CDCR, 12 volt DC, 3.00" white LED light(s) with Whelen, Model 3FLANGEC, chrome flange kit(s) installed under the cab to be used as engine compartment illumination.

These light(s) will be activated automatically when the cab is raised. 19968Bid #:
0631830 Fluid Check Access, Saber
FR/Enforcer, Arrow XT

ACCESS TO ENGINE DIPSTICKS
For access to the engine oil and transmission fluid dipsticks, there will be a door on the engine tunnel, inside the crew cab. The door will be on the rear wall of the engine tunnel, on the vertical surface.

The engine oil dipstick will allow for checking only. The transmission dipstick will allow for both checking and filling.

The door will have a rubber seal for thermal and acoustic insulation. One (1) flush lift and turn latch will be provided on the access door.
0599959 Straps, Velcro, Map Box, Custom
Chassis

VELCRO STRAP(S) FOR MAP BOX
There will be one (1) Velcro® strap(s) installed at final inspection. 0770893 Mounting Bracket, Map Box, Leveling

MAP BOX MOUNTING BRACKET
A bracket will be provided under the map box to keep it level on the engine tunnel. 0013560 Map box, 5 bin/30 Deg Slant, AXT,
Imp/Vel, SFR/Enf

MAP BOX
A map box with five (5) bins, open at the top, will be installed RS EMS cabinet 0n exterior inboard side wall of cabinet (Match Job # 35932) with each bin being 12.50" wide x 2.25" high x 12.00" deep. Each bin will slant 30 degrees from horizontal. The map box will be constructed of .125" aluminum and will be painted to match the cab interior. 0558014 Storage Pockets, Nylon Netting for
Safety Vests

STORAGE POCKET
There will be two (2) storage pockets provided for safety vests. Each pocket will be designed to accommodate one (1) safety vest. The storage pockets will be located under the forward facing rear seats, one per side. Mount the netting on the actual seat riser not the bottom of the seat cushion.. The pockets will be constructed of black nylon netting. The storage pocket will be approximately 9.00" wide x 13.00" high closed and 13.00" wide when opened. 0583039 Not Required, Side Roll and Frontal
Impact Protection
0622617 Seating Capacity, 6 Belted Seats SEATING CAPACITY The seating capacity of the vehicle (including tiller cab and belted seat positions in the rescue body) will be six (6).
0636957 Seat, Driver, Pierce PSV, Air Ride,
High Back, PRIMARY, SFR/Enf

DRIVER SEAT
A seat will be provided in the cab for the driver. The seat design will be a cam action type, with air suspension. For increased convenience, the seat will include a manual control to adjust the horizontal position (6.00" travel). The manual horizontal control will be a towel-bar style located below the forward part of the seat cushion. To provide flexibility for multiple driver configurations, the seat will have an adjustable reclining back. The seat back will be a high back style with side bolster pads for maximum support. For optimal comfort, the seat will be provided with 17.00" deep foam cushions designed with EVC (elastomeric vibration control).

The seat will be furnished with a 3-point, shoulder type seat belt. 0632923 Seat, Officer, Pierce PSV, Air Ride,
High Back, PRIMARY, SFR/Enf

OFFICER SEAT
A seat will be provided in the cab for the passenger. The seat design will be a cam action type, with air suspension. The seat back will be a high back style with 9 degree fixed recline angle and side bolster pads for maximum support. For optimal comfort, the seat will be provided with 17.00" deep foam cushions designed with EVC (elastomeric vibration control).

The seat will be furnished with a 3-point, shoulder type seat belt. 0002517 Not Required, Radio Compartment
0748169 SP Cabinet, Rear Facing, LS, 26.75 W x
30 H x 23 D, Ext Acc Only, SFR/Enf

REAR FACING LEFT SIDE CABINET
A rear facing cabinet will be provided in the crew cab at the left side outboard position.

The cabinet will be 26.75" wide x 30.00" high x 23.00" deep.

The cabinet will include no adjustable shelves or traysin the cabinet interior.

The cabinet will include no louvers.

The cabinet will provide access only from outside the cab with one (1) reverse hinged double pan door painted to match the cab exterior with a locking D-ring latch with #751 key. The door will be located on the side of the cab over the wheelwell. A pneumatic stay arm will be provided as a door stop. The clear door opening will be 17.00" wide x 27.50" high.

The exterior access will be provided with a brushed stainless steel scuffplate on the lower door frame.

The cabinet will be constructed of smooth aluminum and painted to match the cab interior.

Cabinet Light
There will be one (1) white LED strip light installed on the right side of the exterior cabinet door opening. The lighting will be controlled by an automatic door switch. 20968Bid #:
0102783 Not Required, Seat, Rr Facing C/C,
Center
0748168 SP Cabinet, Rear Facing, RS, 26.75 W x
30 H x 22 D, Ext Acc Only, SFR/Enf

REAR FACING RIGHT SIDE CABINET
A rear facing cabinet will be provided in the crew cab at the right side outboard position.

The cabinet will be 26.75" wide x 30.00" high x 22.00" deep.

The cabinet will include no adjustable shelves or traysin the cabinet interior.

The cabinet will include no louvers.

The cabinet will also provide access from outside the cab with one (1) reverse hinged double pan door painted to match the cab exterior with a locking D-ring latch with #751 key. A pneumatic stay arm will be provided as a door stop. The exterior clear door opening will be 17.00" wide x 27.50" high.

The exterior access will be provided with a brushed stainless steel scuffplate on the lower door frame.

The cabinet will be constructed of smooth aluminum, and painted to match the cab interior.

Cabinet Light
There will be one (1) white LED strip light installed on the left side of the exterior cabinet door opening. The lights will be controlled by an automatic door switch. 0632947 Seat, Fwd Fcng C/C, LS Otbrd,
Pierce PSV, SCBA, Foldup,
SECONDARY, SFR/Enf

FORWARD FACING DRIVER SIDE OUTBOARD SEAT
There will be one (1) forward facing, foldup seat provided at the driver side outboard position in the crew cab. For optimal comfort, the seat will be a minimum of 15.00" from the front of the cushion to the face of the seat back and designed with EVC (elastomeric vibration control).

The seat back will be an SCBA style with 90 degree back. The SCBA cavity will be adjustable from front to rear in 1.00" increments, to accommodate different sized SCBA cylinders. Moving the SCBA cavity will be accomplished by unbolting, relocating, and re-bolting it in the desired location.

The seat will be furnished with a 3-point, shoulder type seat belt. 0632657 Seat, Fwd Fcng C/C, Ctr, (1) Pierce
PSV, SCBA, SECONDARY, SFR/Enf

FORWARD FACING CENTER SEAT
There will be one (1) forward facing seat provided at the center position in the crew cab. For optimal comfort, the seat will be provided with 15.00" deep foam cushion designed with EVC (elastomeric vibration control).

The seat will be furnished with a 3-point, shoulder type seat belt. 0632875 Seat, Fwd Fcng C/C, RS Otbrd,
Pierce PSV, Hi-Back, Foldup,
SECONDARY, SFR/Enf

FORWARD FACING PASSENGER SIDE OUTBOARD SEAT
There will be one (1) forward facing foldup seat provided at the passenger side outboard position in the crew cab. The seat back will be a high back style with 9 degree fixed recline angle. For optimal comfort, the seat will be a minimum of 15.00" from the front of the cushion to the face of the seat back and designed with EVC (elastomeric vibration control).

The seat will be furnished with a 3-point, shoulder type seat belt. 0752005 Lip, Top of Interior Cabinet, All Sides LIP ON CABINET There will be a 1.00" lip provided around the top perimeter of the cabinet. There will NOT be anything stored on the top portion without restraints.

There will be two (2) cabinets(s) provided with the lip On top of driver side and passenger side rear facing EMS compartment.
0748170 SP Cabinet, Rr Fcng, Top Eng Tnl, 38 W
x 15 H x 18 D, Web, Notch, SFR/Enf

REAR FACING CENTER CABINET
A rear facing cabinet will be provided on the top rear of the engine tunnel.

The cabinet will be 38.00" wide x 15.00" high x 18.00" deep. The bottom of the cabinet will taper to match the angle of the engine tunnel. The back corners of the cabinet will be notched around the gravity drains.

The interior door will be web netting. The netting will be made with 1.00" wide nylon material with

2.00" openings. The nylon webbing will be permanently fastened at the bottom side of the cabinet and have 1.00" cam buckle fasteners on the opposite side to secure it. The clear door opening of the cabinet will be 35.50" wide x 12.00" high.

The cabinet will include one (1) infinitely adjustable shelf with a 1.25" up-turned lippainted to match the cab interior.

The cabinet will include no louvers.

The cabinet will be constructed of smooth aluminum, and painted to match the cab interior.

Cabinet Light
There will be one (1) white LED strip light installed horizontally above the interior cabinet door opening. The lighting will be controlled by a rocker switch on the front of the cabinet. 0566653 Upholstery, Seats In Cab, Turnout
Tuff

SEAT UPHOLSTERY
All seat upholstery will be black Turnout Tuff material. 21968Bid #:
0543991 Bracket, Air Bottle, Hands-Free II,
Cab Seats

AIR BOTTLE HOLDERS
All SCBA type seats in the cab will have a "Hands-Free" auto clamp style bracket in its backrest.

For efficiency and convenience, the bracket will include an automatic spring clamp that allows the occupant to store the SCBA bottle by simply pushing it into the seat back. For protection of all occupants in the cab, in the event of an accident, the inertial components within the clamp will constrain the SCBA bottle in the seat and will exceed the NFPA standard of 9G.

There will be a quantity of two (2) SCBA brackets.
0697223 SP Seat Mounting, Forward Facing,
Moved Rearward

SPECIAL SEAT MOUNTING
All forward facing seats will be mounted as far rearward as possible without having the front of the seat further back than the front of the seat riser. 0603866 Seat Belt, Dual Retractor,
ReadyReach, Saber FR/Enforcer

SEAT BELTS
All cab and tiller cab (if applicable) seating positions will have red seat belts. To provide quick, easy use for occupants wearing bunker gear, the female buckle and seat belt webbing length will meet or exceed the current edition of applicable NFPA and CAN/ULC - S515 standards.

The 3-point shoulder type seat belts will include height adjustment. This adjustment will optimize the belts effectiveness and comfort for the seated firefighter. The 3-point shoulder type seat belts will be furnished with dual automatic retractors that will provide ease of operation in the normal seating position.

The 3-point shoulder type belts will also include the ReadyReach® D-loop assembly to the shoulder belt system. The ReadyReach feature adds an extender arm to the D-loop location placing the D-loop in a closer, easier to reach location.

Any flip up seats will include a 3-point shoulder type belts only.

To ensure safe operation, the seats will be equipped with seat belt sensors in the seat cushion and belt receptacle that will activate an alarm indicating a seat is occupied but not buckled. 0817557 Helmet Storage, Provided by Fire
Department, NFPA/ULC 2024

HELMET STORAGE PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
NFPA 1900, 2024 edition, section 11.1.8.4.1 and CAN/ULC 515:2024 edition, section 5.2, requires a location for helmet storage be provided.

There is no helmet storage on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide a location for storage of helmets.
0647647 Lights, Dome, FRP Dual LED 4 Lts CAB DOME LIGHTS There will be four (4) dual LED dome lights with black bezels provided. Two (2) lights will be mounted above the inside shoulder of the driver and officer and two (2) lights will be installed and located, one (1) on each side of the crew cab.

The color of the LED's will be red and white.

The white LED's will be controlled by the door switches and the lens switch.

The color LED's will be controlled by the lens switch.

All dome lights on the apparatus will be illuminated per the current edition of applicable NFPA standards per seating position.
0896451 Enhanced Software for Cab and
Crew Cab Dome Lts

ENHANCED SOFTWARE FOR CAB AND CREW CAB DOME LIGHTS
The cab and crew cab dome lights will remain on for 10 seconds for improved visibility after the doors are closed.

The dome lights will dim after 10 seconds or immediately if the vehicle's transmission is put into gear.
0626097 Light, Map, Sunnex HS76*-00 Series,
Swivel Joint, Clear Lens, Ceiling
Mount

MAP LIGHT
There will be one (1) Sunnex®, HS76*-00, halogen map light(s) with swivel joint base provided in the cab and located match 35932. Each map light will have a square base with an on/off switch.

The light(s) will also be provided with a red lens.

The light switch(es) will be connected directly to the battery switched power. 0804719 Handlts, (4) Streamlight, Fire Vulcan,
44451, C4 LED, Tail Lts, 12v, Orange

HAND HELD LIGHT
There will be four (4) Streamlight, Fire Vulcan, Model #44451, hand lights provided with a vehicle mount with 12VDC direct wire charging rack and quick release buckle strap mounted Crew Cab, One (1) Under PS Forward Facing Seat, One (1) Under DS Forward Facing Seat, One (1) in LS3 and One (1) in RS3 final location at precon..

Each light housing will be orange in color and be provided with a C4, LED and two (2) "ultra bright blue tail light LEDs". The tail light LEDs will have a dual mode of blinking or steady. 0622803 Cab Instruments, Black Gauges,
Black Bezels, Enforcer MUX

CAB INSTRUMENTATION
The cab instrument panel include gauges, an LCD display, telltale indicator lamps, control switches, alarms, and a diagnostic panel. The function of the instrument panel controls and switches will be identified by a label adjacent to each item. Actuation of the headlight switch will illuminate the labels in low light conditions. Telltale indicator lamps will not be illuminated unless necessary. The cab instruments and controls will be conveniently located within the forward cab section, forward of the driver. The gauge assembly and switch panels are designed to be removable for ease of service and low cost of ownership.

Gauges
The gauge panel will include the following ten (10) black faced gauges with black bezels to monitor vehicle performance:

Voltmeter gauge (volts):
22968Bid #:

Low volts (11.8 VDC)
Amber caution indicator on the information center with intermittent alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
High volts (15.5 VDC)
Amber caution indicator on the information center with intermittent alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Very low volts (11.3 VDC)
Red warning indicator on the information center with a steady alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Very high volts (16.0 VDC)
Red warning indicator on the information center with a steady alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Engine Tachometer (RPM)
Speedometer MPH (Major Scale), KM/H (Minor Scale)
Fuel level gauge (Empty - Full in fractions):

Low fuel (1/8 full)
Amber caution indicator on the information center with intermittent alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Very low fuel (1/32 full)
Red caution indicator on the information center with steady alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Engine Oil pressure Gauge (PSI):

Low oil pressure to activate engine warning lights and alarms Red caution indicator on the information center with steady alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Front Air Pressure Gauges (PSI):

Low air pressure to activate warning lights and alarm
Red warning indicator on the information center with a steady alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Rear Air Pressure Gauges (PSI):

Low air pressure to activate warning lights and alarm
Red warning indicator on the information center with a steady alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Transmission Oil Temperature Gauge (Fahrenheit):

High transmission oil temperature activates warning lights and alarm Amber caution indicator on the information center with intermittent alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge (Fahrenheit):

High engine temperature activates an engine warning light and alarms Amber caution indicator on the information center with intermittent alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Level Gauge (Empty - Full in fractions):

Low fluid (1/8 full)
Amber indicator light in gauge dial
All gauges will perform prove out at initial power-up to ensure proper performance.

Indicator Lamps
To promote safety, the following telltale indicator lamps will be located on the instrument panel in clear view of the driver. The indicator lamps will be "dead-front" design that is only visible when active. The colored indicator lights will have descriptive text or symbols.

The following amber telltale lamps will be present:

Low coolant
Trac cntl (traction control) (where applicable)
Check engine
Check trans (check transmission
Aux brake overheat (Auxiliary brake overheat
Air rest (air restriction)
Caution (triangle symbol)
Water in fuel
DPF (engine diesel particulate filter regeneration)
Trailer ABS (where applicable)
Wait to start (where applicable)
HET (engine high exhaust temperature) (where applicable) ABS (antilock brake system)
MIL (engine emissions system malfunction indicator lamp) (where applicable) Side roll fault (where applicable)
Front air bag fault (where applicable)
The following red telltale lamps will be present:

Warning (stop sign symbol)
Seat belt
Parking brake
Stop engine
Rack down
The following green telltale lamps will be provided:

Left turn
Right turn
Battery on
The following blue telltale lamp will be provided:

High beam
Alarms
Audible steady tone warning alarm: A steady audible tone alarm will be provided whenever a warning message is present.

Audible pulsing tone caution alarm: A pulsing audible tone alarm (chime/chirp) will be provided whenever a caution message is present without a warning message being present.

Alarm silence: Any active audible alarm will be able to be silenced by holding the ignition switch at the top position for three (3) to five (5) seconds. For improved safety, silenced audible alarms will intermittently chirp every 30 seconds until the alarm condition no longer exists. The intermittent chirp will act as a reminder to the operator that a caution or warning condition still exists. Any new warning or caution condition will enable the steady or pulsing tones respectively. 23968Bid #:

Indicator Lamp and Alarm Prove-Out
A system will be provided which automatically tests telltale indicator lights and alarms located on the cab instrument panel. Telltale indicators and alarms will perform prove-out at initial power-up to ensure proper performance.

Control Switches
For ease of use, the following controls will be provided immediately adjacent to the cab instrument panel within easy reach of the driver. All switches will have backlit labels for low light applications.

Headlight/Parking light switch: A three (3)-position maintained rocker switch will be provided. The first switch position will deactivate all parking and headlights. The second switch position will activate the parking lights. The third switch will activate the headlights.

Panel back lighting intensity control switch: A three (3)-position momentary rocker switch will be provided. Pressing the top half of the switch, "Panel Up" increases the panel back lighting intensity and pressing the bottom half of the switch, "Panel Down" decreases the panel back lighting intensity. Pressing the half or bottom half of the switch several times will allow back lighting intensity to be gradually varied from minimum to maximum intensity level for ease of use.

Ignition switch: A three (3)-position maintained/momentary rocker switch will be provided.

The first switch position will turn off and deactivate vehicle ignition. The second switch position will activate vehicle ignition and will perform prove-out on the telltale indicators and alarms for 3 to 5 seconds after the switch is turned on. A green indicator lamp is activated with vehicle ignition. The third momentary position will temporarily silence all active cab alarms. An alarm "chirp" may continue as long as alarm condition exists.

Switching ignition to off position will terminate the alarm silence feature and reset function of cab alarm system.

Engine start switch: A two (2)-position momentary rocker switch will be provided. The first switch position is the default switch position. The second switch position will activate the vehicle's engine. The switch actuator is designed to prevent accidental activation.

Hazard switch will be provided on the instrument panel or on the steering column.

Heater, defroster, and air conditioning control panel.

Turn signal arm: A self-canceling turn signal with high beam headlight controls will be provided.

Windshield wiper control will have high, low and intermittent modes.

Parking brake control: An air actuated push/pull park brake control valve will be provided.

Chassis horn control: Activation of the chassis horn control will be provided through the center of the steering wheel.

High idle engagement switch: A momentary rocker switch with integral indicator lamp will be provided. The switch will activate and deactivate the high idle function. The "OK To Engage High Idle" indicator lamp must be active for the high idle function to engage. A green indicator lamp integral to the high idle engagement switch will indicate when the high idle function is engaged.
"OK To Engage High Idle" indicator lamp: A green indicator light will be provided next to the high idle activation switch to indicate that the interlocks have been met to allow high idle engagement.

Emergency switching will be controlled by multiple individual warning light switches for various groups or areas of emergency warning lights. An Emergency Master switch provided on the instrument panel that enables or disables all individual warning light switches is included.

An additional "Emergency Master" button will be provided on the lower left hand corner of the gauge panel to allow convenient control of the "Emergency Master" system from inside the driver's door when standing on the ground.

Custom Switch Panels
The design of cab instrumentation will allow for emergency lighting and other switches to be placed within easy reach of the operator thus improving safety. There will be positions for up to four (4) switch panels in the lower instrument console and up to six (6) switch panels in the overhead visor console. All switches have backlit labels for low light conditions.

Diagnostic Panel
A diagnostic panel will be accessible while standing on the ground and located inside the driver's side door left of the steering column. The diagnostic panel will allow diagnostic tools such as computers to connect to various vehicle systems for improved troubleshooting providing a lower cost of ownership. Diagnostic switches will allow ABS systems to provide blink codes should a problem exist.

The diagnostic panel will include the following:

Engine diagnostic port
Transmission diagnostic port
ABS diagnostic port
Roll sensor diagnostic port
Command Zone USB diagnostic port
ABS diagnostic switch (blink codes flashed on ABS telltale indicator) Diesel particulate filter regeneration switch (where applicable) Diesel particulate filter regeneration inhibit switch (where applicable) Cab LCD Display
A digital four (4)-row by 20-character dot matrix display will be integral to the gauge panel.

The display will be capable of showing simple graphical images as well as text. The display will be split into three (3) sections. Each section will have a dedicated function.

The upper left section will display the outside ambient temperature.

The upper right section will display the following, along with other configuration specific information:

Odometer
Trip mileage
PTO hours
Fuel consumption
Engine hours
The bottom section will display INFO, CAUTION, and WARNING messages. Text messages will automatically activate to describe the cause of an audible caution or warning alarm.

The LCD will be capable of displaying multiple text messages should more than one 24968Bid #:
caution or warning condition exist.
0509511 Air Restriction Indicator, Imp/Vel,
AXT, Enf MUX

AIR RESTRICTION INDICATOR
A high air restriction warning indicator light LCD message with amber warning indicator and audible alarm will be provided.
0777954 SP Light, Indicator, Jackknife Warning,
Wln 3S*00F*R
- There will be a Whelen Model 3S*00F*R, 3.00" diameter flashing indicator light with chrome trim in the cab in an overhead position TBD at pre-construction, that indicates jackknife position approaching the maximum allowable angle which is 60 degrees. The light(s) to include blue flashing LEDs and the warning light lens colors to be the same as the LEDs. 0683556 Light, Do Not Move Apparatus, Wln
M2R Red LED
"DO NOT MOVE APPARATUS" INDICATOR
A Whelen, Model M2R flashing red indicator light with a chrome bezel, located in the driving compartment, will be illuminated automatically per the current NFPA requirements. The light will be labeled "Do Not Move Apparatus If Light Is On."
The same circuit that activates the Do Not Move Apparatus indicator will activate a pulsing alarm when the parking brake is released.
0509042 Messages, Open Dr/DNMT, Color
Dsply,

DO NOT MOVE TRUCK MESSAGES
Messages will be displayed on the Command Zone™, color display located within sight of the driver whenever the Do Not Move Truck light is active. The messages will designate the item or items not in the stowed for vehicle travel position (parking brake disengaged).

The following messages will be displayed (where applicable):

Do Not Move Truck
DS Cab Door Open (Driver Side Cab Door Open)
PS Cab Door Open (Passenger's Side Cab Door Open)
DS Crew Cab Door Open (Driver Side Crew Cab Door Open)
PS Crew Cab Door Open (Passenger's Side Crew Cab Door Open) DS Body Door Open (Driver Side Body Door Open)
PS Body Door Open (Passenger's Side Body Door Open)
Rear Body Door Open
DS Ladder Rack Down (Driver Side Ladder Rack Down)
PS Ladder Rack Down (Passenger Side Ladder Rack Down)
Deck Gun Not Stowed
Lt Tower Not Stowed (Light Tower Not Stowed)
Fold Tank Not Stowed (Fold-A-Tank Not Stowed)
Aerial Not Stowed (Aerial Device Not Stowed)
Stabilizer Not Stowed
Steps Not Stowed
Handrail Not Stowed
Any other device that is opened, extended, or deployed that creates a hazard or is likely to cause major damage to the apparatus if the apparatus is moved will be displayed as a caution message after the parking brake is disengaged.
0611683 Switching, Cab Instrument Lower
Console & Overhead, Membrane,
Enforcer WiFi MUX

SWITCH PANELS
The emergency light switch panel will have a master switch for ease of use plus individual switches for selective control. Each switch panel will contain eight (8) membrane-type switches each rated for one million (1,000,000) cycles. Panels containing less than eight (8) switch assignments will include non-functioning black appliqués. The built-in switch panels will be located in the lower console or overhead console of the cab.

Additional switch panel(s) will be located in the overhead position(s) above the windshield or in designated locations on the lower instrument panel layout.

The switches will be membrane-type and also act as an integral indicator light. For quick, visual indication the entire surface of the switch will be illuminated white whenever back lighting is activated and illuminated green whenever the switch is active. An active illuminated switch will flash when interlock requirements are not met or device is actively being load managed. For ease of use, a two (2)-ply, scratch resistant laser engraved Gravoply label indicating the use of each switch will be placed in the center of the switch. The label will allow light to pass through the letters for ease of use in low light conditions.
0802940 Wiper Control, 2-Speed with
Intermittent, Saber FR/Enforcer

WIPER CONTROL
Wiper control will consist of a two (2)-speed windshield wiper control with intermittent feature and windshield washer controls. The control will be located on the left side of the center instrument panel.
0002565 Hourmeter, Aerial Inside Cab

HOURMETER - AERIAL DEVICE
An hourmeter for the aerial device will be provided and located within the cab display or instrument panel.
0002615 Switch, Aerial 12V Master

AERIAL MASTER
There will be a master switch for the aerial operating electrical system provided. 0032828 No PTO switch req'd - w/aerial
piggyback
25968Bid #:
0834413 USB, Cab, 4, 12V DC, Dual USB
Termination, Batt Dir.

NFPA1900/ULC

CAB USB
There will be four (4) USB terminations with a combination USB type A & C, wired to battery direct power, and provided per the following:

One (1) within reach of the driver
One (1) within reach of the passenger
Two (2) on the rear of the engine tunnel, one (1) each side.

Battery direct loads cannot be load managed.
0820911 Wiring, Spare, 15 A 12V DC 6th
NFPA1900/ULC

SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be six (6) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus.

The wires will have the following features:

The positive wire will be connected directly to the battery switched power The negative wire will be connected to ground
Wires will be capable of carrying 15 amps
Power and ground will terminate match 28976
Termination will be with 15 amp, power point plug with rubber cover Wires will be protected to meet the NFPA Automotive Fire Apparatus standard The circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. 0821191 Wiring, Spare, 20 A 12V DC, Batt Dir,
1st NFPA1900/ULC

SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be one (1) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus.

The wires will have the following features:

The positive wire will be connected directly to the battery power.

The negative wire will be connected to ground.

Wires will be capable of carrying 20 amps.

Power and ground will terminate behind officer seat.

Termination will be with a 10-place bus bar with screws and removable cover.

Wires will be protected to meet the NFPA Automotive Fire Apparatus standard.

Battery direct loads cannot be Load Managed.
0547328 Wiring, Spare, 20 A 12V DC, Switch
Feature 1st

SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be six (6) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus.

The wires will have the following features:

The positive wire will be connected directly to the battery power.

The negative wire will be connected to ground.

Wires will be capable of carrying 20 amps.

Power and ground will terminate One (1) LS3, One (1) RS4, Two (2) RS8 upper rear wall with a 5' coil leftover and Two (2) in LS7.

Termination will be with heat shrinkable butt splicing.

The circuits selected above will be controlled by a switch in the following locations:
no switch location
no additional switch location
Wires will be protected to meet the NFPA Automotive Fire Apparatus standard.

This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. 0772592 SP Speakers, Panasonic, (2) Additional,
Tiller Cab

ADDITIONAL RADIO SPEAKERS
There will be one (1) 2 channel amplifier install in the chassis cab. There will be a volume control with on off switch installed in the tiller cab in reach of the tiller driver. There will be two (2) Panasonic radio speakers installed in the tiller cab.
0819994 Radio, Jensen, AM/FM/WB,
Bluetooth

STEREO RADIO
There will be one heavy duty AM/FM / Weatherband / Bluetooth stereo radio. The radio will be installed within reach of the officer. There will be 5.25" speakers installed one (1) pair of 5.25" speakers in the cab and one (1) pair of 5.25" speakers in the crew cab. The antenna will be a roof-mounted rubber antenna located in an open space, on the cab roof.

The following Jensen features will be included:
180 watts max power (45W x 4); 100 watts RMS (25W x 4)
Bluetooth® streaming audio (A2DP/AVRCP)
Weatherband
AM/FM tuner with 30 presets
Audio settings (volume/bass/treble/balance/fade)
Toggle switch between day and night display
Daylight-readable, segmented LCD
Two-wire power with non-volatile memory and clock support Low battery alert
0814201 Vehicle Information Center, 7" Color
Display, Touchscreen, MUX, CL714

INFORMATION CENTER
An information center employing a 7.00" diagonal touch screen color LCD display will be encased in an ABS plastic housing.

The information center will have the following specifications:

Operate in temperatures from -40 to 158 degrees Fahrenheit LCD optically bonded to hardened AR glass lens
Five weather resistant user interface switches
Grey with black accents
Sunlight Readable
Linux operating system
Minimum of 1000nits rated display
26968Bid #:

Display can be changed to an available foreign language A LCD display integral to the cab gauge panel will be included as outlined in the cab instrumentation area.

Programmed to read US Customary
General Screen Design
Where possible, background colors will be used to provide "At a Glance" vehicle information. If information provided on a screen is within acceptable limits, a green background will be used.

If a caution or warning situation arises the following will occur:

An amber background/text color will indicate a caution condition A red background/text color will indicate a warning condition The information center will utilize an "Alert Center" to display text messages for audible alarm tones. The text messages will be written to identify the item(s) causing the audible alarm to sound. If more than one (1) text message occurs, the messages will cycle every second until the problem(s) have been resolved. The background color for the "Alert Center" will change to indicate the severity of the "warning" message. If a warning and a caution condition occur simultaneously, the red background color will be shown for all alert center messages.

A label for each button will exist. The label will indicate the function for each active button for each screen. Buttons that are not utilized on specific screens will have a button label with no text or symbol.

Home/Transit Screen
This screen will display the following:

Vehicle Mitigation (if equipped)
Water Level (if the water level system includes compatible communications to the information center)
Foam Level (if the foam level system includes compatible communications to the information center)
Seat Belt Monitoring Screen
Tire Pressure Monitoring (if equipped)
Digital Speedometer
Active Alarms
On Scene Screen
This screen will display the following and will be auto activated with pump engaged (if equipped):

Battery Voltage
Fuel
Oil Pressure
Coolant Temperature
RPM
Water Level (if equipped)
Foam Level (if equipped)
Foam Concentration (if equipped)
Water Flow Rate (if equipped)
Water Used (if equipped)
Active Alarms
Virtual Buttons
There will be four (4) virtual switch panel screens that match the overhead and lower lighting and HVAC switch panels.

Page Screen
The page screen will display the following and allow the user to progress into other screens for further functionality:

Diagnostics
Faults
Listed by order of occurrence
Allows to sort by system
Interlock
Throttle Interlocks
Pump Interlocks (if equipped)
Aerial Interlocks (if equipped)
PTO Interlocks (if equipped)
Load Manager
A list of items to be load managed will be provided. The list will provide a description of the load.

The lower the priority numbers the earlier the device will be shed should a low voltage condition occur.

The screen will indicate if a load has been shed (disabled) or not shed. "At a glance" color features are utilized on this screen.

Systems
Command Zone
Module type and ID number
Module Version
Input or output number
Circuit number connected to that input or output
Status of the input or output
Power and Constant Current module diagnostic information Foam (if equipped)
Pressure Controller (if equipped)
Generator Frequency (if equipped)
Live Data
General Truck Data
Maintenance
Engine oil and filter
Transmission oil and filter
Pump oil (if equipped)
Foam (if equipped)
Aerial (if equipped)
Setup
Clock Setup
Date & Time
12 or 24 hour format
Set time and date
27968Bid #:

Backlight
Daytime
Night time
Sensitivity
Unit Selection
Home Screen
Virtual Button Setup
On Scene Screen Setup
Configure Video Mode
Set Video Contrast
Set Video Color
Set Video Tint
Do Not Move
The screen will indicate the approximate location and type of item that is open or is not stowed for travel. The actual status of the following devices will be indicated Driver Side Cab Door
Passenger's Side Cab Door
Driver Side Crew Cab Door
Passenger's Side Crew Cab Door
Driver Side Body Doors
Passenger's Side Body Doors
Rear Body Door(s)
Ladder Rack (if applicable)
Deck Gun (if applicable)
Light Tower (if applicable)
Hatch Door (if applicable)
Stabilizers (if applicable)
Steps (if applicable)
Notifications
View Active Alarms
Shows a list of all active alarms including date and time of the occurrence is shown with each alarm
Silence Alarms - All alarms are silenced
Timer Screen
HVAC (if equipped)
Tire Information (if equipped)
Ascendant Set Up Confirmation (if equipped)
Button functions and button labels may change with each screen. 0816633 Collision Mitigation, HAAS Alert
(R2V), HA7

COLLISION MITIGATION
There will be a HAAS Alert®, Model HA7 Responder-to-Vehicle (R2V) collision avoidance system provided on the apparatus. The HA7 cellular transponder module will be installed behind the cab windshield, as high and near to the center as practical, to allow clear visibility to the sky. The module dimensions are 5.40" long x 2.70" wide x 1.30" high, and operating temperature range is -40 degrees Celsius to 85 degrees Celsius.

The transponder will be connected to the vehicle's emergency master circuit and battery direct power and ground.

While responding with emergency lights on, the HA7 transponder sends alert messages via cellular network to motorists in the vicinity of the responding truck that are equipped with the WAZE app.

While on scene with emergency lights on, the HA7 transponder sends road hazard alerts to motorists in the vicinity of the truck that are equipped with the WAZE app.

The HA7 Responder-to-Vehicle (R2V) collision avoidance system will include the transponder and a 5 year cellular plan subscription.

Activation of the HAAS Alert system requires a representative of the customer to accept the End User License Agreement (EULA) via an on-line portal.
28968Bid #:
0606247 Vehicle Data Recorder w/CZ Display
Seat Belt Monitor

VEHICLE DATA RECORDER
There will be a vehicle data recorder (VDR) capable of reading and storing vehicle information provided.

The information stored on the VDR can be downloaded through a USB port mounted in a convenient location determined by cab model. A USB cable can be used to connect the VDR to a laptop to retrieve required information. The program to download the information from the VDR will be available to download on-line.

The vehicle data recorder will be capable of recording the following data via hardwired and/or CAN inputs:

Vehicle Speed - MPH
Acceleration - MPH/sec
Deceleration - MPH/sec
Engine Speed - RPM
Engine Throttle Position - % of Full Throttle
ABS Event - On/Off
Seat Occupied Status - Yes/No by Position
Seat Belt Buckled Status - Yes/No by Position
Master Optical Warning Device Switch - On/Off
Internal clock syncs the time and date when a laptop is connected.

Seat Belt Monitoring System
A seat belt monitoring system (SBMS) will be provided on the Command Zone™ color display.

The SBMS will be capable of monitoring up to 10 seating positions indicating the status of each seat position per the following:

Seat Occupied & Buckled = Green LED indicator illuminated Seat Occupied & Unbuckled = Red LED indicator with audible alarm No Occupant & Buckled = Red LED indicator with audible alarm No Occupant & Unbuckled = No indicator and no alarm
FAULT = Blue LED indicator illuminated
The seat belt monitoring screen will become active on the Command Zone color display when:

The home screen is active:
and there is any occupant seated but not buckled or any belt buckled with an occupant. and there are no other Do Not Move Apparatus conditions present. As soon as all Do Not Move Apparatus conditions are cleared, the SBMS will be activated.

The SBMS will include an audible alarm that will warn that an unbuckled occupant condition exists and the parking brake is released, or the transmission is not in park. 0816632 SP Intercom, David Clark, 8-Pos, 3-Dual
Radio, (D, O, TC, RPTT), 4C, T

INTERCOM SYSTEM
An eight (8) position intercom system with dual radio interface at the driver position with two (2) Remote Push To Talk (RPTT) located SEE Switch Layout, the officer positions will be provided with two (2) RPTT located SEE Switch Layout and the Tiller cab positions will be provided with two (2) RPTT located See Switch Layout. Four (4) crew cab positions, at three (3) forward facing seats and two (2) rearward facing seats and the turntable will have intercom only.

The following David Clark, Model U3800 components will be supplied with this system:

Two (2) U3805 Radio Cord Junction Module
Three (3) U3816 Dual Radio Interface Module (Driver, officer and Tiller cab) Six (6) David Clark RPTT Switches
One (1) U3800 Intercom Unit (2 forward facing Crew)
One (1) C3820 Power Cable
Two (2) U3802 Intercom Only Module (2 Crew)
One (1) U3801 Intercom Only Module (Turntable)
All necessary cables and connectors
0637058 David Clark Universal Radio
Interfaces Included with Single/Dual
System

RADIO / INTERCOM INTERFACE INCLUDED
All radio interfaced stations will have universal radio interfaces installed. The interface wiring will be routed within the cab to With Radio Equipment .
0589947 Headset, David Clark, H3432 Over
The Head, Flex Mic, Push On Push
Off

OVER THE HEAD HEADSET
There will be five (5) over the head headset(s) provided See signed intercom drawing.

Each David Clark, Model H3432, headset will feature:
5' Coiled cord
Noise cancelling electric microphone
Flexible microphone boom rotates 200 degrees for left or right dress Microphone on/off button
Comfort Gel Earseals
23 dB noise reduction
0819255 Hangers For Headsets, NFPA/ULC
2024, Each

HEADSET HANGERS
There will be five (5) headset hanger(s) installed driver's seat, officer's seat, driver's side outboard forward facing seat, passenger's side outboard forward facing seat and tiller operator seat. The hanger(s) will meet the current edition of applicable NFPA and ULC standards for equipment mounting.
0835670 Install Customer Provided Key
Storage/ Knox Box, Loc
Key Storage Box
There will beTwo (2) Key / Knox Boxessent to the apparatus manufacturers preferred installer and installed at TBD at Preconstruction. If wiring is required it will be included in with this option.

Specific shipping requirements will be followed.

A "technician's key" will be provided by the customer for each key storage box. The box cannot be installed without a compatible technician's key. May require a signed letter of approval. 29968Bid #:
0687904 Antenna Mount, Custom Chassis,
Cable Routed to Behind Officer Seat

RADIO ANTENNA MOUNT
There will be six (6) standard 1.125", 18 thread antenna-mounting base(s) installed Match 35932 on the cab roof with high efficiency, low loss, coaxial cable(s) routed to behind the officer seat. A weatherproof cap will be installed on the mount.
0817058 Camera, Pierce, LS Mux, R Camera,
SD, CL714

VEHICLE CAMERA SYSTEM
There will be a color vehicle camera system provided with the following:

One (1) Standard Definition (SD) camera located at the rear of the apparatus, pointing rearward, displayed automatically with the vehicle in reverse.

The camera images will be displayed on the left side vehicle information center display. Audio from the microphone on the rear camera will be emitted by an amplified speaker with volume control located behind the driver seat.

The following components will be included:

One (1) SV-CW134639CAI Camera
All necessary cables
0814831 Not Required, Camera Switcher Camera Switcher
A camera switcher is not required.
0890416 Pierce Command Zone, Advanced
Electronics & Control System,
Enforcer, WiFi CZT

ELECTRICAL POWER CONTROL SYSTEM
The primary power distribution will be located forward of the officer's seating position and be easily accessible while standing on the ground for simplified maintenance and troubleshooting.

Additional electrical distribution centers will be provided throughout the vehicle to house the vehicle's electrical power, circuit protection, and control components. The electrical distribution centers will be located strategically throughout the vehicle to minimize wire length. For ease of maintenance, all electrical distribution centers will be easily accessible. All distribution centers containing fuses, circuit breakers and/or relays will be easily accessible.

Distribution centers located throughout the vehicle will contain battery powered studs for supplying customer installed equipment thus providing a lower cost of ownership.

Circuit protection devices, which conform to SAE standards, will be utilized to protect electrical circuits. All circuit protection devices will be rated per NFPA requirements to prevent wire and component damage when subjected to extreme current overload. General protection circuit breakers will be Type-I automatic reset (continuously resetting). When required, automotive type fuses will be utilized to protect electronic equipment. Control relays and solenoid will have a direct current rating of 125 percent of the maximum current for which the circuit is protected per NFPA.

Solid-State Control System
A solid-state electronics based control system will be utilized to achieve advanced operation and control of the vehicle components. A fully computerized vehicle network will consist of electronic modules, electronic control modules to include a see through housing, a power indicator, a status indicator and circuit indicators located near their point of use to reduce harness lengths and improve reliability. The control system will comply with SAE J1939-11 recommended practices.

The control system will operate as a master-slave system whereas the main control module instructs all other system components. The system will contain patented Mission Critical software that maintains critical vehicle operations in the unlikely event of a main controller error. The system will utilize a Real Time Operating System (RTOS) fully compliant with OSEK/VDX™ specifications providing a lower cost of ownership.

For increased reliability and simplified use the control system modules will include the following attributes:

Green LED indicator light for module power
Red LED indicator light for network communication stability status Control system self test at activation and continually throughout vehicle operation No moving parts due to transistor logic
Software logic control for NFPA mandated safety interlocks and indicators Integrated electrical system load management without additional components Integrated electrical load sequencing system without additional components Customized control software to the vehicle's configuration Factory and field programmable to accommodate changes to the vehicle's operating parameters To assure long life and operation in a broad range of environmental conditions, the solid-state control system modules will meet the following specifications:

Module circuit board will meet SAE J771 specifications
Operating temperature from -40 degrees Celsius to +70 degrees Celsius Storage temperature from -40 degrees Celsius to +70 degrees Celsius Vibration to 50g
IP67 rated enclosure (Totally protected against dust and also protected against the effect of temporary immersion between 15 centimeters and one (1) meter) Operating voltage from eight (8) volts to 32 volts DC
The main controller will activate status indicators and audible alarms designed to provide warning of problems before they become critical.

Circuit Protection and Control Diagram
Copies of all job-specific, computer network input and output (I/O) connections will be provided with each chassis. The sheets will indicate the function of each module connection point, circuit protection information (where applicable), wire numbers, wire colors and load management information.

On-Board Electrical System Diagnostics
The on-board information center will include the following diagnostic information:

Text description of active warning or caution alarms
Simplified warning indicators
Amber caution indication with intermittent alarm
Red warning indication with steady tone alarm
Advanced diagnostic feature will be provided in this control system. From the Command Zone display or connected wireless device, these features allow the user to monitor the real-time status of every input or output on the vehicle. It also allows users logged in as an administrator to force on inputs or outputs to assist the troubleshooting process. 30968Bid #:

TCU Module with WiFi
An in cab module will provide WiFi wireless interface and data logging capability. The WiFi interface will comply with IEEE 802.11 b/g/n capabilities while communicating at 2.4 Gigahertz.

The module will communicate through a black WiFi antenna allowing a line of site communication range of up to 300 feet with a roof mounted antenna.

The module will transmit a password protected web page to a WiFi enabled device (i.e. most smart phones, tablets or laptops) allowing two levels of user interaction. The firefighter level will allow vehicle monitoring of the vehicle and firefighting systems on the apparatus. The technician level will allow diagnostic access to inputs and outputs installed on the Command Zone™, control and information system.

The TCU capability will record faults from the engine, transmission, ABS and Command Zone™, control and information systems as they occur. No other data will be recorded at the time the fault occurs. The data TCU will provide up to 2 Gigabytes of data storage.

The TCU will provide a means to download the TCU information and update software in the device.

Indicator Light and Alarm Prove-Out System
A system will be provided which automatically tests basic indicator lights and alarms located on the cab instrument panel.

Voltage Monitor System
A voltage monitoring system will be provided to indicate the status of the battery system connected to the vehicle's electrical load. The system will provide visual and audible warning when the system voltage is below or above optimum levels.

The alarm will activate if the system falls below 11.8 volts DC for more than two (2) minutes.

Dedicated Radio Equipment Connection Points
There will be three (3) studs provided in the primary power distribution center located in front of the officer for two-way radio equipment. The studs will consist of the following:
12-volt 40-amp battery switched power
12-volt 60-amp ignition switched power
12-volt 60-amp direct battery power
There will also be a 12-volt 100-amp ground stud located in or adjacent to the power distribution center.

EMI/RFI Protection
To prevent erroneous signals from crosstalk contamination and interference, the electrical system will meet, at a minimum, SAE J551/2, thus reducing undesired electromagnetic and radio frequency emissions. An advanced electrical system will be used to ensure radiated and conducted electromagnetic interference (EMI) or radio frequency interference (RFI) emissions are suppressed at their source.

The apparatus will have the ability to operate in the electromagnetic environment typically found in fire ground operations to ensure clean operations. The electrical system will meet, without exceptions, electromagnetic susceptibility conforming to SAE J1113/25 Region 1, Class C EMR for 10KHz-1GHz to 100 Volts/Meter. The vehicle OEM, upon request, will provide EMC testing reports from testing conducted on an entire apparatus and will certify that the vehicle meets SAE J551/2 and SAE J1113/25 Region 1, Class C EMR for 10KHz-1GHz to 100 Volts/Meter requirements. Component and partial (incomplete) vehicle testing is not adequate as overall vehicle design can impact test results and thus is not acceptable by itself.

EMI/RFI susceptibility will be controlled by applying appropriate circuit designs and shielding. The electrical system will be designed for full compatibility with low-level control signals and high- powered two-way radio communication systems. Harness and cable routing will be given careful attention to minimize the potential for conducting and radiated EMI/RFI susceptibility. 0896456 Prognostics, Electrical System

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM PROGNOSTICS
There will be a software based vehicle tool provided to predict remaining life of the vehicles critical fluid and events.

The system will send automatic indications to the Command Zone™ information center and/or wireless enabled devices to proactively alert of upcoming service intervals.

Prognostics will include the following:

Engine oil and filter
Transmission oil and filter
31968Bid #:
0816093 ClearSky Telematics, Remote Fleet &
On-scene Management, AT&T
Commercial

TELEMATICS SYSTEM
Your vehicle will include a cellular-based vehicle telematics system including a telematic control unit with external cellular Wi-Fi and GPS antenna. Pierce will provide access to a web-based user interface portal that will allow users to access vehicle data collected as part of the system, allow users to configure monitoring tools, provide a global view of the location of each vehicle that has the system, provide a summary of fleet data, etc. The web-based user interface portal or certain features thereof may be provided on a subscription basis.

The telematic control unit will be fully integrated into the electrical system of the vehicle, will monitor the vehicle through the CAN data bus, and will transmit data through a secure AT&T 4G LTE cellular connection, and be provided with a 5 year subscription.

The web-based user interface portal will provide, among other features:

User defined interval notifications
User defined fault alerts
Remote access to Command Zone™ diagnostics
Vehicle analytics and activity monitoring
Vehicle system status
The system is activated while building your vehicle and thereafter remains active for a 60-day grace period starting when your vehicle ships from the factory. This means that the system is active at the time of factory acceptance and during the 60-day grace period. By selecting this option, it is agreed that use of the system and the web-based user interface portal will be subject to the terms set forth in the Data Systems Agreement referenced at https://www.piercemfg.com/privacy-statement
. Customers will be provided with an initial login at
the time of factory acceptance to verify performance of the system and the web-based user interface portal. The term of the subscription, if any, will begin when the vehicle ships from the factory. If customers do not log into the web-based user interface portal and confirm acceptance of the terms before the 60-day grace period ends, the system will be deactivated, and no new data will be collected or retained Pierce. Reactivation can be coordinated through the customer's authorized Pierce Dealer.
0624253 Electrical System, Enforcer MUX

ELECTRICAL
All 12-volt electrical equipment installed by the apparatus manufacturer will conform to modern automotive practices. All wiring will be high temperature crosslink type. Wiring will be run, in loom or conduit, where exposed and have grommets where wire passes through sheet metal.

Automatic reset circuit breakers will be provided which conform to SAE Standards. Wiring will be color, function and number coded. Function and number codes will be continuously imprinted on all wiring harness conductors at 2.00" intervals. Exterior exposed wire connectors will be positive locking, and environmentally sealed to withstand elements such as temperature extremes, moisture and automotive fluids.

Electrical wiring and equipment will be installed utilizing the following guidelines:

All holes made in the roof will be caulked with silicon. Large fender washers, liberally caulked, will be used when fastening equipment to the underside of the cab roof.

Any electrical component that is installed in an exposed area will be mounted in a manner that will not allow moisture to accumulate in it. Exposed area will be defined as any location outside of the cab or body.

Electrical components designed to be removed for maintenance will not be fastened with nuts and bolts. Metal screws will be used in mounting these devices. Also a coil of wire will be provided behind the appliance to allow them to be pulled away from mounting area for inspection and service work.

Corrosion preventative compound will be applied to all terminal plugs located outside of the cab or body. All non-waterproof connections will require this compound in the plug to prevent corrosion and for easy separation (of the plug).

All lights that have their sockets in a weather exposed area will have corrosion preventative compound added to the socket terminal area.

All electrical terminals in exposed areas will have silicon applied completely over the metal portion of the terminal.

All lights and reflectors, required to comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard #108, will be furnished. Rear identification lights will be recessed mounted for protection. Lights and wiring mounted in the rear bulkheads will be protected from damage by installing a false bulkhead inside the rear compartments.

An operational test will be conducted to ensure that any equipment that is permanently attached to the electrical system is properly connected and in working order.

The results of the tests will be recorded and provided to the purchaser at time of delivery. 0079211 Batteries, (6) Stryten/Exide Grp 31,
950 CCA each, Threaded Stud

BATTERY SYSTEM
There will be six (6) 12 volt Stryten/Exide®, Model 31S950X3W, batteries that include the following features will be provided:
950 CCA, cold cranking amps
190 amp reserve capacity
High cycle
Group 31
Rating of 5700 CCA at 0 degrees Fahrenheit
1140 minutes of reserve capacity
Threaded stainless steel studs
Each battery case will be a black polypropylene material with a vertically ribbed container for increased vibration resistance. The cover will be manifold vented with a central venting location to allow a 45 degree tilt capacity.

The inside of each battery will consist of a "maintenance free" grid construction with poly wrapped separators and a flooded epoxy bottom anchoring for maximum vibration resistance. 32968Bid #:
0008621 Battery System, Single Start, All
Custom Chassis

BATTERY SYSTEM
There will be a single starting system with an ignition switch and starter button provided and located on the cab instrument panel.

MASTER BATTERY SWITCH
There will be a master battery switch provided within the cab within easy reach of the driver to activate the battery system.

An indicator light will be provided on the instrument panel to notify the driver of the status of the battery system.
0002698 Battery Compartment,
Saber/Enforcer

BATTERY COMPARTMENTS
Batteries will be placed on non-corrosive mats and be stored in well ventilated compartments located under the cab and bolted directly to the chassis frame. The battery boxes will have reinforced sides. The battery compartments will be constructed of 0.188" steel plate and be designed to accommodate a maximum of three (3) group 31 batteries in each compartment. The battery hold-downs will be of a non-corrosive material. All bolts and nuts will be stainless steel.

Heavy-duty, 2/0 gauge, color coded battery cables will be provided. Battery terminal connections will be coated with anti-corrosion compound.

Battery solenoid terminal connections will be encapsulated with semi-permanent rubberized compound.

JUMPER STUDS
One (1) set of battery jumper studs with plastic color-coded covers will be included on the battery compartments.
0816197 Charger, Sngl Sys, Kussmaul, LPC
80, 091-206-12-194C-WT-XX, 80
Amp

BATTERY CHARGER
There will be a Kussmaul, Model LPC 80, part number 091-206-12-194C-WT-XX, 80 amp 12 volt DC battery charger with part number 091-194-provided.

There will be a, Model 091-194X-IND-WT-XX, display indicating the state of charge provided. The color of the outside trim of this display will be red.

The battery charger will be wired to the AC shoreline inlet through a splice box. 0814869 Location, Cab, Charger, Behind
Driver Seat
The battery charger will be located in the cab behind the driver seat. 0813919 Panel, Charger Display, Kussmaul,
Included w/ Charger

REMOTE CONTROL PANEL - BATTERY CHARGER
There will be a Kussmaul™, charger display included.
0814939 Location, Cab, Ind/Remote, Driver's
Seat Riser
The battery charger indicator will be located on the driver's seat riser. 0811952 Not Required, Indicator/Remote
Status
0824337 Not Required, Location Ind/Remote
0016857 Shoreline, 20A 120V, Kussmaul Auto
Eject, 091-55-20-120, Super

AUTO EJECT FOR SHORELINE
There will be one (1) Kussmaul™, Model 091-55-20-120, 20 amp 120 volt AC shoreline inlet(s) provided to operate the dedicated 120 volt AC circuits on the apparatus.

The shoreline inlet(s) will include red weatherproof flip up cover(s).

There will be a release solenoid wired to the vehicle's starter to eject the AC connector when the engine is starting.

The shoreline(s) will be connected to the battery charger.

There will be a mating connector body supplied with the loose equipment.

There will be a label installed near the inlet(s) that state the following:

Line Voltage
Current Ratting (amps)
Phase
Frequency
0026800 Shoreline Location The shoreline receptacle will be located on the driver side of cab, to the front of cab door. 0813265 Display, Kussmaul Single Bat Status
Ind 091-94-12, Wired to Batteries,
Comm/PMFD

BATTERY CHARGE INDICATOR
There will be a Kussmaul, Model 091-94-12, battery charge indicator installed on the driver's seat riser.
0642936 Timer, Havis Chargeguard Select
CG-X
12 VOLT AUTO SHUT OFF TIMER
There will be a Havis, Model CG-X Chargeguard, automatic 12Vdc shut off timer located Inside the officer side MUX access door in best possible location (Match 35932) to protect 20A fuse block near the officer side dash (Match 35932) .

The timer will provide 18Vdc high and 11Vdc low voltage disconnect and an adjustable shut down delay timer with a load current rating of 30 amps.
33968Bid #:
0647728 Alternator, 430 amp, Delco Remy
55SI

ALTERNATOR
A Delco Remy®, Model 55SI, alternator will be provided. It will have a rated output current of 430 amps, as measured by SAE method J56. The alternator will feature an integral regulator and rectifier system that has been tested and qualified to an ambient temperature of 257 degrees Fahrenheit (125 degrees Celsius). The alternator will be connected to the power and ground distribution system with heavy-duty cables sized to carry the full rated alternator output. 0658249 SP Alarm, Buzzer Signaling System,
Tiller, Special StaccatoTone, IPOS

TILLER BUZZER SIGNALING SYSTEM ALARM WITH SPECIAL TONE
The buzzer signaling system alarm provided in the tractor and tiller cab will have a staccato tone provided so as to distinguish itself from other truck alarms. 0026408 Wiring, Customer Installed Radio,
Battery-Direct, Ignition-Power &
Ground

CUSTOMER RADIO WIRING
There will be one (1) 12 volt combination wiring leads of which each will include, one (1) battery direct, one (1) ignition and one (1) negative, for use with radio equipment. Each lead will be 18" long and be provided officer side overhead far right. The leads will be clearly marked and in a coil. A breaker rated for 20 amps will be provided for circuit protection of the battery direct powered lead with a minimum of 12 gauge wire. The ignition lead is for sensing purposes only.

The wires will be colored coded as follows:

Red for battery direct
Yellow for ignition
Black for ground
0092582 Load Manager/Sequencer, MUX

ELECTRONIC LOAD MANAGER
An electronic load management (ELM) system will be provided that monitors the vehicles 12-volt electrical system, automatically reducing the electrical load in the event of a low voltage condition, and automatically restoring the shed electrical loads when a low voltage condition expires. This ensures the integrity of the electrical system.

For improved reliability and ease of use, the load manager system will be an integral part of the vehicle's solid state control system requiring no additional components to perform load management tasks. Load management systems which require additional components will not be allowed.

The system will include the following features:

System voltage monitoring.

A shed load will remain inactive for a minimum of five minutes to prevent the load from cycling on and off.

Sixteen available electronic load shedding levels.

Priority levels can be set for individual outputs.

High Idle to activate before any electric loads are shed and deactivate with the service brake.

If enabled:
"Load Man Hi-Idle On" will display on the information center.

Hi-Idle will not activate until 30 seconds after engine start up.

Individual switch "on" indicator to flash when the particular load has been shed.

The information center indicates system voltage.

The information center, where applicable, includes a "Load Manager" screen indicating the following:

Load managed items list, with priority levels and item condition.

Individual load managed item condition:

ON = not shed
SHED = shed

SEQUENCER
A sequencer will be provided that automatically activates and deactivates vehicle loads in a preset sequence thereby protecting the alternator from power surges. This sequencer operation will allow a gradual increase or decrease in alternator output, rather than loading or dumping the entire 12 volt load to prolong the life of the alternator.

For improved reliability and ease of use, the load sequencing system will be an integral part of the vehicle's solid state control system requiring no additional components to perform load sequencing tasks. Load sequencing systems which require additional components will not be allowed.

Emergency light sequencing will operate in conjunction with the emergency master light switch.

When the emergency master switch is activated, the emergency lights will be activated one by one at half-second intervals. Sequenced emergency light switch indicators will flash while waiting for activation.

When the emergency master switch is deactivated, the sequencer will deactivate the warning light loads in the reverse order.

Sequencing of the following items will also occur, in conjunction with the ignition switch, at half- second intervals:

Cab Heater and Air Conditioning
Crew Cab Heater (if applicable)
Crew Cab Air Conditioning (if applicable)
Exhaust Fans (if applicable)
Third Evaporator (if applicable)
34968Bid #:
0783153 Headlights, Rect LED, JW Spkr Evo
2, AXT/Enf/Imp/Sab/Vel

HEADLIGHTS
There will be four (4) JW Speaker®, Model 8800, 4" x 6" rectangular LED lights mounted in the front quad style, chrome housing on each side of the cab grille:
the outside light on each side will contain a part number 055***1 low beam module the inside light on each side will contain a part number 055***1 high beam module the headlights to include chrome bezels
The low beam lights will be activated when the headlight switch is on.

The high beam and low beam lights will be activated when the headlight switch and the high beam switch is activated.
0625953 Light, Directional, Wln 600 Cmb, Cab
Crn, Wrp Bzl Out HD Lts, Enf/Sab

DIRECTIONAL LIGHTS
There will be two (2) Whelen 600 series, LED combination directional/marker lights provided. The lights will be located on the outside cab corners, next to the headlights.

The color of the lenses will be clear.
0805325 Light, Directional, Wln M62T* LED,
15 Degree Angle Bracket, Additional

ADDITIONAL DIRECTIONAL LIGHT
There will be two (2) Whelen®, Model M62T*, amber LED directional lights provided Rear of reservoir compartment. The lens color(s) to be the same as the LEDs.

Each light will be surface mounted in a 15 degree angled bracket with chrome housing.

The flash pattern of the directional lights will be Steady On (Arrow). 0620054 Light, Directional/Marker,
Intermediate, Weldon 9186-8580-29
LED 2lts

INTERMEDIATE LIGHT
There will be two (2) Weldon, Model 9186-8580-29, amber LED turn signal marker lights furnished, one (1) each side, in the rear fender panel. The light will double as a turn signal and marker light.
0647802 Lights, Clearance/Marker/ID, Front,
P25 LED 5 Lts, Saber FR/Enforcer

CAB CLEARANCE/MARKER/ID LIGHTS
There will be five (5) amber LED lights provided to indicate the presence and overall width of the vehicle in the following locations:

Three (3) amber LED identification lights will be installed in the center of the cab above the windshield.

Two (2) amber LED clearance lights will be installed, one (1) on each outboard side of the cab above the windshield.
0625210 Lights, Directional, Cab Front Side,
Truck-Lite 19036Y LED, AXT/Enf

FRONT CAB SIDE DIRECTIONAL LIGHTS
There will be two (2) Truck-Lite®, Model 19036Y, amber LED lights installed to the outside of the chrome wrap around bezel, one (1) on each side of the cab.

The lights will activate as additional directional lights with the corresponding directional circuit. 0534987 Lights, Clearance/Marker/ID, Rear,
Truck-Lite 33050R LED 7Lts, Aerial

REAR CLEARANCE/MARKER/ID LIGHTING
There will be three (3) Truck-Lite®, Model 33050R, LED lights used as identification lights recessed and located at the rear of the apparatus per the following:

As close as practical to the vertical centerline
Centers spaced not less than 6.00" or more than 12.00" apart Red in color
All at the same height
There will be two (2) Truck-Lite, Model 33050R, LED lights recessed at the rear of the apparatus used as clearance lights located at the rear of the apparatus per the following:

To indicate the overall width of the vehicle
One (1) each side of the vertical centerline
As near the top as practical
Red in color
To be visible from the rear
All at the same height
There will be two (2) Truck-Lite, Model 33050R, LED lights recessed on the side of the apparatus as marker lights as close to the rear as practical per the following:

To indicate the overall length of the vehicle
One (1) each side of the vertical centerline
As near the top as practical
Red in color
To be visible from the side
All at the same height
There will be two (2) red reflectors located on the rear of the truck facing to the rear. One (1) each side, as far to the outside as practical, at a minimum of 15.00", but no more than 60.00", above the ground.

There will be two (2) red reflectors located on the side of the truck facing to the side. One (1) each side, as far to the rear as practical, at a minimum of 15.00", but no more than 60.00", above the ground.

Per FMVSS 108 and CMVSS 108 requirements.
0514453 Light, Marker End Outline, Rubber
Arm, LED Marker Lamp

MARKER LIGHTS
There will be one (1) pair of amber and red LED marker lights with rubber arm, located on the trailer in the standard location at the rear. The amber lens will face the front and the red lens will face the rear of the truck.

These lights will be activated with the running lights of the vehicle. 35968Bid #:
0804519 Lights, Tail, Wln M62BTT* Red
Stop/Tail & M62T* Amber Dir Arw
w/Flange

REAR FMVSS LIGHTING
The rear stop/tail and directional lighting will include the following:

Two (2) Whelen®, Model M62BTT, 4.30" high x 6.70" wide x 1.40" deep brake/tail lights with red LEDs
Two (2) Whelen, Model M62T, 4.30" high x 6.70" wide x 1.40" deep directional lights with amber LEDs. The directional lights will be set to Steady On (Arrow) flash pattern.

The lens color(s) to be the same as the LEDs.

The lights to include chrome trim.
0805618 Lights, Backup, Wln M62BU

There will be two (2) Whelen® Model M62BU, 4.31" high x 6.75" wide x 1.37" deep backup lights with white LEDs, clear lenses and chrome trim provided. 0889577 Bracket, License Plate & Light, P25
LED, Stainless Brkt

LICENSE PLATE BRACKET
One (1) license plate bracket constructed of stainless steel will be provided at the rear of the apparatus.

One (1) white LED light with chrome housing will be provided to illuminate the license plate. A stainless steel light shield will be provided over the light that will direct illumination downward, preventing white light to the rear.
0589905 Alarm, Back-up Warning, PRECO
1040

BACK-UP ALARM
A PRECO, Model 1040, solid-state electronic audible back-up alarm that actuates when the truck is shifted into reverse will be provided. The device will sound at 60 pulses per minute and automatically adjust its volume to maintain a minimum ten (10) dBA above surrounding environmental noise levels.
0059809 Light, Marker, Weldon, 9186-1500
LED, Location

MARKER LIGHTS
There will be one (1) pair of Weldon, Model: 9186-1500-10 or 9186-1500-20, LED marker lights installed on this apparatus, one (1) light each side per the quantity selected.

These lights will be activated with the headlight switch.

These lights will be located on top of the trailer catwalk directly above the tiller trailer axle. These lights will be installed into the rub rail or with metal flanges to protect them from most damage.

Amber lights will be used except for the rear most light at the rear of the apparatus which will be red.
0804537 Lights, Cornering, Tiller, Wln, 704BU,
2 lts

TILLER CORNERING LIGHTS
There will be two (2) Whelen®, Model 704BU, 3.06" high x 7.25" wide x 1.25" deep lights with white LEDs and chrome trim installed per the following:
one (1) light will be installed on the left side body in front of the trailer axle one (1) light will be installed on the right side body in front of the trailer axle The lights will be activated by the high beam function of the directional switch on the tiller cab steering column or the chassis directional light circuit. 0626588 Lights, Perimeter Cab, TecNiq T10-
LC00-1 15" LED 4Dr

CAB PERIMETER SCENE LIGHTS
There will be four (4) TecNiq, Model T10-LC00-1, 15.00" lights with white LEDs and 45 degree stainless steel brackets provided per the following:
one (1) under the driver's side cab access step
one (1) under the passenger's side cab access step
one (1) under the passenger's side crew cab access step one (1) under the driver's side crew cab access step
The lights will be activated when the battery switch is on, when the respective door is open and by the same control selected for the body perimeter lights. 0760732 SP Lights, Perimeter Body, TecNiq T10-
LC00-1 15" LED 4lts, Turntbl/Rr Stp,
Tiller

BODY PERIMETER SCENE LIGHTS
There will be four (4) TecNiq part number T10-LC00-1, 1.28" high x 15.52" long x 0.48" deep lights with white LEDs provided per the following:

One (1) light under the left side turntable access steps One (1) light under the left side tiller cab access steps One (1) light under the right side tiller cab access steps One (1) light under the right side turntable access steps The lights will be activated when a switch within reach of the driver is activated and the parking brake is applied.
0552317 Lights, Perimeter, Wln 20C0CDCR

ADDITIONAL PERIMETER LIGHTS
There will be eight (8) lights in addition to the standard body perimeter light(s) installed under front bumper center, D2, P3, spilt under P4 and P5, split under D3 and D4, split under P6 and P7, under D5 rear of the air oulet, below rear ladder access center.

These additional light(s) will be Whelen, Model 20C0CDCR, 4.00" round LED light(s) with grommet(s).

These additional light(s) will be controlled the same as the other perimeter lights. 36968Bid #:
0896454 Enhanced Software for Perimeter Lts

ENHANCED SOFTWARE FOR PERIMETER LIGHTS
All perimeter lights will be deactivated when the parking brake is released unless alternate control is selected.

The cab and crew cab perimeter lights will remain on for ten (10) seconds for improved visibility after the doors closed.
0813525 Lights, Step, P25 LED, Tiller, Control,
Trim Feature

STEP LIGHTS
There will be a total of sixteen (16) white LED step lights provided for access to the tiller cab and turntable.

In order to ensure exceptional illumination, each light will provide a minimum of 25 foot-candles (fc) covering an entire 15" x trim shall be chrome 15" square placed ten (10) inches below the light and a minimum of 1.5 fc covering an entire 30" x 30" square at the same ten (10) inch distance below the light.

The step lights will be activated when parking brake is applied.

The [Color, Trim].

All other steps on the apparatus will be illuminated per the current edition of applicable NFPA standards.
0690488 Lights, Side Scene, Zico ZQL-SS-
LED, Stainless 2nd

SCENE LIGHTS
There will be two (2) Ziamatic, Model Model ZQL-SS-LED, LED scene light(s) with stainless steel housing, installed on the side of the apparatus, P/S in the trailer axle fender well, one facing forward and one facing rear.

A control for the light(s) selected above will be the following:
no additional switch location
no additional switch location
Right Tiller Directional Switch
Turn SIgnal - DS/PS turn Signal (cab) Matching feature value of option 550452 within bid) These lights may be load managed when the parking brake is set. 0550452 Lights, Side Scene, Zico ZQL-SS-
LED, Stainless 1st

SCENE LIGHTS
There will be two (2) Ziamatic, Model Model ZQL-SS-LED, LED scene light(s) with stainless steel housing, installed on the side of the apparatus, D/S in the trailer axle fender well, one facing rearward and one light facing forward.

A control for the light(s) selected above will be the following:
no additional switch location
left cornering lights activated with tiller cab left turn signal switch no additional switch location
ds/ps turn signal switch
These lights may be load managed when the parking brake is set. 0666072 Lights, Tractor Scene, Wln M6ZC
LED Rear of Cab 2lts

SCENE LIGHTS
There will be one (1) pair of Whelen, Model M6ZC LED scene lights installed on the rear exterior wall of the tractor cab with chrome flanges.

The lights will be controlled by the aerial master switch. 0776357 Light, Visor, Wln, 12V P*H2* Pioneer,
Cnt Feature, 1st
12 VOLT LIGHTING
There will be one (1) Whelen® Model P*H2*, 17,750 lumens 12 volt DC light(s) with a combination of flood and spot optics provided on the front visor, centered.

The housing(s) painted parts of this light assembly to be black.

The light(s) will be controlled by a switch at the driver's side switch panel and by a switch at the passenger's side switch panel.

These light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0774948 Lights, Wln, P*H1* Pioneer, 12 VDC,
2nd
12 VOLT DC SCENE LIGHTS
There will be one (1) Whelen® Model P*H1*, 8,875 lumens 12 volt DC powered lights with white LEDs and flood optics installed on the apparatus located, PS Upper Crew Cab (Match Job 35932).

The light(s) to be installed in a all black 15 degree vertical recessed bracket PBH103BB.

The painted parts of this light assembly to be black.

The lights will be activated by a switch at the driver's side switch panel and by a switch at the passenger's side switch panel.

The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0775524 Lights, Wln, P*H1* Pioneer, 12 VDC,
1st
12 VOLT DC SCENE LIGHTS
There will be one (1) Whelen® Model P*H1*, 8,875 lumens 12 volt DC powered lights with white LEDs and flood optics installed on the apparatus located, DS Upper Crew Cab (Match Job 35932).

The light(s) to be installed in a all black 15 degree vertical recessed bracket PBH103BB.

The painted parts of this light assembly to be black.

The lights will be activated by a switch at the driver's side switch panel and by a switch at the passenger's side switch panel.

The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 37968Bid #:
0768928 Lights, Wln, PSL2** Pioneer, 12
VDC, 2nd
12 VOLT LIGHTING
There will be two (2) Whelen® Model PSL2**, 7,300 lumens 12 volt DC LED light(s) installed on the body located, One (1) As far back as possible above LS3 One (1) As Far Forward as possible above LS6.

The painted parts of this light assembly to be black.

The light(s) to be installed on adjustable bail bracket(s).

The lights will be controlled when the battery switch is on and by the same control that has been selected for the driver's side scene light(s).

The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0768929 Lights, Wln, PSL2** Pioneer, 12
VDC, 1st
12 VOLT LIGHTING
There will be two (2) Whelen® Model PSL2**, 7,300 lumens 12 volt DC LED light(s) installed on the body located, One (1) As far back as possible above RS4 One (1) As Far Forward as possible above RS7.

The painted parts of this light assembly to be black.

The light(s) to be installed on adjustable bail bracket(s).

The lights will be controlled when the battery switch is on and by a switch in the tiller cab and by the same control that has been selected for the right side scene light(s).

The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0736743 Light, Wln, 12V PSL2** Slm Ln, 12
VDC 2nd
12 VOLT LIGHTING ON TILLER CAB
There will be two (2) Whelen® Model PSL2**, 10,206 lumens 12 volt light(s) with white LEDs and flood optics. The painted parts of this light assembly to be black. The light(s) to be installed on adjustable bail bracket(s) and located on the tiller cab, PS of the tiller cab and on the catwalk above the forward portion of RS5.

The light(s) will be controlled by a switch in the tiller cab.

The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0736755 Light, Wln, 12V PSL2** Slm Ln, 12
VDC 1st
12 VOLT LIGHTING ON TILLER CAB
There will be two (2) Whelen® Model PSL2**, 10,206 lumens 12 volt light(s) with white LEDs and flood optics. The painted parts of this light assembly to be black. The light(s) to be installed on adjustable bail bracket(s) and located on the tiller cab, DS of the tiller cab and on the catwalk above the forward portion of LS4 (Match Job # 28976).

The light(s) will be controlled by a switch in the tiller cab.

The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0889974 Light, Wln, 12V PSL2** Slm Ln, 12
VDC 3rd
12 VOLT LIGHTING ON TILLER CAB
There will be one (1) Whelen® Model PSL2**, 10,206 lumens 12 volt light(s) with white LEDs and 40 degree x 20 degree flood optics. The painted parts of this light assembly to be black. The light (s) to be installed in a 15 degree vertical recessed bracket and located on the tiller cab, Back of Tiller Cab (Match Job 28976).

The light(s) will be controlled by a switch at the driver's side switch panel and by a switch in the tiller cab.

The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0645678 Lights, Not Required, Rear Work, Alt.
120/240 Volt Lights At Rear Body

0797313 Not Required, No Walking Surface,
NFPA
0090655 Aerial, Tiller, No Pump, Alum Body
0554269 Body Skirt Height, 18"

0013481 Not Required, Hose Bed Capacity

0013534 Not Required, Running Boards

0825621 Turntable Steps-Morton Cass,
LS/RS, Tiller Single Axle

TURNTABLE STEPS
Steps to access the turntable from the left and right side will be provided just behind the reservoir compartment. The bottom step will have a step height not exceeding 24.00" from the ground to the top surface of the step at any time. All steps will have a height no greater than 14.00" from top surface to top surface.

The steps will be welded in place with the stepping area made of Morton Tread-Grip® channel.

The stepwell will be lined with bright aluminum treadplate to act as scuffplates.

A knurled aluminum handrail handrail will be provided on the forward side of the access steps. 38968Bid #:
0690023 Wall, Rear, Smooth Aluminum SMOOTH ALUMINUM REAR WALL The rear wall will be smooth aluminum.
0029503 Tow Eyes (2), Painted Lower Job
Color, Aerial

TOW EYES
Two (2) rear painted tow eyes will be located at the rear of the apparatus and will be mounted directly to the torque box. The inner and outer edges of the tow eyes will be radiused. Each tow eye will be rated for 9000lb and painted to match the lower job color. 0090670 Construction, Compt, Alum, Tiller COMPARTMENTATION Body and compartments will be fabricated of .125", 5052-H32 aluminum.

Side compartments will be an integral assembly with the rear fenders.

Circular fender liners will be provided for prevention of rust pockets and ease of maintenance.

Compartment flooring will be of the sweep out design with the floor higher than the compartment door lip.

The compartment door opening will be framed by flanging the edges in 1.75" and bending out again .75" to form an angle.

Drip protection will be provided above the doors by means of bright aluminum extrusion or formed bright aluminum treadplate.

The top of the compartment will be covered with bright aluminum treadplate rolled over the edges on the front, rear and outward side. These covers will have the corners welded.

Side compartment covers will be separate from the compartment tops.

All screws and bolts which protrude into a compartment will have acorn nuts on the ends to prevent injury.

A support system will be used which will incorporate a floating substructure by using Neoprene Elastomer isolators to allow the body to remain rigid while the chassis goes through its natural flex. The isolators will have a broad range of proven viability in vehicular applications, be of a fail safe design, and allow for all necessary movement in three (3) transitional and rotational modes.

This will result in a 500 lb equipment rating for each lower compartment of the body.

The compartmentation will include a 3.00" steel support assemblies which are bolted to the chassis frame rails. A steel framework will be mounted to the body above these support assemblies connected to the support assemblies with isolators. There will be one (1) support assembly mounted to each chassis frame rail.

AGGRESSIVE WALKING SURFACE
All exterior surfaces designated as stepping, standing, and walking areas will comply with the required average slip resistance of the current NFPA standards.

LOUVERS
All body compartments will have a minimum of one (1) set of louvers stamped into a wall to provide the proper airflow inside the compartment and to prevent water from dripping into the compartment. These louvers will be formed into the metal and not added to the compartment as a separate plate.
0824055 SP Compt,Single Reserv,22.5"HTop Stg
Area w/Ctr Lift,Grating,F/D Ea
Side,Dbl Dr.47"

TRACTOR RESERVOIR COMPARTMENT
A compartment will be provided ahead of the tractor fifth wheel.

The compartment on the left side will be approximately 44.00" wide x 37.75" high x 8.00" deep in the forward 10.63" of width, with the remainder of the compartment being 24.00" deep. The clear door opening will be 39.50" wide x 29.75" high.

The compartment on the right side will be approximately 44.00" wide x 36.75" high x 8.00" deep in the forward 10.63" of width, with the remainder of the compartment being 24.00" deep. The clear door opening will be 39.50" wide x 28.75" high. The floor of this compartment will be raised

1.00" to allow for proper clearance from exhaust components.

The transverse section will be approximately 34.38" wide x 15.50" high.

There will be two (2) LED strip lights mounted on the forward wall, one each side of the apparatus to illuminate this compartment.

The compartment will be fabricated out of smooth aluminum painted job color. Bright aluminum treadplate will be provided on the top of the compartment.

The compartment will be furnished with a double lap door on each side that has a D handle latch and positive door hold open device.

There will be an additional upper storage area provided rearward of the reservoir components.

The size of this storage area will be approximately 14.00" wide x 22.50" high x 76.00" long. A lift up cover will be provided on the top. The hinge will be located towards the cab side and be located such that only the rear half of the cover opens up. A D-ring latch will be provided on each end, as well as gas shocks to hold the cover open. To illuminate this area, an Amdor Model AY-9750-040 white light will be provided running length-wise across the compartment. Hose grating will be provided on the floor of this rearward storage area. 0652578 SP Compt, F/H, Trans Roll, Special
Generator Mounting, 92.00" Wide, LS
Front,Tiller

LEFT SIDE COMPARTMENTATION
Left side compartmentation will consist of the following:

Two (2) compartments will be provided in the front body section on the left side. Each compartment will be full-height.

The forward compartment will be approximately 47.13" wide x 55.63" high x 24.50" deep with a door opening of approximately 39.00" wide x 47.75" high.

The transverse area to the right side will be approximately 20.00" high due to the generator mounting.

The rear compartment will be approximately 44.50" wide x 55.63" high x 24.50" deep with a door opening of approximately 39.00" wide x 47.75" high.

The upper 38.75" of this compartment will be transverse to the right side front compartmentation.

Both compartments will have roll-up doors.
39968Bid #:
0036503 Compt, F/H, Trans Front, Roll, LS
Center, Tiller
Two (2) compartments will be provided in the center body section on the left side. Each compartment will be full-height.

The forward compartment will be approximately 47.13" wide x 55.63" high x 24.50" deep with a minimum clear door opening of approximately 38.75" wide x 45.87" high.

The upper 38.75" of the forward compartment will be transverse to the right side front compartmentation.

The rear compartment will be approximately 44.50" wide x 55.63" high x 24.50" deep with a minimum clear door opening of approximately 38.75" wide x 45.87" high.

Both compartments will have roll-up doors.
0822192 SP Compt, F/H F/D Front Roll, Low Rear
Roll, Spec Cab Steps, Narrow Rear
Two (2) compartments will be provided in the rear body section on the left side.

The forward compartment will be approximately 69.00" wide x 49.63" high x 24.50" deep in the lower 24.13" of the compartment with the remaining upper portion being approximately 22.50" deep. The minimum clear door opening will be approximately 63.25" wide x 39.87" high. This compartment will be located ahead of the rear wheels and will have a roll-up door.

The rearward compartment will be approximately 42.00" wide x 24.13" high x 21.25" deep with a minimum clear door opening of approximately 36.25" wide x 16.87" high. The forward 21.25" of compartment width will be approximately 9.00" deep. This compartment will be located behind the rear wheels and in front of the tiller cab access steps and have a roll-up door. 0652577 SP Compt, F/H, Trans Roll, Special
Generator Mounting, 92.00" Wide,
RS Front,Tiller

RIGHT SIDE COMPARTMENTATION
Right side compartmentation will consist of the following:

Two (2) compartments will be provided in the front body section on the right side. Each compartment will be full-height.

The forward compartment will be approximately 47.13" wide x 55.63" high x 24.50" deep with a door opening of approximately 39.00" wide x 47.75" high.

The transverse area to the left side will be approximately 20.00" high due to the generator mounting.

The rear compartment will be approximately 44.50" wide x 55.63" high x 24.50" deep with a door opening of approximately 39.00" wide x 47.75" high.

The upper 38.75" of this compartment will be transverse to the left side front compartmentation.

Both compartments will have roll-up doors.
0036512 Compt, F/H, Trans Front, Roll, RS
Center, Tiller
Two (2) compartments will be provided in the center body section on the right side. Each compartment will be full-height.

The forward compartment will be approximately 47.13" wide x 55.63" high x 24.50" deep with a minimum clear door opening of approximately 38.75" wide x 45.87" high.

The upper 38.75" of the forward compartment will be transverse to the left side front compartmentation.

The rear compartment will be approximately 44.50" wide x 55.63" high x 24.50" deep with a minimum clear door opening of approximately 38.75" wide x 45.87" high.

Both compartments will have roll-up doors.
0793424 Compt, F/H F/D Front/Rear Roll,
Center Lift Past 90, Special Cab
Steps,78"Wide
Three (3) compartments will be provided in the rear body section on the right side.

The compartment directly above the rear wheels will be approximately 57.00" wide x 19.63" high x 13.50" deep with a clear door opening of approximately 52.25" wide x 13.75" high. This compartment will be provided with a lift-up door. This lift-up door will be provided with a cylinder that allows it to open approximately 120 degrees.

The rearward compartment will be approximately 42.00" wide x 49.63" high x 21.00" deep with a minimum clear door opening of approximately 36.25" wide x 39.87" high. This compartment will be located behind the rear wheels and in front of the tiller cab access steps and will have a roll-up door. The forward 21.25" of compartment width and 24.25" of compartment height will be 9.00" deep.
40968Bid #:
0594014 Doors, Amdor, Rollup, Side
Compartments

ROLL-UP DOOR, SIDE COMPARTMENTS
There will be 12 compartment doors installed on the side compartments, double faced, aluminum construction, painted one (1) color to match the lower portion of the body and manufactured by AMDOR™ brand roll-up doors.

Door(s) will be constructed using 1.00" extruded double wall aluminum slats which will feature a flat smooth interior surface to provide maximum protection against equipment hang-up. The slats will be connected with a structural driven ball and socket hinge designed to provide maximum curtain diaphragm strength. Mounting and adjusting the curtain will be done with a clip system that connects the curtain to the balancer drum allowing for easy tension adjustment without tools.

The slats will be mounted in reusable slat shoes with positive snap-lock securement.

Each slat will incorporate weather tight recessed dual durometer seals. One (1) fin will be designed to locate the seal within the extrusion. The second will serve as a wiping seal which will also allow for compression to prevent water ingression.

The doors will be mounted in a one (1)-piece aluminum side frame with recessed side seals to minimize seal damage during equipment deployment. All seals including side frames, top gutters and bottom panel are to be manufactured utilizing non-marring materials.

Bottom panel flange of roll-up door will be equipped with two (2) cut-outs to allow for easier access with gloved hands.

A polished stainless steel lift bar with locking key latches to be provided for each roll-up door. The keys to be Model J236 for all compartment doors. The lift bar will be located at the bottom of door with striker latches installed at the base of the side frames. Side frame mounted door strikers will include support beneath the stainless steel lift bar to prevent door curtain bounce, improve bottom seal life expectancy and to avoid false door ajar signals.

All injection molded roll-up door wear components will be constructed of Type 6 nylon.

Each roll-up door will have a 3.00 inch diameter balancer/tensioner drum to assist in lifting the door.

The header for the roll-up door assembly will not exceed 4.00".

A heavy-duty magnetic switch will be used for control of open compartment door warning lights. 0544873 Bumper, Rear, Rub Rail, Aerial

REAR BUMPER
An aluminum rub rail will be provided at the rear of the unit. It will extend the full width of the compartments.
0688458 SP Scuffplate, Location SCUFFPLATE
There will be Two (2) scuffplatespolished stainless steel scuffplates furnished On the top rail of the aerial egress, from the bolted location out to where the front starts to curve. Please make these 3 sided plates to wrap the top and sides of the upper egress section 0062742 Compartment Door(s), Open Past 90
Degrees

COMPARTMENT DOOR MODIFICATION
There will be one (1) compartment door that will be provided with the capability to open past 90 degrees.

The door(s) to receive this modification are located P2. 0019845 Guard, Drip Pan, S/S, Rollup Door

DOOR GUARD
There will be 12 compartment doors that will include a guard/drip pan designed to protect the roll- up door from damage when in the retracted position and contain any water spray. The guard will be fabricated from stainless steel and installed all body roll up door compartments. 0028546 D-Ring Latch for Free Door, Lap
Doors

FREE DOOR D-RING LATCH
A D-ring style latch will be provided on the free door for three (3) compartment doors. The compartmentation, to have a free door latch(es), will be LS7, RS8 and R1. 0641823 Electric Door Locks, Body Doors, Lap

ELECTRIC DOOR LOCKS
There will be three (3) door(s) located LS7, RS8, RS2 equipped with electric locks. The locks will be wired battery direct. The switch for control will be located With roll-up door control switch (LS Aerial Stabilizer control). In the event of loss of power, a manual override is available. 0641826 Electric Door Locks, Body Doors,
Amdor

ELECTRIC DOOR LOCKS
There will be twelve (12) door(s) located Within Stabilizer Control Box LS equipped with electric locks. The locks will be wired battery direct. The switch for control will be located RS1, RS3, RS4, RS5, RS6, RS7, LS1, LS2, LS3, LS4, LS5 and LS6. In the event of loss of power, a manual override is available.
0642303 Master Control, Electric Door Locks,
Body Drs and Cab Drs, Vel/Imp,Enf

CONTROL OF ELECTRIC DOOR LOCKS
The electric body door locks will be locked or unlocked with the cab controls.

In the event of loss of power, a manual override is available. 0074012 Scuffplate, Brushed S/S, Inside
Compartment Door

SCUFFPLATE ON INTERIOR OF COMPARTMENT DOOR(S)
The four (4) compartment doors will include a brushed stainless steel scuffplate to cover the entire width and height on the inside panel of each door pan.

Scuffplate will be located D7, P8.
41968Bid #:
0689549 Lights, Compt, Pierce LED, Dual
Light Strips, Each Side of Door

COMPARTMENT LIGHTING
There will be thirteen (13) compartment(s) with two (2) white 12 volt DC LED compartment light strips. The dual light strips will be centered vertically along each side of the door framing. There will be two (2) light strips per compartment. The dual light strips will be in compartment(s): all side bod compartments, D7/P8 are inluded with reservoir compartment option.

Any remaining compartments without light strips will have a 6.00" diameter Truck-Lite, Model 79384, light. Each light will have a number 1076 one filament, two wire bulb.

Opening the compartment door will automatically turn the compartment lighting on. 0689539 Lights, Compt, Pierce, LED Light
Strip, 36", Additional

COMPARTMENT LIGHTING, ADDITIONAL
There will be one (1) Pierce LED strip light(s) provided in the compartment(s) located overhead in R1. Each light will be 36.00" in length.

Opening the compartment door(s) will automatically turn the compartment lighting on. 0689540 Lights, Compt, Pierce, LED Light
Strip, 27", Additional

COMPARTMENT LIGHTING, ADDITIONAL
There will be two (2) Pierce LED strip light(s) provided in the compartment(s) located reservoir compartment rear door frame each side. Each light will be 27.00" in length.

Opening the compartment door(s) will automatically turn the compartment lighting on. 0689541 Lights, Compt, Pierce, LED Light
Strip, 9", Additional

COMPARTMENT LIGHTING, ADDITIONAL
There will be one (1) Pierce LED light(s) provided in the compartment(s) located overhead in R2.

Each light will be 9.00" in length.

Opening the compartment door(s) will automatically turn the compartment lighting on. 0603420 Shelf Tracks, Painted, Aerial

MOUNTING TRACKS
There will be eight (8) sets of tracks for mounting shelf(s) in LS2, LS3, LS5, LS6, RS3, RS4, RS6 and RS7. These tracks will be installed vertically to support the adjustable shelf(s) and will be full height of the compartment. The tracks will be painted to match the compartment interior. 0638569 Shelves, Fixed, 500 lb Capacity, Full
Width/Depth, Painted Spatter Gray

FIXED SHELVES
There will be one (1) shelf with a capacity of 500 lb provided. The shelf construction will consist of .188" aluminum with 2.00" sides. Each shelf will be painted spatter gray to match the compartment interior. Each shelf will be fixed in its location in the compartment The shelves will be held in place by .12" thick stamped plated brackets and bolts or angles bolted to the compartment as the engineer or shop floor see fit.

The location will be D4/P5 full width, mounted 7.00" above the floor extensions. This dmension is needed for the rescue jacks being installed on P5 above the floor extension. 0687112 Shelves, Adjustable, 500 lb Capacity,
Full Width/Depth, Painted

ADJUSTABLE SHELVES
There will be seven (7) shelves with a capacity of 500 lb provided. The shelf construction will consist of .188" aluminum with 2.00" sides. Each shelf will be painted spatter gray. Each shelf will be infinitely adjustable by means of a threaded fastener, which slides in a track.

The shelves will be held in place by 0.12" thick stamped plated brackets and bolts.

The location will be Two (2) in D3 - see photo, two (2) in P4 at 18" and 32.5", D2 upper - see photo, D2 lower - see photo, P3 upper at 32.5".
0015364 Tray, 500 lb, Slide-out, 2-Way, Utility,
Adj Height, 3" Sides, Full Trans
TWO (2) WAY SLIDE-OUT UTILITY TRAY
There will be two (2) slide-out trays provided.

Each tray will be rated for up to 500 lb in the extended position. The tray(s) will be constructed of .19" thick aluminum for the tray bottom and special aluminum extrusions for the tray sides, ends and tracks. The corners will be welded.

The tray will have 3.00" high sides, will span the full depth of the transverse compartment and will be as wide as possible for the compartment.

The tray will be supported with a minimum of six (6) ball bearing rollers. The tray will slide out two thirds (2/3) of its length to either side of the apparatus.

Automatic locks will be provided for both the in and out positions. The trip mechanism for the locks will be located at the front of the tray for ease of use with a gloved hand.

The vertical location of the tray within the compartment will be adjustable.

The tray(s) will be located D5/P6 at 19", D6/P7 at 20.5". 0083986 Tray, 215 lb, Tilt/Slide-Out, 30 Deg,
Adj

SLIDE-OUT/TILT-DOWN TRAY
There will be two (2) slide-out trays provided.

The bottom of each tray will constructed of 0.188" thick aluminum while special aluminum extrusions will be utilized for the tray sides, ends, and tracks. The corners will be welded to form a rigid unit.

A spring loaded lock will be provided on each side at the front of the tray. Releasing the locks will allow the tray to slide out approximately two-thirds (2/3) of its length from the stowed position and tip 30 degrees down from horizontal. The tray will be equipped with ball bearing rollers for smooth operation.

Rubber padded stops will be provided for the tray in the extended positions.

The capacity rating of the tray will be a minimum of 215 lb in the extended position.

The vertical position of the tray within the compartment will be adjustable.

The tray(s) will be located in LS5 and LS6.
42968Bid #:
0510777 Tray, 215 lb, Tilt/Slide-Out, 30 Deg,
Adj, 1/2 Trans

SLIDE-OUT/TILT-DOWN TRAY
There will be two (2) slide-out trays provided.

The bottom of each tray will be constructed of 0.188" thick aluminum while special aluminum extrusions will be utilized for the tray sides, ends, and tracks. The corners will be welded to form a rigid unit.

The tray will be half depth of the transverse compartment.

A spring-loaded lock will be provided on each side at the front of the tray. Releasing the locks will allow the tray to slide out approximately two-thirds (2/3) of its length from the stowed position and tip 30 degrees down from horizontal. The tray will be equipped with ball bearing rollers for smooth operation.

Rubber padded stops will be provided for the tray in the extended positions.

The capacity rating of the tray will be a minimum of 215 lb in the extended position.

The vertical position of the tray within the compartment will be adjustable.

The tray(s) will be located D6, P7 at 32.5" - painted compartment interior. 0647091 Tray, Floor Mounted, Slide-Out,
500lb, 2.00" Sides

SLIDE-OUT FLOOR MOUNTED TRAY
There will be five (5) floor mounted slide-out tray(s) provided.

Each tray will have 2.00" high sides and a minimum capacity rating of 500 lb in the extended position.

Each tray will be constructed of aluminum painted nightspots.

There will be two undermount-roller bearing type slides rated at 250 lb each provided. The pair of slides will have a safety factor rating of 2.

To ensure years of dependable service, the slides will be coated with a finish that is tested to withstand a minimum of 1,000 hours of salt spray per ASTM B117.

To ensure years of easy operation, the slides will require no more than a 50lb force for push-in or pull-out movement when fully loaded after having been subjected to a 40 hour vibration (shaker) test under full load. The vibration drive file will have been generated from accelerometer data collected from a heavy truck chassis driven over rough gravel roads in an unloaded condition.

Proof of compliance will be provided upon request.

Automatic locks will be provided for both the "in" and "out" positions. The trip mechanism for the locks will be located at the front of the tray for ease of use with a gloved hand.

The location(s) will be RS4, RS5, LS4, LS5 and RS7.
0646005 Tray, Floor Mounted, Utility, Two Way
Slide-Out, 500lb, 3" Sides, Full Trans
TWO (2) WAY UTILITY SLIDE-OUT FLOOR MOUNTED TRAY
There will be two (2) floor mounted utility slide-out tray(s) provided in D4/P5 side by side with shelf track for Customer installed toolboard mounted in each tray - see photo. Each tray will be rated for up to 500lb in the extended position. The tray(s) will be constructed of .19" thick aluminum for the tray bottom and special aluminum extrusions for the tray sides, ends and tracks.

The corners will be welded. The finish will be painted spatter gray.

The tray will be 3.00" high x full depth of the transverse compartment x as wide as possible for the compartment.

The tray will be supported with a minimum of six (6) ball bearing rollers. The tray will slide out two thirds (2/3) of its length to either side of the apparatus.

Automatic locks will be provided for both the "in" and "out" positions. The trip mechanism for the locks will be located at the front of the tray for ease of use with a gloved hand. 0646301 Tray, Floor Mounted, Slide-Out,
Aluminum Plate, Flat Top

SLIDE-OUT FLOOR MOUNTED TRAY
There will be one (1) floor mounted slide-out tray(s) provided TBD at precon. A rating on this tray will not be provided due to the elimination of sides. The tray(s) will be constructed of 0.25" thick aluminum plate. The tray will be flat with no sides or flanges. The finish of the tray will be with a brushed finish.

There will be two undermount-roller bearing type slides rated at 250 lb each provided. The pair of slides will have a safety factor rating of 2.

To ensure years of dependable service, the slides will be coated with a finish that is tested to withstand a minimum of 1,000 hours of salt spray per ASTM B117.

To ensure years of easy operation, the slides will require no more than a 50 lb force for push-in or pull-out movement when fully loaded after having been subjected to a 40 hour vibration (shaker) test under full load. The vibration drive file will have been generated from accelerometer data collected from a heavy truck chassis driven over rough gravel roads in an unloaded condition.

Proof of compliance will be provided upon request.

Automatic locks will be provided for both the "in" and "out" positions. The trip mechanism for the locks will be located at the front of the tray for ease of use with a gloved hand. 0799600 SP Tray, Floor Mounted, Slide-Out, 1.00"
Sides Front/Rear, Three (3) Slides

SLIDE-OUT FLOOR MOUNTED TRAY
There will be one (1) floor mounted slide-out tray(s) provided P3. A capacity rating will not be available on this tray due to a reduced side height being less than 2.00". The tray(s) will be constructed of .19" aluminum. The tray will have 1.00" flanges on the front and rear.

There will be three (3) undermount-roller bearing type slides rated at 250lb each provided.

To ensure years of dependable service, the slides will be coated with a finish that is tested to withstand a minimum of 1,000 hours of salt spray per ASTM B117.

Proof of compliance will be provided upon request.

Automatic locks will be provided for both the "in" and "out" positions. The trip mechanism for the locks will be located at the front of the tray for ease of use with a gloved hand. The lock mechanism will be provided on the center slide.
43968Bid #:
0811095 SP Respond Ready Storage w/4
Drawers, Painted & Powder Coated,
38"W, 4"/4"/4"/6"

TOOL BOX
There will be one (1) Respond Ready heavy duty drawer system(s) with four (4) drawers installed floor of LS3 (Match Job 28976).

The drawer system will consist of one (1) flat top shelf, side panels with 1/2 inch risers, heavy duty 500lb slides, lock-out drawers, single handle latching hardware, powder coated front panels and galvanized components.

The unit will be painted red.

The drawers will be configured in a drawer system measuring 19.70" H x 38.00" W x 23.70" D exterior dimensions.

Drawers will consist of one (1) 6.00" drawer (bottom) and three (3) 4.00" drawers.

Each drawer will contain four (4) dividers.
0646185 Toolboard, Slide-out, Alum, .188",
Peg Board, "L"-Shaped

SLIDE-OUT TOOLBOARD
A slide-out aluminum toolboard will be provided. The tool board will be designed to include the upper and lower sections of the compartment.

It will be a minimum of 0.188" thick with .281" diameter holes in a pegboard pattern with 1.00" centers between holes.

A 1.00" x 1.00" aluminum tube frame will be welded to the edge of the pegboard. A handhold cutout will be provided on the outboard edge of the toolboard.

The board will be mounted on an undermount-roller bearing type slide rated at 250 lb with a factor of safety of 2.

To ensure years of dependable service the slides will be coated with a finish that is tested to withstand a minimum of 1,000 hours of salt spray per ASTM B117.

To ensure years of easy operation, the slides will require no more than a 50 pound force for push- in or pull-out movement when fully loaded after having been subjected to a 40 hour vibration (shaker) test under full load. The vibration drive file will have been generated from accelerometer data collected from a heavy truck chassis driven over rough gravel roads in an unloaded condition. Proof of compliance will be provided upon request.

The slide will be mounted stationary within the compartment.

The board will have positive lock in the stowed and extended position.

There will be One (1) toolboard(s) provided. The toolboard(s) will be spatter gray painted and installed P7.
0726429 Partition, Vertical Compt, Transverse
Compt, Aerials/HDRs

PARTITION IN TRANSVERSE COMPARTMENT
One (1) partition will be bolted in full width in RS7 and LS6 rearward, mounted 10.00" clear from door frame (Match Job 28976). Each partition will be the full vertical height of the compartment. 0726451 Partition, Vertical Compt VERTICAL COMPARTMENT PARTITION One (1) partition will be bolted in LS7 and RS8 to enclose the cylinder (install with nutserts to make removable (Match Job 28976). Each partition will be the full vertical height of the compartment.
0004005 Aluminum Treadplate on
Compartment Floor

COMPARTMENT FLOOR SCUFFPLATE
Aluminum treadplate will be provided on the floor of one (1) compartments. The locations will be, P6.

The edges of the treadplate will be completely caulked before installation to prevent corrosion. 0650491 DuraSurf, Compartment Floor

COMPARTMENT FLOOR SCUFFPLATE
DuraSurf will be provided on the floor of one (1) compartment(s). The compartment below R1 compartment(s) will be lined.
0614922 Dura Surf, Additional, Location

SCUFF RESISTANT MATERIAL
two (2) additional areas will be protected with Dura Surf material. The locations will be Floor of Stokes/Little Giant storage box.
0539811 Box, Poly Tool TOOL BOX
A tool box will be furnished.

The outside size will be 20.00" long x 12.00" wide x 12.00" deep.

The tool box will be black in color.

Construction will be of .50" polypropylene plastic with joints and seams nitrogen welded. A cut out carrying handle will be provided on each end.

There will be four (4) provided. It will be located three (3) in D5 on the floor mounted tray, one (1) ship loose.
0817125 SP Tray, 1" Sides, Fixed Floor Mount,
S/S, Unpainted

FLOOR MOUNTED FIXED TRAY
There will be one (1) fixed floor mount tray with 1.00" sides, front, and rear.

A capacity rating will not be available on this tray due to reduced side height being less than

2.00".

Tray location will be RS6 floor match 28976. Power unit to match mounting of 28976, streamline connections to be facing forward. Tray mounted towards to rear section of the floor in RS6.

The tray will be bolted to the floor of the compartment for a permanent mount. The tray will be constructed of stainless steel and unpainted.
44968Bid #:
0062168 Cable Release, Tilt Tray, IAT Std
Latches

CABLE RELEASE
A cable release will be provided to allow one handed operation of the latches for slide out tilt trays. A cable will connect the two pull knobs so when you pull the cable from the center, it will release the dual knobs and release the tray. Cable will be plastic coated.

A total of four (4) will be provided all slide out tilt trays. 0832901 Mirror, Velvac, 8" Round Convex,
Each Side, Tiller Body

TILLER CONVEX MIRRORS
An 8.00" convex mirror will be provided on each side of the tiller body Match Previous Job 28796.

The brackets will angle outward so the tillerman can see the rear bumper in the mirrors. 0661232 Compt, At Rear Between Tow Eyes,
Divider, Smooth Alum Sngl Pan Dr, D
Ring,Tiller

COMPARTMENT BETWEEN TOW EYES
A compartment will be supplied at the rear of the unit, above the rear bumper. It will be 8.50" high x 25.75" wide x 27.00" deep. The compartment will have two fixed dividers equally spaced to create three equal storage areas. The compartment will have a single-pan smooth aluminum drop-down door with a D-ring latch.
0660727 Louvers, Non-Standard Location, Per
Compartment

COMPARTMENT LOUVER, NON-STANDARD LOCATION
The louver(s) located in the P8 and D7 compartments will be provided rear inboard wall of D7 and P8, these shall be installed on the removable air tank cover within each compartment.. The quantity of louvers with non-standard locations is two (2). 0027093 Rack, Air Bags Inside Compartment,
6-Slot

AIR BAG STORAGE
There will be a rack installed for storing six (6) air bags in the D4 mounted on the floor extension centered compartment.

The rack will be fabricated from painted Nightspots 909017 .125" aluminum. The fire department will provide exact sizes of air bags prior to construction. The size of the air bags will be (2) @ 24" x 25" x 1.00", (2) @ 21" x 20" x 1.00", (1) @ 15" x 22" x1.00", (1) @ 7" x 7" x.1.00 (air bag size). 0050308 Rear of Body, Smooth Aluminum
Sheet

REAR WALL
The entire rear surface of the apparatus and all the doors will be covered with smooth aluminum. 0796214 Floor Extension, Compartment, 2.00"
Downturned Lip

FLOOR EXTENSION
There will be a compartment floor extension provided. The floor extension will extend from the area over the frame rails to within an inch of the compartment door. The floor extension will have a 2.00" vertical downturned lip and a 1.00" return flange.

A total of four (4) will be provided and located LS4 and RS5. 0796215 Floor Extension, Compartment, 1.00"
Upturned Lip

A total of one (1) will be provided and located D6 rear of vertical partition to support the pike pole storage.
0796216 Floor Extension, Compartment, 1.00"
Downturned Lip

FLOOR EXTENSION
There will be a compartment floor extension provided. The floor extension will extend from the area over the frame rails to within an inch of the compartment door. The floor extension will have a 1.00" vertical downturned lip and no return flange.

A total of one (1) will be provided and located D6 rear of vertical partition to support the pike pole storage.
0013202 Strap, Nylon w/Velcro

STRAP
There will be twelve (12) black 2.00" wide nylon strap(s) provided sized to hold two (2) blowers on the floor tray in P3 - size to be determined at post paint, match 28976, two to restrain the air bags in D4, and 8 mounted to restrain the SCBA bottles in D2. The strap(s) will be fastened with Velcro in the center.
0027090 Tracks, Equipment Mounting,
Horizontal

MOUNTING TRACKS
There will be eight (8) sets of tracks for mounting equipment. These tracks will be installed horizontally on the back wall of the compartment(s).

The compartment(s) with mounting tracks will be on the two trays in D4/P5. Mount four of them per tray as if the tool board was being installed. Customer is providing tool board from 28976. 0004016 Rub Rail, Aluminum Extruded, Side
of Body

RUB RAIL
Bottom edge of the side compartments will be trimmed with a bright aluminum extruded rub rail.

Trim will be 2.12" high with 1.38" flanges turned outward for rigidity.

The rub rails will not be an integral part of the body construction, which allows replacement in the event of damage.
45968Bid #:
0510626 Fender Crowns, Rear, S/S, Wider
Than Standard

BODY FENDER CROWNS
Stainless steel fender crowns will be provided around the rear wheel openings. These fender crowns must be wide enough to prevent splashing onto the body from the specified tires.

A rubber welting will be provided between the body and the crown to seal the seam and restrict moisture from entering.

A dielectric barrier will be provided between the fender crown fasteners (screws) and the fender sheet metal to prevent corrosion.
0558496 Handrails, Access to Tiller Cab, U-
Shaped, Knurled Aluminum, Front
Each Side

TILLER CAB HANDRAILS
A U-shaped handrail will be installed on each side of the truck on the forward side of the tiller cab access steps. The handrail will extend upward from the existing tiller cab handrail and form a U- shape approximately 10.00" high above the top of the body. The standard handrail will be provided on the rearward side of the steps. Handrails will be 1.25" diameter anodized aluminum extrusion, with a knurled design, to provide a positive gripping surface.

Chrome plated end stanchions will support the handrail. Plastic gaskets will be used between end stanchions and any painted surfaces.

Drain holes will be provided in the bottom of all vertically mounted handrails. 0505105 Handle, Grab, Chrome, Each

CHROME GRAB HANDLE
One (1) handrail, chrome plated grab handle, will be mounted on top of the hinged reservoir compartment door centered.
0004154 Handrail, Extra - 10" Long

ADDITIONAL HANDRAIL
Two (2) handrails, 10.00" long, will be mounted forward of D2 and P3 vertical for platform step.

The handrail will be constructed out of knurled aluminum. 0024205 Holder, Air Bottle w/CRS Strap, Body
Compt Mount w/Tracks

AIR BOTTLE HOLDERS
Three (3) brackets will be provided for mounting air bottles. Each bracket will be a Ziamatic, model UN-6-30-3-SF, and contain a collision restraint strap. It will be mounted on tracks and used for adjusting the location of the bracket within the compartment. The brackets will be installed in compartment one in P1, two shipped loose.
0024210 Storage Bin, Air Bottle, 7.50" Square AIR BOTTLE STORAGE BIN A storage bin will be provided for storage of 16 air bottles. This storage bin will be installed floor of D2. Each separate air bottle storage compartment will be 7.50" square x 23.00" deep. The storage bin will be formed out of aluminum and the flooring lined with Dura-surf. 0724007 SP Storage Bin, Extinguisher, One, 45
Degree Tilt Out

EXTINGUISHER STORAGE BIN
A storage bin will be provided for storage of one (1) hand held fire extinguisher. This storage bin will be installed PS compartment behind crew cab door (watercan) DS compartment behind crew cab door (drychem). Each bin will be size to hold an extinguisher that is the following diameter and height: Watercan (PS) 24.5" Tall x 8" Diameter Dry Chem (DS) 24" Tall x 8.5" Diameter. The bin will tilt out 45 degrees and be formed out of aluminum with Dura-surf on the floor. 0004218 Ladder, 35' Duo-Safety 1200A 2-Sect

EXTENSION LADDER
There will be two (2) 35' two (2) section aluminum Duo-Safety Series 1200-A extension ladder(s) provided.
0010406 Ladder, 28' Duo-Safety 1200A 2-
Section

AERIAL EXTENSION LADDERS
There will be two (2) 28' two (2) section aluminum Duo-Safety Series 1200-A extension ladder(s) provided and located in the ladder storage compartment. 0074230 Ladder, 20' Duo-Safety 875A Roof

ROOF LADDER
There will be one (1) 20' aluminum Duo-Safety Series 875-A roof ladder(s) provided. 0654575 Ladder, 10' Duo-Safety 775-DR Roof ADDED ROOF LADDER There will be one (1) 10' aluminum roof ladder(s), Series 775, with roof hooks on both ends provided aerial base section.
0044235 Ladder, 16' Duo-Safety 875A Roof

ADDED ROOF LADDER
There will be one (1) 16' roof, aluminum, Series 875-A provided. 0024233 Not Required, Attic Extension Ladder

46968Bid #:
0004246 Ladder, 10' Duo-Safety Folding, 585A

AERIAL FOLDING LADDER
There will be one (1) 10' aluminum Duo-Safety Series 585-A folding ladder(s) provided and located in the ladder storage compartment.
0680193 Ladder Storage, Vertically Hinged
Doors, Smooth Alum, Grabber Door
Brkt, Tiller

GROUND LADDER STORAGE
The ground ladders will be removable from the center rear of the apparatus.

The ladders will be individually stored in stainless steel slides and will be arranged in such a manner that any one (1) ladder can be removed without having to move or remove any other ladder. Black Dura-Surf friction reducing material will be added to the stainless steel slides, on the bottom horizontal surfaces, of the ladder storage rack.

Vertically hinged double lap doors will be provided at the rear to close the ladder compartment.

Doors will be of double pan aluminum construction. Single sheet aluminum doors will not be considered.

The lock door will be latched with Eberhard latches with "D" ring handles. There will be a Cast Products grabber door stay bracket provided on the outside of each door to hold it in the open position.
0568188 SP Trough(s), Additional Equipment
Storage, Compartment DS Rear Wall,
Tiller

STORAGE TROUGHS
There will be two (2) stainless steel trough(s) provided in driver side. The trough(s) will be sized to fit 6' Nupla Vent Hookl RH-6DA and 10' Nupla Vent Hook RH-10DA. 0602100 Lights, Torque Box Ladder Storage,
Pierce LED Strip Lights, 2 Lts

LADDER STORAGE LIGHTING
There will be 21.00" white 12 volt DC LED strip lights in the torque box ladder storage compartment. One (1) light will be provided on each side of the ladder storage area.

The lights will be activated when the ladder storage compartment door is opened. 0024245 Trough, Mounting Folding Ladder FOLDING LADDER TROUGH A stainless steel trough will be provided for mounting the folding ladder. 0661513 SP Door, Lift Up, Extend Past 90
Degrees, Tiller

LADDER STORAGE DOOR
The lift up ladder storage door will open past 90 degrees. 0889410 SP Compt, Above Rr Comp, T/P, Lift
Past 90 Drs,Stokes & Ladder,Ea Side
Acc,Till

COMPARTMENT FOR STOKES & LADDER STORAGE
A treadplate compartment assembly will be provided for the storage of a stokes basket and a ladder. The box will be divided in the center to provide two (2) separate storage areas. The compartment will be located on top of the rear body, forward of the boom support. The overall length of the box will be the width of the top of the rear body.

The rear area will store a stokes basket that is 84.50" long x 24.00" wide x 7.50" high. The stokes will be centered in the box (as applicable).

The front area will store a Little Giant Classic Model 17 - 10102. The ladder will be stored toward the left side of the apparatus. There will be a vertical partition in this area to allow miscellaneous storage opposite of the ladder, if applicable (depending on ladder length).

There will be two (2) lift up aluminum treadplate doors on each side with a D-handle latch on each door and pneumatic cylinders that allow the doors to lift up past 90 degrees.

The compartment will be reinforced so it can withstand the weight of a person. 0064320 Pike Pole, 12' Fire Hooks Unlimited,
New Yorker, Fiberglass, NYFG-12,
Ram Knob

PIKE POLES
There will be three (3) Fire Hooks Unlimited NYFG-12, 12' pike pole(s) with fiberglass handles and a ram knob end provided. The pike pole(s) will be stored on the apparatus. 0054352 Pike Pole, 8' Fire Hooks Unlimited,
Fiberglass, NHF-8
PIKE POLE 8 FT
There will be two (2) Fire Hooks Unlimited NHF-8, 8 foot pike pole(s) with fiberglass handles provided.
0054351 Pike Pole, 6' Fire Hooks Unlimited,
Fiberglass, NHF-6
6' PIKE POLE
There will be two (2) Fire Hooks Unlimited NHF-6, 6' pike pole(s) with fiberglass handles provided.
0548410 Not Required, Pole, Pike, 3'
0089555 Trash Hook, 6' Fire Hooks Unlimited,
TRH-6, w/D Handle

ADDITIONAL PIKE POLE(S)
There will be four (4) 6' long trash hook(s), Fire Hooks Unlimited TRH-6, with fiberglass shaft and "D" handle provided.
0068135 Trash Hook, 10' Fire Hooks
Unlimited, TRH-10, w/D Handle

ADDITIONAL PIKE POLE(S)
There will be one (1) 10' long trash hook(s), Fire Hooks Unlimited Model TRH-10, with fiberglass shaft and "D" handle end provided.
47968Bid #:
0024892 Pike Pole, 6' Fire Hooks Unlimited,
New York Roof Hook, Steel, Pry End,
RH-6

PIKE POLE
There will be two (2) Fire Hooks Unlimited, Model RH-6, 6' long New York Roof Hook with steel handle and pry end provided and located rear outboard pike pole compartment on driver side. 0770577 Pike Pole Tubes, in Torque
Box/Ladder Storage, Aluminum

PIKE POLE STORAGE IN TORQUE BOX/LADDER STORAGE
There will be aluminum tubing provided in the torque box/ladder storage area for a total of two (2) pike poles.

If the head of a pike pole can come into contact with a painted surface, a stainless steel scuffplate will be provided.
0811101 SP Pike Pole Storage Rack, Transverse
Compt (No Poles), (4) Troughs/(2)
Tubes

PIKE POLE STORAGE RACK
A storage rack will be provided in the transverse compartment located Match Job 28796 deleted option 607374. The rack will consist of four (4) troughs and two (2) tubes. The troughs will be mounted one above the other with the tubes side by side above the top trough. 0779224 SP Trough for D-Handled Pike Pole

PIKE POLE STORAGE
Stainless steel trough(s) will be provided for the storage of two (2) pike poles. The pike poles to be stored will be One (1) Nupla 10' D handle rubbish hook and One (1) Nupla 6' D Handle Rubbish Hook. The trough(s) will be installed Drive side rear storage compartment ( Match Job # 28976).
0004361 Tubes, Alum, Pike Pole Storage

PIKE POLE STORAGE
Aluminum tubing will be used for the storage of two (2) pike poles and will be located in ladder storage compartment. If the head of a pike pole can come in contact with a painted surface, a stainless steel scuffplate will be provided.
0565794 SP Compt, Pike Pole, BackBoard,
Miscellaneous, Storage, LS Rear
Wall, Tiller

STORAGE COMPARTMENT
There will be storage for pike poles, backboard, and miscellaneous items provided at the rear, in the upper portion of the left side rear wall.

The compartment will be equipped with aluminum tubing for storage of six (6) pike poles. The pike poles being stored in this compartment will be make/model and sized; two (2) 6' Nupla Featherlight, two (2) 8' Nupla Featherlight, two (2) 6' Fire Hooks New York Roof Hook.

The backboard will be 74.00" long x 21.00" wide x 3.00" high.

Each compartment will have a single pan smooth aluminum vertically hinged, to outside of the body, door with lift and turn latch.
0010458 Platform, Slide Out, 500 lb Capacity,
w/Morton Cass

SLIDE-OUT PLATFORM
Two (2) slideout platforms will be provided. The capacity rating will be 500# in the extended position. Automatic locks will be provided for both the "in" and "out" positions. The trip mechanism for the locks will be located at the front of the tray for ease of use with a gloved hand. Each platform will be made of .12 polished aluminum treadplate with a Morton Cass insert to provide a non-skid surface.

There will be an Amdor Model AY-LB-12HW0** white 12 volt DC LED light provided to illuminate the ground area.

The location will be under LS2 & RS3 (to assist in removing the stokes basket and Little Giant ladder).
0067658 Not Required, Step, Slide-Out Pump
Op. Platform
0665700 Light, Slide-Out Pump Operator Step,
Not Required
0046495 Not Required, Pump Access, No
Pump
0001836 No Light, No Pump Compartment

0606694 Air Horns, (2) Hadley, 6" Round,
eTone, In Bumper

AIR HORN SYSTEM
Two (2) Hadley®, eTone, chrome air horns will be recessed in the front bumper. The air horn system will be piped to the air brake system wet tank utilizing 0.38" tubing. A pressure protection valve will be installed to prevent the loss of air in the brake system. 0606835 Location, Air Horns, Bumper, Each
Side, Outside Frame, Outboard (Pos
#1 & #7)
Air Horn Location
The air horns will be located on each side of the bumper, towards the outside. 0757092 Control, Air Horn, Multi Select

Air Horn Control
The air horn(s) will be activated by the following:
48968Bid #:
0815744 Control, Air Horn, Push Button Sw,
Turntable
Push button switch located at the aerial turntable. The control to be available when the parking brake is applied.
0757076 Control, Air Horn, Lanyard, RS

Right side lanyard. The lanyard to be a nylon rope.
0757084 Control, Air Horn, Horn Ring

Steering wheel horn ring with electric/air horn selector switch 0039704 Air Horn Switch As Primary/Electric
Horn As Secondary

AIR HORN SWITCHING
The air horns will be the default from the horn ring when the battery switch is turned on. The electric chassis horns will be secondary.
0819013 Siren, Code 3 3692 100/200W, Other
Speaker, Non-NFPA 2024

ELECTRONIC SIREN
A "Code 3", model 3692, electronic siren with noise canceling microphone will be provided.

This siren to be active when the battery switch is on and that emergency master switch is on.

NFPA 1900, 2024 edition, Section 10.8.1.1 requires the siren manufacturer to certify the siren as meeting the requirements of SAE J1849, Emergency Vehicle Sirens.

Per the fire department specification, the siren and siren speaker come from separate manufacturers and a certification is therefore invalid. The apparatus will be non compliant to NFPA 1900 standards at time of contract execution.
0510206 Location, Elect Siren, Recessed
Overhead In Console

Electronic siren head will be recessed in the overhead console above the engine tunnel on the driver side.
0076156 Control, Elec Siren, Head Only The electronic siren will be controlled on the siren head only. No horn button or foot switches will be provided.
0601330 Speaker, (1) Federal, ES100C
w/ESFMT-EF Recess Mnt & S/S
Grille

SPEAKER
There will be one (1) Federal Signal DynaMax®, Model ES100, 100 watt speaker provided. The speaker will use a Federal Signal, Model ESFMT-EF, recess mount with stainless steel grille. The speaker will be connected to the siren amplifier.
0601552 Location, Speaker, Frt Bumper,
Recessed, Right Side, Outside
Frame,Inbrd (Pos 2)
The speaker will be recessed in the right side of the front bumper, just outside of the frame rail. 0895281 Siren, Federal Q2B, Littelfuse 24213
Sol

AUXILIARY MECHANICAL SIREN
There will be a Federal Signal Model Q2B mechanical siren furnished and installed in the front of the apparatus.

The Q2B siren will be chrome finish.

The siren will have a 2-gauge cable connected to a Littelfuse part number 24213 power solenoid that is connected by a 2-gauge cable ran battery direct to the primary chassis batteries and will be labeled Q2B+ at the battery. The power solenoid will only be enabled when the emergency master switch is on.

The siren will have a 2-gauge ground wire connected to the chassis battery stud. The cable will be labeled Q2B- at the battery.
0006097 Location of Siren, Recessed in
Bumper
The mechanical siren will be recessed in the front bumper on the left side. The siren will be properly supported using the bumper framework.
0748305 Control, Mech Siren, Multi Select

MECHANICAL SIREN CONTROL
The mechanical siren will be activated by the following:
0748281 Control Mech Siren, Ft Sw RS

Right side foot switch
0748282 Control Mech Siren, Ft Sw LS Left side foot switch. 0740391 Sw, Siren Brake, Momentary Chrome
Push Button, RS
A momentary chrome push button switch will be included in the right side dash panel to activate the siren brake.
0746353 Not Required, Warning Lights
Intensity
49968Bid #:
0605488 Lightbar, Wln, Freedom IV-Q, 81",
RRRRWsrR_Opt_RsrWRRRR

FRONT ZONE UPPER WARNING LIGHTS
There will be one (1) 81.00" Whelen Freedom IV LED lightbar mounted on the cab roof.

The lightbar will include the following:

One (1) red flashing LED module in the driver's side end position.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the driver's side front corner position.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the driver's side first front position.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the driver's side second front position.

One (1) white flashing LED module in the driver's side third front position.

One (1) red steady burning LED module in the driver's side fourth front position.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the driver's side fifth front position.

Open in the driver's side sixth front position.

One (1) 795 LED traffic light controller set to national standard high priority in the center positions.

Open in the passenger's side sixth front position.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the passenger's side fifth front position.

One (1) red steady burning LED module in the passenger's side fourth front position.

One (1) white flashing LED module in the passenger's side third front position.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the passenger's side second front position.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the passenger's side first front position.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the passenger's side front corner position.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the passenger's side end position.

There will be clear lenses and colored filters included on the lightbar.

The following switches may be a installed in the cab on the switch panel to control the lightbar:
a switch to control the flashing LED modules.
the traffic light controller by a cab switch with emergency master control. no momentary switch to activate the traffic light controller.

The white flashing LED modules and the traffic light controller will be disabled when the parking brake is applied.

The six (6) red flashing LED modules in the front positions may be load managed when the parking brake is applied.
0605598 Lightbars, Wln, Freedom IV-Q, 2-

21.5", RRRRR RRRRR

SIDE WARNING LIGHTS
There will be two (2) 21.50" Whelen Freedom IV LED lightbars mounted on the roof, one (1) on each side, over the crew cab doors.

Each lightbar will include the following:

One (1) red flashing LED module in the outside end position.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the outside front corner position.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the outside front position.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the inside front position.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the inside front corner position.

There will be lenses that are the same color as the LEDs included on the lightbar.

There will be a switch in the cab on the switch panel to control the lightbars.

These lights may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0067509 SP Switch, Additional for Lightbar An additional switch will be provided in the cab that will allow the operator to control the passenger side overhead for the floodlights in the lightbar portion of the lightbar. 0761731 Lights, Front Zone, Wln M6** M6**
M6** M6**, 4lts Q Bezel, Clr Fet

FRONT ZONE LOWER LIGHTS
There will be two (2) pair of Whelen, Model M6**, LED lights installed on the cab face above the headlights, in a common bezel matching the one for the headlamps. The housing to be polished and the trim shall be chrome.

The driver's side front outside warning light to be red The driver's side front inside warning light to be red
The passenger's side front inside warning light to be red The passenger's side front outside warning light to be red The color of the lenses will be clear
There will be a switch located in the cab on the switch panel to control the lights. 0653937 Flasher, Headlight Alternating HEADLIGHT FLASHER The high beam headlights will flash alternately between the left and right side.

There will be a switch installed in the cab on the switch panel to control the high beam flash. This switch will be live when the battery switch and the emergency master switches are on.

The flashing will automatically cancel when the hi-beam headlight switch is activated or when the parking brake is set.
0746667 Lights, Side Zone Lower, Wln M6**,
M6**, 4Lts

SIDE ZONE LOWER LIGHTING
There will be four (4) Whelen®, Model M6**, 4.31" high x 6.75" long x 1.37" deep flashing LED warning lights with black trim installed per the following:

Two (2) lights located, one (1) each side on the front custom cab corner. The driver's side, side front light to include red warning LEDs and the passenger's side, side front light to include red warning LEDs.

Two (2) lights located, one (1) each side above rear wheels. The driver's side, side rear light to include red warning LEDs and the passenger's side, side rear light to include red warning LEDs.

The warning light lens colors to be the same as the LEDs.

There will be a switch in the cab on the switch panel to control the lights. 50968Bid #:
0750408 Lights, Side, Wln PS*01FCR, 1st SIDE WARNING LIGHTS There will be six (6) Whelen® Model PS*01FCR, 1.68" high x 11.11" wide x 0.52" deep flashing LED warning light(s) with black trim and clear lenses provided on the side of the apparatus, in rubrail centered below D1, D3/D4, D5/D6, P1, P4/P5, P6/P7.

The light(s) to include red flashing LEDs.

These lights will be controlled by the side zone lower switch in the cab.

White LEDs will be deactivated when the parking brake is applied.

Amber, blue, green and red LEDs may be load manages when the parking brake is applied. 0630020 SP Lights, Side, Wln M6* LED, Prk Brk
Deactivation

SIDE WARNING LIGHTS
There will be two (2) Whelen®, Model M6* LED flashing warning light(s) with bezel(s) provided behind the crew cab doors.

The color of the lights will be red.

The lens colors will be the same color as the LED's.

These lights will be activated with the Side Zone Lower warning lights.

These lights will be deactivated when the parking brake is applied. 0836565 Lights, Rear Zn Lwr, Wln M6*, 2Lts REAR ZONE LOWER LIGHTING There will be two (2) Whelen®, Model M6* LED warning lights with chrome trim located at the rear lower of the apparatus per the following:

The left side rear warning light to include red LEDs
The right side rear warning light to include red LEDs
The lens color(s) to be the same as the LEDs
There will be a switch located in the cab on the switch panel to control the lights. 0088745 Light, Rear Zone Up, Wln L31H*F
LED Beacon, Red LED

REAR/SIDE ZONE UPPER WARNING LIGHTS
There will be two (2) Whelen®, Model L31H*FN, LED warning beacons provided at the rear of the truck, located one (1) each side. There will be a switch located in the cab on the switch panel to control the beacons.

The color of the lights will be red LEDs with both domes red. 0006551 Not Required, Lights, Rear Upper
Zone Blocking
0791528 Light, Traffic Directing, Wln TAL65,

36.00" Long, TACTL5

TRAFFIC DIRECTING LIGHT
There will be one (1) Whelen®, Model TAL65, 36.00" long x 2.87" high x 2.25" deep, amber LED traffic directing light installed at the rear of the apparatus.

The Whelen, Model TACTL5, control head will be included with this installation.

The controller will be energized when the battery switch is on.

The auxiliary flash not activated.
0529278 Location, TDL, Surface Mounted This traffic directing light will be surface mounted at the rear of the apparatus. 0530282 Location, Traf Dir Lt Controller,
Overhead Switch Panel DS Right
End
The traffic directing light control head will be located in the driver side overhead switch panel in the right panel position.
0006646 Electrical System, 120/240VAC,
General Design
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM GENERAL DESIGN for ALTERNATING CURRENT The following guidelines will apply to the 120/240 VAC system installation:

General
Any fixed line voltage power source producing alternating current (ac) line voltage will produce electric power at 60 cycles plus or minus 3 cycles.

Except where superseded by the requirements of the current edition of applicable NFPA standards, all components, equipment and installation procedures will conform to NFPA 70, National Electrical Code (herein referred to as the NEC).

Line voltage electrical system equipment and materials included on the apparatus will be listed and installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. All products will be used only in the manner for which they have been listed.

Grounding
Grounding will be in accordance with Section 250-6 "Portable and Vehicle Mounted Generators" of the NEC. Ungrounded systems will not be used. Only stranded or braided copper conductors will be used for grounding and bonding.

An equipment grounding means will be provided in accordance with Section 250-91 (Grounding Conductor Material) of the NEC.

The grounded current carrying conductor (neutral) will be insulated from the equipment grounding conductors and from the equipment enclosures and other grounded parts. The neutral conductor will be colored white or gray in accordance with Section 200-6 (Means of Identifying Grounding Conductors) of the NEC.

In addition to the bonding required for the low voltage return current, each body and driving or crew compartment enclosure will be bonded to the vehicle frame by a copper conductor. This conductor will have a minimum amperage rating of 115 percent of the nameplate current rating of the power source specification label as defined in Section 310-15 (amp capacities) of the NEC. A single conductor properly sized to meet the low voltage and line voltage requirements will be permitted to be used.

All power source system mechanical and electrical components will be sized to support the continuous duty nameplate rating of the power source.

Operation
51968Bid #:

Instructions that provide the operator with the essential power source operating instructions, including the power-up and power-down sequence, will be permanently attached to the apparatus at any point where such operations can take place.

Provisions will be made for quickly and easily placing the power source into operation. The control will be marked to indicate when it is correctly positioned for power source operation. Any control device used in the drive train will be equipped with a means to prevent the unintentional movement of the control device from its set position.

A power source specification label will be permanently attached to the apparatus near the operator's control station. The label will provide the operator with the following information:

Rated voltage(s) and type (ac or dc)
Phase
Rated frequency
Rated amperage
Continuous rated watts
Power source engine speed
Direct drive (PTO) and portable generator installations will comply with Article 445 (Generators) of the NEC.

Overcurrent protection
The conductors used in the power supply assembly between the output terminals of the power source and the main over current protection device will not exceed 144.00" (3658 mm) in length.

For fixed power supplies, all conductors in the power supply assembly will be type THHW, THW, or use stranded conductors enclosed in nonmetallic liquid tight flexible conduit rated for a minimum of 194 degree Fahrenheit (90 degrees Celsius).

For portable power supplies, conductors located between the power source and the line side of the main overcurrent protection device will be type SO or type SEO with suffix WA flexible cord rated for 600-volts at 194 degrees Fahrenheit (90 degrees Celsius).

Wiring Methods
Fixed wiring systems will be limited to the following:

Metallic or nonmetallic liquid tight flexible conduit rated at not less than 194 degrees Fahrenheit (90 degrees Celsius)
or
Type SO or Type SEO cord with a WA suffix, rated at 600 volts at not less than 194 degrees Fahrenheit (90 degrees Celsius)
Electrical cord or conduit will not be attached to chassis suspension components, water or fuel lines, air or air brake lines, fire pump piping, hydraulic lines, exhaust system components, or low voltage wiring. In addition the wiring will be run as follows.

Separated by a minimum of 12.00" (305 mm), or properly shielded, from exhaust piping Separated from fuel lines by a minimum of 6.00" (152 mm) distance Electrical cord or conduit will be supported within 6.00" (152 mm) of any junction box and at a minimum of every 24.00" (610 mm) of continuous run. Supports will be made of nonmetallic materials or corrosion protected metal. All supports will be of a design that does not cut or abrade the conduit or cable and will be mechanically fastened to the vehicle.

Wiring Identification
All line voltage conductors located in the main panel board will be individually and permanently identified. The identification will reference the wiring schematic or indicate the final termination point. When prewiring for future power sources or devices, the unterminated ends will be labeled showing function and wire size.

Wet Locations
All wet location receptacle outlets and inlet devices, including those on hardwired remote power distribution boxes, will be of the grounding type provided with a wet location cover and installed in accordance with Section 210-7 "Receptacles and Cord Connections" of the NEC.

All receptacles located in a wet location will be not less than 24.00" (610 mm) from the ground.

Receptacles on off-road vehicles will be a minimum of 30.00" (762 mm) from the ground.

The face of any wet location receptacle will be installed in a plane from vertical to not more than 45 degrees off vertical. No receptacle will be installed in a face up position.

Dry Locations
All receptacles located in a dry location will be of the grounding type. Receptacles will be not less than 30.00" (762 mm) above the interior floor height.

All receptacles will be marked with the type of line voltage (120-volts or 240-volts) and the current rating in amps. If the receptacles are direct current, or other than single phase, they will be so marked.

Listing
All receptacles and electrical inlet devices will be listed to UL 498, Standard for Safety Attachment Plugs and Receptacles, or other appropriate performance standards. Receptacles used for direct current voltages will be rated for the appropriate service.

Electrical System Testing
The wiring and associated equipment will be tested by the apparatus manufacturer or the installer of the line voltage system.

The wiring and permanently connected devices and equipment will be subjected to a dielectric voltage withstand test of 900-volts for one (1) minute. The test will be conducted between live parts and the neutral conductor, and between live parts and the vehicle frame with any switches in the circuit(s) closed. This test will be conducted after all body work has been completed.

Electrical polarity verification will be made of all permanently wired equipment and receptacles to determine that connections have been properly made.

Operational Test per Current Edition NFPA Standard
The apparatus manufacturer will perform the following operation test and ensure that the power source and any devices that are attached to the line voltage electrical system are properly connected and in working order. The test will be witnessed and the results certified by an independent third-party certification organization.

The prime mover will be started from a cold start condition and the line voltage electrical system loaded to 100 percent of the nameplate rating.

The power source will be operated at 100 percent of its nameplate voltage for a minimum of two (2) hours unless the system meets category certification as defined in the current edition of applicable NFPA standards.

Where the line voltage power is derived from the vehicle's low voltage system, the minimum continuous electrical load as defined in the current edition of applicable NFPA standards will be applied to the low voltage electrical system during the operational test. 52968Bid #:
0529588 Generator, Harrison 8kW, 8.0MAS-
16R/D-11011/15/1, Hydraulic,
Hotshift PTO

GENERATOR
The apparatus will be equipped with a complete AC (alternating current) electrical power system. The generator will be a Harrison Model 8.0MAS-16R/D-11011/15/1, 8,000 watt hydraulic driven unit.

The generator will be driven by a transmission power take off unit, through a hydraulic pump and motor.

The hydraulic engagement supply will be operational at any time (no interlocks).

An electric/hydraulic valve will supply hydraulic fluid to the clutch engagement unit provided on the chassis PTO drive.

Generator Instruments and Controls
To properly monitor the generator performance a digital meter panel will be furnished and mounted near the circuit breaker panel.
0096833 SP Location, Hydraulic Generator,
Forward Compt,Tiller

GENERATOR LOCATION
The generator will be mounted as high as possible in the center transverse area of the forward tiller trailer compartment. An opening will be made from the overhead. Structure to the torque box area will be either reinforced or constructed in such a manner, that it will handle the additional weight of the generator. The front wall of the compartment will have knockouts for air flow. The transverse areas in the compartment will be sealed to keep water out of the compartment.

GENERATOR COVER
An aluminum treadplate surround will be provided to conceal the generator. Adequate louvers or knockouts will be provided for cooling the generator.
0016752 Starting Sw, Truck Engine Powered
Gen, Cab Sw Pnl

GENERATOR START
There will be a switch provided on the cab instrument panel to engage the generator. 0511739 SP Remote Start, Hydraulic Generator,
PTO and Field - SAME SWITCH

GENERATOR REMOTE START
A remote start switch will be provided in the cab switch panel, at the aerial turntable and in the tiller cab to engage the hydraulic generator PTO and field. A light at each switch location will be provided to indicate that the generator is running. There will be one switch only. 0016740 Not Required, Fuel System
0016767 Not Required, Oil Drain Extension,
Generator
0036738 Circuit Breaker Panel, Included With
PTO Generator

CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
The circuit breaker panel will be located high on the right wall of compartment LS3. 0016771 Not Required, Routing Exhaust,
Generator
0779722 Receptacle, 15/20A 120V 3-Pr 3-Wr,
NEMA 5-20R SB Dup, 1st, Interior
Body
120 VOLT RECEPTACLE
There will be two (2), 15/20 amp 120 volt AC three (3) wire straight blade duplex receptacle(s) with an interior stainless steel wall plate, installed One (1) LS3 and One (1) RS4 Match Job 28976. The NEMA configuration for the receptacle(s) will be 5-20R.

The receptacle(s) will be powered from the shoreline inlet.

There will be a label installed near the receptacle(s) that state the following:

Line Voltage
Current Ratting (amps)
Phase
Frequency
0779561 SP Receptacle Strip, 15A 120V 6-Place,
Shoreline

POWER OUTLET STRIP
There will be two (2) receptacle strip(s) with six (6) 15 amp 120 volt AC straight blade receptacles provided One (1) - LS3 TBD at pre-con (see signed AD) One (1) - RS4 TBD at pre-con (see signed AD).

The strip(s) selected will be powered directly from the shoreline inlet.

There will be a label installed near the strip(s) that state the following:

Line Voltage
Current Ratting (amps)
Phase
Frequency
53968Bid #:
0006790 Receptacle, 20A 120V 3-Pr 3-Wr TL,
L5-20R Wtrprf
120 VOLT RECEPTACLE
There will be two (2), 20 amp 120 volt AC three (3) wire twist lock receptacle(s) with waterproof flip up cover(s) installed on the left side of the rear body bulkhead and on the right side of the rear body bulkhead. The NEMA configuration for the receptacles will be L5-20R.

The receptacle(s) will be powered from the on board generator.

There will be a label installed near the receptacle(s) that state the following:

Line Voltage
Current Ratting (amps)
Phase
Frequency
0581812 Receptacle, 30A 240V 3-Pr 3-Wr TL,
L6-30R, Sw Loc, 2 Sw, Wtrprf

240 VOLT SWITCHED RECEPTACLE
There will be one (1) 30 amp, 240 volt AC three (3) wire twist lock receptacle(s) with waterproof flip up cover(s) installed near the hydraulic power suppl(ies), P6 near the power supply location on lower back wall. The NEMA configuration for the receptacles will be L6-30R.

There will be two (2) switches provided to allow the power suppl(ies) to be plugged in at all times, with the power supply switch turned on and controlled by the remote switches located D5 and P6 exact location TBD at precon.

The receptacle(s) will be powered from the generator.

There will be a label installed near the receptacle(s) that state the following:

Line Voltage
Current Ratting (amps)
Phase
Frequency
0519544 Brand, Hydraulic Tool System, Hurst
Low Pressure
0648232 SP Power Supply, Hurst JL-SE, 240
VAC, 5,000 PSI

HYDRAULIC POWER SUPPLY
A Hurst, Model JL-SE, 240 volt, 5000 psi hydraulic power supply will be provided.

The unit will be capable of operating four (4) tools simultaneously or two (2) tools with turbo function which doubles the flow of hydraulic fluid to two (2) tools in order to increase speed.

The power supply will be provided with a quick disconnect for the electrical plug and Streamline® mono-coupling connections for the hydraulic lines. Each mono-coupling will be made of machined aluminum and hardened steel. The mono-coupling system will have an interlocking push-twist positive locking capability allowing the twin hose to be connected into a single coupling for safe and quick connection of hydraulic hoses. Only the female mono couplings are mounted on the connecting block of the unit.

A total of quantity of one (1) will be provided P6 floor mount towards the rear floor area, mount the unit where the streamline connections are facing forward - match 28976 . 0652376 Hose, Hydraulic, Parflex, Low
Pressure, All Sizes, Twin Line,
Connection

HYDRAULIC HOSE
A high pressure aramid non-conductive hose will be plumbed from the hydraulic power unit to the reel/outlet. The hose will meet SAE J343 for less than 50 microamps of leakage under 75,000 volts per foot, and will also meet or exceed SAE 100R8 specifications. The hose construction will consist of a polymeric core tube, aramid braid reinforcement, and abrasion-resistant urethane cover. All layers will be permanently bonded. Minimum burst pressure will be 20,000 psi (1,380 bar) with a 4:1 operational safety factor. Appropriate couplings will be installed for quick connection of the power unit.

A total of two (2) section(s) of hose will be provided for the reel(s)/outlet(s) located D5 and P6.

The color of the hose(s) will be:
hose 1 green/green
hose 2 orange/orange
hose 3 no hose required
hose 4 no hose required
hose 5 no hose required
hose 6 no hose required
The brand, model and age of tool being used with this hose will be Hurst. 0652357 Hose, Hydraulic, 150', Dual Parker-
Hannifin, 5K

DUAL HYDRAULIC HOSE
A 150' section of low pressure aramid braided hose will be provided. The hose will be Parflex 528N lightweight, kink resistant, permanently bonded, non-conductive hose constructed of a polymeric tube core with abrasion resistant urethane cover. The hose will be rated for 5,000 psi working pressure and will exceed SAE 100R8 specifications. The hose will meet the SAE J343 standard for less than 50 microamps leakage under 75,000 volts per foot. All layers are permanently bonded with a 20,000 psi minimum burst pressure. The hose provide will provide a 4:1 operational safety factor.

The hose will be one (1) continuous length without unions and will be equipped with quick connection type fittings at the tool end.

A total of two (2) section(s) of hose will be provided.

The color of the hose(s) will be:

Hose One (1): green/green
Hose Two (2): orange/orange
Hose Three (3): no hose required
Hose Four (4): no hose required
Hose Five (5): no hose required
Hose Six (6): no hose required
The brand, model and age of tool(s) being used with the hose(s) will be Hurst JLE. 54968Bid #:
0653543 Reel, Hydraulic, Hannay, 150' Cap,
.25" Dual Hose (Any Make Tool)
HYDRAULIC REEL WITH CAPACITY FOR 150' OF HOSE
A hydraulic hose reel will be provided. The reel will be operated by a 12 volt electric motor controlled by a rewind switch. The motor will be protected by a circuit breaker and the rewind circuit will be protected by a fuse. The switch will be installed at a height not to exceed 72.00" above the operator's standing position. The switch will be guarded to prevent accidental operation.

The reel capacity will be a minimum of 150' of 0.25" inside diameter dual hydraulic hose.

Surfaces where the hose comes in contact with the reel roller will be constructed of either stainless steel, chrome plated steel or plastic.

No guide is required on the reel assembly. A ball stop will be provided to prevent the hose from being wound around the reel.

A label will be provided in a readily visible location adjacent to the reel. The label will indicate maximum flow pressure and total length of hose installed on the reel.

A total of two (2) reels will be installed on ceiling in center of D5/P6, one to payout D5 and other to payout P6 - Match 28976.

The reel will be designed for a Hurst, new.
0599505 Fluid, Hurst Hydraulic, One Gallon of
Hurst Blue, (180R017) (fills 1 reel)

HYDRAULIC FLUID
One (1) gallon of Hurst Blue hydraulic fluid will be provided. The fluid will be fire resistant, non- corrosive, electrically non-conductive and maintains viscosity over a wide range of temperatures.

A total of four (4) will be provided.
0596037 Switch, Hydraulic Power Supply,
240V Receptacle

RECEPTACLE CONTROL SWITCH
An on/off 12 volt toggle switch with an independent indicator light will be provided. The switch will control a 240V receptacle (through a relay) that will provide power for the hydraulic power unit.

The switch(es) will be provided on a bracket.

There will be a total of two (2) switch(es) provided in a box next to the reel rewind switches, one per side of D5 and P6.
0503617 SP Switch, Second IATS, To Control
Reel Rewind

SECOND REEL REWIND SWITCH
There will be a redundant button switch to control the reel rewind. one each side (total of two switches each side, one for each reel).

A total of two (2) will be provided.
0640704 SP Captive Roller Guide, Two Reels,
Mounted on Bracket, Connected to
Side Cmpt Wall

ROLLER GUIDE BRACKET
To aid in the payout hose from the reels, a captive roller assembly will be installed on a bracket.

The bracket will be connected from the side wall to the side wall in D5/P6 - see photo. There will be two (2) captive roller assemblies provided on this bracket for the reels that are located above the bracket.
0057807 Roller Guide for Reel, Mounted on
Slide Out Tray

ROLLER GUIDE
To aid in the payout of the hose from the reel, a roller assembly will be installed on the end of a slide out tray in the compartment housing the reel.

There will be four (4) individual roller assembly(ies) provided D5/P6 on the two-way slide out tray in each corner.
0893414 Aerial, 100' Heavy Duty Ladder,
500/500 Tip, 50 MPH Wind, Tiller
FOUR (4)-SECTION 100 FOOT TRACTOR-DRAWN AERIAL LADDER

CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS
The ladder will be constructed to meet all of the requirements as described in the current edition of applicable NFPA standards.

The aerial device will be a true ladder type device; therefore ladders attached to booms will not be considered.

These capabilities will be established in an unsupported configuration.

All structural load supporting elements of the aerial device that are made of a ductile material will have a design stress of not more than 50% of the minimum yield strength of the material based on the combination of the live load and the dead load. This 2:1 structural safety factor meets the current NFPA standard.

All structural load supporting elements of the aerial device that are made of non-ductile material will have a design stress of not more than 20% of the minimum ultimate strength of the material, based on the combination of the rated capacity and the dead load. This 5:1 safety factor meets the current NFPA standard.

Wire ropes and attaching systems used to extend and retract the fly sections will have a 5:1 safety factor based on the ultimate strength under all operating conditions. The factor of safety for the wire rope will remain above 2:1 during any extension or retraction stall. The minimum ratio of the diameter of wire rope used to the diameter of the sheave used will be 1:12. Wire ropes will be constructed of seven (7) strands over an inner wire core for increased flexibility. The wire rope will be galvanized to reduce corrosion.

The aerial base pivot bearings will be maintenance free type bearings and require no external lubrication.

The aerial device will be capable of sustaining a static load one and one-half times its rated tip load capacity (live load) in every position in which the aerial device can be placed when the vehicle is on a firm level surface.

The aerial device will be capable of sustaining a static load one and one-third times its rated tip load capacity (live load) in every position the aerial device can be placed when the vehicle is on a slope of five degrees downward in the direction most likely to cause overturning.

With the aerial device out of the cradle and in the fully extended position at zero degrees elevation, a test load will be applied in a horizontal direction normal to the centerline of the ladder.

The turntable will not rotate and the ladder will not deflect beyond what the product specification 55968Bid #:
allows.

All welding of aerial components, including the aerial ladder sections, turntable, pedestal, and outriggers, will be in compliance with the American Welding Society standards. All welding personnel will be certified, as qualified under AWS welding codes.

The aerial device will be capable of operating in conditions of wind up to 50 mph and icing conditions of up to a .25" coating over the aerial structure.

All of the design criteria must be supported by the following test data:
- Strain gage testing of the complete aerial device
- Analysis of deflection data taken while the aerial device was under test load The following standards for materials are to be used in the design of the aerial device:
- Materials are to be certified by the mill that manufactured the material - Material testing that is performed after the mill test will be for verification only and not with the intent of changing the classification
- All welded structural components for the ladder will be traceable to their mill lots.

LADDER CONSTRUCTION
The ladder is comprised of four (4) sections.

The ladder will have the capability to support a minimum of 500 pounds at the tip in the unsupported configuration, based upon 360 degree rotation, up to full extension and from -8 degrees to +75 degrees.

The ladder will be constructed of high strength low alloy steel, minimum 70,000 pounds per square inch yield, with full traceability on all structural members.

Each section will be trussed diagonally, vertically and horizontally using welded steel tubing.

All ladder rungs are round and welded to each section utilizing "K" bracing for lateral and torsional rigidity.

The inside width dimensions of the ladder will be:
- Base Section 39.00"
- Lower Mid Section 32.25"
- Upper Mid Section 26.62"
- Fly Section 21.62"
The height of the handrails above the centerline of the rungs will be:
- Base Section 26.75"
- Lower Mid Section 22.87"
- Upper Mid Section 20.25"
- Fly Section 17.50"
The ladder will be designed to provide continuous egress for firefighters and civilians from an elevated position to the ground. The end of the fly section will be constructed in a manner that aids personnel in climbing off the ladder.

The egress section will be designed to maintain the rated load of the aerial device. It will be bolted on for easy replacement.

VERTICAL HEIGHT
The ladder will extend to a minimum height of 100' above the ground at 75 degrees. The measurement of height will be consistent with NFPA standards.

HORIZONTAL REACH
The rated horizontal reach will be 95'1". The measurement of horizontal reach will be consistent with NFPA standards.

TURNTABLE
The upper turntable assembly will connect the aerial ladder to the turntable bearing. The steel structure will have a mounting position for the aerial elevation cylinders, ladder connecting pins, and upper turntable operator's position. The turntable platform will be approximately 96.00" wide by 72.00" long.

The turntable will be coated with an non-skid, chemical resistant material in the walking areas.

The stepping surfaces will meet the skid-resistance requirements of the current NFPA standard.

The turntable handrails will be a minimum 42.00" high and will not increase the overall travel height of the vehicle. The handrails will be constructed from aluminum and have a slip resistant knurled surface.

A foot switch will be located at the turntable control console to allow hydraulic flow to the aerial device. The foot switch will be protected by a cover to prevent accidental activation. Activation of the foot switch is necessary for aerial operation.

ELEVATION SYSTEM
Two (2) double acting lift cylinders will be utilized to provide smooth precise elevation from 8 degrees below horizontal to 75 degrees above horizontal.

The lift cylinders will have a 6.00" internal diameter (bore), a .50" wall thickness, a 4.50" diameter cylinder rod and a 34.84" stroke.

The lift cylinders will be equipped with integral holding valves located on the cylinder to prevent the unit from falling should the charged lines be severed at any point within the hydraulic system.

The lift cylinders will be mounted utilizing maintenance free spherical bearings on both ends of the cylinders. The bearings will help reduce pin wear.

Ladder tip speed is automatically decelerated at angles above 60 degrees reducing "tip-lash".

The pivot pins will be stainless steel and 2.25" in diameter. Each elevation pin will be stainless steel with a greaseless ladder pivot pin.

EXTENSION/RETRACTION SYSTEM
A full hydraulic powered extension and retraction system will be provided using two (2) hydraulic cylinders and wire ropes.

Each set is capable of operating the ladder in the event of a failure to the other.

The extension cylinder will have a 3.00" internal diameter (bore), 1.75" diameter rod and a 134.00" stroke.

Extension and retraction will be internally limited within the cylinders, eliminating excess strain on wire ropes, sheaves and the ladder structure.

Each of the cylinders, wire ropes and sheave assemblies will be completely independent of the other, so as to provide a safety factor wherein a failure of one assembly will not affect the function and operation of the other.

The extension cylinders are equipped with counter balance valves to synchronize the cylinders for smoother operation and prevent the unit from retracting should the charged lines be severed at any point within the hydraulic system. The cylinders will also have internal deceleration valves, to cushion the movement of the cylinder when approaching full extension or retraction. All extension/retraction pins will have a corrosion-preventative, QPQ black finish.

The extension cylinders will be mounted utilizing maintenance free spherical bearings. 56968Bid #:

The reeling of the wire rope will be such as to provide synchronized, simultaneous movement of all sections to full extension.

The extension/retraction wire ropes will be 7-flex galvanized with stainless steel threaded ends, and will possess the following characteristics:
- Lower Mid Section .50 diameter, 26,200lb breaking strength - Upper Mid Section .38" diameter, 14,880lb breaking strength - Fly Section .31" diameter, 10,380lb breaking strength Wear pads made of polymer material will be used between the telescoping sections for maximum weight distribution, strength and smoothness of operation.

Adjustment screws are provided on the wear pads to permit proper side alignment.

All sheaves will be plastic and greaseless and all sheave pins and pivot pins will be stainless steel.

ROTATION SYSTEM
A 46.00" diameter, external tooth, monorace, slewing ring bearing will be used for the rotation system. The gear teeth will be a stub tooth form.

The bearing will provide 360 degree continuous rotation.

The turntable will be bolted to the bearing using 36 SAE Grade 8, .875" diameter bolts.

To secure the bearing to the base support 36 Grade 8, .875" diameter bolts will be used.

The turntable base and the torque box bearing plate will be machined to fit the bearing thereby providing even distribution of forces.

A hydraulically driven, planetary gear box with a drive speed reducer will be used to provide infinite and minute rotation control throughout the entire rotational travel.

The gearbox will have a torque rating of 130,000 pounds per square inch.

A spring applied, hydraulically released disc type swing brake will be furnished to provide positive braking of the turntable assembly.

Provisions will be made for auxiliary operation of the system in case of prime mover failure.

The hydraulic system is equipped with pressure relief valves which will limit the rotational torque to a non-destructive power.

ROTATION INTERLOCK
A permanently installed prevention mechanism will be provided as part of the rotation system to prevent the rotation of the aerial device to the side in which the stabilizers have not been fully deployed or are short-jacked.

The mechanism will allow full and unrestricted use of the aerial in the 180 degree area on the side(s) where the stabilizers have been fully deployed.

The system will also have a manual override to comply with NFPA.

LOAD CAPACITIES
The following load capacities will be established with the stabilizers at full horizontal extension and placed in the down position to level the truck and to relieve the weight from the tires and axles. Capacities will be based upon full extension and 360 degree rotation.

A load chart, visible at the operator's station, will be provided. The load chart will show the recommended safe load at any condition of the aerial device's elevation and extension. 50 MPH WIND CONDITIONS/WATERWAY DRY
Degrees of
Elevation
-8 to 9
10 to 19
20 to 29
30 to 39
40 to 49
50 to 59
60 to 69
70 to 75
Egress
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
Fly
-
-
-
-
250
250
750
1000
Upper Mid
-
-
-
250
250
500
1000
1000
Lower Mid
-
-
250
250
500
750
1000
1000
57968Bid #:

Base
-
250
250
500
750
1000
1000
1000
50 MPH WIND CONDITIONS/WATERWAY CHARGED
Degrees of
Elevation
-8 to 9
10 to 19
20 to 29
30 to 39
40 to 49
50 to 59
60 to 69
70 to 75
Egress
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
Fly
-
-
-
-
-
250
500
750
Upper Mid
-
-
-
-
250
500
750
1000
Lower Mid
-
-
-
250
500
750
1000
1000
Base
-
-
250
500
750
1000
1000
1000
The tip capacity will be reduced to zero when flowing water with the nozzle above the waterway centerline.

BOOM SUPPORT
A heavy-duty boom support will be provided for support of the ladder in the travel position. On the base section of the ladder, a stainless steel scuffplate will be provided where the ladder comes into contact with the boom support. In the stowed position, the ladder tip will be not less than

11.00" below horizontal for unsurpassed visibility and safety while maneuvering the apparatus. 0762413 Light, Boom Support, Amdor AY-LB-
12HW012, 12" LED

AERIAL BOOM SUPPORT LIGHT
There will be one (1) Amdor®, Model AY-LB-12HW012, 190 lumen, 12" long, white LED strip light mounted on the boom support cradle. This light will be activated when the aerial master switch is activated.
0755127 Tie Down, Rope, Per Pair, 9000lb
Rating, Trailer Gooseneck, Tiller

ROPE TIE DOWN AT GOOSENECK
There will be two (2) pairs of rope tie downs provided each side of the tiller gooseneck in the forward and rearward locations. Equal quantities will be provided on each side. The tie downs will be rated for a straight line pull of 9000 lb and will be chrome plated. 58968Bid #:
0663833 Boom Support, Raised, Tiller SPECIAL HEIGHT BOOM SUPPORT A special height boom support will be provided to raise the aerial device to clear the generator above the gooseneck.
0663892 Scuffplate, Aerial Boom Support, Top
and Sides

BOOM SUPPORT SCUFFPLATES
There will be scuffplates provided on the top and sides of the aerial boom support that come into contact with the aerial device. The scuffplates will be DA finished. 0619238 SP Cover, Boom Support Wiring, 4Way,
Tiller

COVER FOR BOOM SUPPORT WIRING
The exposed wiring at the rear of the tiller boom support will be covered by an aluminum treadplate cover.
0680821 Boom Panel, Pair AERIAL BOOM PANEL
There will be one boom panel provided on each side of the aerial ladder base section. The boom panel will be painted #90 red.

The boom panels will be designed so no mounting bolts are in the face of the panel. This will keep the lettering surface free of holes.
0526886 Indicator, Extension, Inside Handrails
Only, Every 10'

EXTENSION INDICATOR
Extension markings and corresponding numerical indicators will be provided along each inside top rail of the base section of the aerial every ten (10) feet. They will indicate various positions of extension up to full. Markings and indicators will be clearly visible to the console operator. To aid in visibility during hours of darkness, the markings and numerical indicators will be of a black reflective material.
0723719 Steps, Folding, Four, Aerial Device,
Trident

FOLDING STEPS
One (1) set of folding steps will be provided at the tip of the ladder. An additional set of folding steps will be provided at the base of the fly section. The steps will be bright finished with a luminescent tread coating, that is rechargeable from any light source and can hold a charge for up to 24 hours, on the stepping surface. Each step will have no integrated light. 0688232 Rung Covers, Aerial Device

AERIAL DEVICE RUNG COVERS
Each rung will be covered with a secure, heavy-duty, fiberglass pultrusion that incorporates an aggressive, no-slip coating.

The rung covers will be glued to each rung and will be easily replaceable should the rung cover become damaged.

The center portion of each rung cover will be black and the outside 2.00" edge at each side will be photoluminescent to assist in providing a light source for each rung during low light conditions.

Under no circumstances will the rung covers be fastened to the rungs using screws or rivets.

The rung covers will have a 10-year, limited warranty.
0786841 Brackets Only, Roof/Fresno Ladder,
Base Section, Inboard of Boom Panel

LADDER STORAGE MOUNTING BRACKETS
Mounting will be provided on the right side of the aerial device while viewed from the turntable for storage of one (1) roof ladder(s). The bracket(s) will be located inboard of the boom panel at the base section. The bracket(s) will hold the boom panel as close to the base section as possible and include straps to secure the ladder.

The mounting brackets will accommodate a 10' Duo-Safety 775-DR roof ladder as determined by the type of aerial device and the available space.
0663209 Inclinometer, Additional, Aerial
Device

ADDITIONAL INCLINOMETER
There will be one (1) additional inclinometer(s) provided to indicate the degree of elevation of the aerial device. The inclinometer(s) will be located on the outside of the base section on the opposite side of the standard location.

A light will be provided to illuminate the inclinometer. 0674963 Scabbard, Temporary Vent Saw
Storage, No Depth Gauge, Aerial
Ladder

TEMPORARY SCABBARD AT END OF AERIAL
There will be a total of two (2) vent saw scabbard(s) provided. The scabbard(s) will be mounted on each side of the aerial egress. The scabbard(s) will be DA finished. 0676785 Bracket Only, Rubbish Hook, Aerial
Fly Section

RUBBISH HOOK MOUNTING BRACKET
Mounting will be provided near the end of the fly section of the aerial ladder for a rubbish hook.

The bracket will be sized to hold a Nupla 12' roof vent rubbish hook with D handle. 0678815 Brackets Only, Axe, 6lb or 8lb, Aerial
Fly Section

AXE MOUNTING BRACKETS
Brackets will be provided near the end of the fly section of the aerial ladder for mounting a fire axe. The mounting plates will be D/A finished aluminum. 59968Bid #:
0893726 Lights, Turntable Walkway, P25,
LED, Job Color Brackets

LIGHTS FOR TURNTABLE WALKWAY
There will be lights with white LEDs and black housing provided at the aerial turntable. The lights will be located to illuminate the entire walking surface of the turntable including the area around the turntable console. These lights will be activated by the aerial master switch.

The light(s) that are installed with fabricated brackets, the brackets will be painted to match the mounting surface.
0762396 Light, Turntable Console, Amdor AY-
LB-12HW012, LED Strip Light

TURNTABLE CONSOLE LIGHTING
There will be one (1), Amdor®, Model AY-LB-12HW012, 190 lumen, 12" long, white LED light strip mounted in the turntable console cover to illuminate the controls located on both the upper and lower portion of the turntable control station. These lights will be activated by the aerial master switch.
0660526 Hoist Rings, S/S, Forward Edge of
Turntable, 105', 100'HD

HOIST RINGS
There will be two (2) stainless steel hoist rings located on the forward edge (aerial side) of the turntable. One (1) to be mounted on each side of the aerial device.

The hoist rings will be mounted on a stainless steel protective plate which is attached to the turntable deck.

The rating of each hoist ring will be a maximum of 1000 lb. There will be a label indicating this rating provided next to the hoist rings.
0682164 Cover, Around Aerial Rotation
Bearing

ROTATION BEARING COVER
A cover will be fitted over the aerial rotation bearing and drive pinion gear(s). The cover will be aluminum treadplate and attached to the underside of the turntable deck. 0642824 Guard, Aerial Ladder Extension
Control While Stowed, Tiller

LADDER EXTENSION CONTROL GUARD
A guard, fabricated from a stainless steel hinge will be installed at the forward end of the ladder extension control as a protective measure. This will allow the aerial operator at the turntable control console, to position the guard when the ladder is stowed preventing the aerial from extending into the tiller cab window.
0120788 Control Stations, 100'/105' Tiller

CONTROL STATION
There will be a turntable control station located on the right hand side of the turntable so the operator will be able to easily observe the ladder tip while operating the controls. The controls will permit the operator to regulate the speed of the aerial functions within safe limits (as determined by the manufacturer and NFPA standards). The controls will be clearly marked and lighted for nighttime operation. A hinged aluminum cover will be provided. The momentary foot switch located at the turntable control station will activate the aerial function controls. They are capable of being operated independently or simultaneously.

The following controls and indicator lights will be clearly identified, illuminated, and conveniently located for ease of operation and viewing:
- Elevation, extension/retraction, and rotation controls - High idle switch
- Rung alignment indicator light
- Tip/Tracking lights
- Hydraulic system pressure gauge
- Indicator/Alarm test switch
- EPU switch
- Operator's load chart
- Stabilizer Not Fully Extended indicator light
- Monitor controls
- Aerial waterway flow meter
There will also be a minimum of two (2) 12-volt work lights installed on the turntable to illuminate the surrounding area for nighttime operation. The work lights will be activated by the aerial master switch.

STABILIZER CONTROL STATION
There will be an easily accessible control station located at both the driver and passenger side of the apparatus. The following controls and indicator lights will be clearly identified and conveniently located for ease of operation and viewing at each control station. - Stabilizer controls for driver and passenger side
- Stabilizer Firm On Ground indicator lights
- Stabilizer Fully Extended indicator lights
- Inclinometer for grade and slope
- Stabilizer EPU switch
- High Idle switch
60968Bid #:
0662753 Stabilizers, 100'/105' HD Tractor
Drawn Steel Aerial, Split Pan, 17'
Spread

STABILIZERS
The vehicle will come equipped with a stabilization system consisting of two (2) hydraulically operated out and down style stabilizers. This system will meet or exceed all requirements of the NFPA specifications related to stabilization and setup on sloped surfaces.

The stabilizer/leveling jacks will have a maximum spread of 17' measured from the centerline of the jack footpads when the beams are fully extended. The beams will be 6.81" wide x 8.88" high with 0.75" thick top and bottom plates and 0.50" thick sides of 100,000-PSI minimum yield strength steel. The cylinders will have pilot-operated check valves with thermal relief designed to insure that the beams will not drift out of the stowed position during travel. Wear pads will guide the stabilizers.

The horizontal extension cylinders will be totally enclosed within the beams and will incorporate telescoping hydraulic tubing to supply the jack cylinder hydraulic power. Stabilizer hydraulic hoses will remain stationary during operation of the stabilizers to prevent hose wear and potential failure. The cylinders will be equipped with decelerators to reduce the speed of extension and retraction when the beams are near the fully retracted and extended positions. The stabilizer extension hydraulic cylinders will have the following dimensions: 2.25" bore, 1.38" rod, and 57.25" stroke.

The vertical jack cylinders will be capable of 12.00" ground penetration. The cylinders will be supplied with pilot operated check valves on each jack cylinder to hold the cylinder in the stowed or working position, should a charged line be severed at any point in the hydraulic system. For safety, the integral holding valves will be located in the cylinder base end, NOT in the transfer tube. Vertical jack cylinder rods will be fully enclosed by a telescoping inner box to protect the cylinder rods from damage. The stabilizer jack hydraulic cylinders will have the following dimensions: 4.25" bore, 3.00" rod, and 28.88" stroke.

Each stabilizer jack will have a pan that will be of the split-pan design and will be a maximum

12.50" wide so as to allow the extension of the stabilizer between parked cars or other obstacles.

This pan will serve as a protective guard and a mounting surface for warning lights. The top, forward, and rear edges will be flanged back 90 degrees for added strength.

Stabilizer Pads
The stabilizer footpad will be 12.00" in diameter. The footpad will be attached to the jack cylinder rod by means of a machined ball at the end of the jack cylinder rod which mates to a socket machined into the footpad. The footpad will have the ability to pivot 20 degrees from horizontal in any direction to allow setup on uneven terrain.

Auxiliary Stabilizer Pads
An auxiliary ground pad will be supplied for each stabilizer to provide additional load distribution on soft surfaces. The pads will be 24.00" square and made from lightweight composite material.

The ground pressure will not exceed 75 lb per square inch when the ground pads are used and the apparatus is fully loaded and the aerial device is carrying its rated capacity in any position.

There will be one (1) pad located on each side of the apparatus, behind the stabilizers.

Stabilizer Controls
An electrically controlled hydraulic valve will power stabilizer movement. The valve can also be manually controlled in the event of electrical malfunction. Hydraulic power override controls will be incorporated into the valve. The manual override mechanism will be completely sealed within the valve assembly to prevent any possibility of corrosion.

The stabilizer controls will be located to provide the operator with a full view of each stabilizer being positioned. Each stabilizer control panel will include the following:

In/out stabilizer beam control toggle switch
Up/down stabilizer jack control toggle switch
Emergency hydraulic power unit (EPU) control toggle switch High idle control toggle switch
Stabilizer fully extended LED indicator lights
Stabilizer planted LED indicator lights
As a safety device, an electrically actuated diverter valve will be provided. The hydraulic power will be diverted to the aerial ladder controls automatically the instant all stabilizer jacks are firmly planted on the ground. Once the aerial ladder is raised from the bedded position, the stabilizer hydraulic power is cut off so the stabilizers will not accidentally be moved while the aerial is being operated.

To aid in leveling the unit, two (2) bubble type angle indicators will be located near the stabilizer controls. One (1) indicator will show the angle of the truck from the front to rear and the other will show the side to side angle of the truck. The indicators will be color coded green to show when the truck has been properly leveled allowing the aerial device to be operated at full capacity.

A stabilizer deployment audible warning alarm will be provided at each side of the body, activated by the stabilizer movement.

A "Stabilizers Not Stowed" indicator light will be provided in the cab within view of the driver. It will illuminate automatically whenever the stabilizers are not fully stowed to prevent damage to the vehicle if it is moved. The stabilizer system will also be wired to the "Do Not Move Truck" indicator light. This light will flash whenever the apparatus parking brake is not engaged and the stabilizers are not fully stowed.
0728961 Stabilizer Pan Material STABILIZER PAN MATERIAL The aerial stabilizer pans will be polished stainless steel. 0530817 Aerial Stabilizer Pins

STABILIZER PINS
The stabilizer jacks will have holes for the stabilizer pins. 0779621 Doors, Stabilizer Control Box,
Valve/Electrical Distribution Box,
Tiller

STABILIZER CONTROL BOX DOORS
There will be polished stainless steel doors hinged along the forward edge with a flush lift and turn latch provided over each stabilizer control box.

VALVE/POWER DISTRIBUTION BOX ACCESS DOOR
There will be polished stainless steel doors with a flush lift and turn latch provided over the valve and power distribution box doors. These doors will be bottom hinged. 61968Bid #:
0769589 SP Lights, Stabilizer Pad Locator, Wln
Micro MPB*, Rec Stb S Pn, Cnt Ft

STABILIZER GROUND ILLUMINATION LIGHT
There will be two (2) Whelen® Model MPB*, 4,100 lumens 12 volt DC light(s) provided. The light (s) will be recessed in the stationary stabilizer pan(s) located, One (1) DS and One (1) PS.

The light(s) will indicate where the stabilizer pad can be set down.

The painted parts of this light assembly to be black.

The light(s) will be activated when the aerial master switch is activated.

The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0540495 Pads, Stabilizer, Modified to Slide On STABILIZER PADS, MODIFIED The two (2) auxiliary stabilizer pads will be modified so they can be installed on the bottom of the stabilizer. The auxiliary stabilizer pad holders on the truck will also be modified. 62968Bid #:
0121267 Hydraulic System, Tiller

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
All hose assemblies will be assembled and crimped by the hose manufactures certified technician. An assembly cell will be located on the premises where the technician can perform audits of the final aerial assembly for proper fitting torque and hose routing.

All manufacturing employees responsible for the installation of hydraulic components will be properly trained. Training will include: proper handling, installation, torque requirements, cleanliness and quality control procedures for hydraulic components.

Hoses used in the aerial hydraulic system will be of a premium quality hose with a high abrasion resistant cover. All pressure hoses will have a working pressure of 4000 psi and a burst pressure rating of 16,000 psi.

The hydraulic oil will be a premium Multi-Vis product having a leading edge additive package, provide oxidation stability, be extremely shear stable and maximum anti-wear properties. All oil delivered to the manufacturing site will have a minimum ISO cleanliness level of 18/15/13.

Each aerial will be evaluated as to the region and climate where it will be used to determine the optimum viscosity and proper oil grade. Oil viscosity will be based on an optimum range of 80 to 1000 SUS during normal aerial use. Before shipment of the unit, an oil sample will be taken and analyzed to confirm the oil is within the allowable ISO grade tolerance.

The aerial hydraulic system will have a minimum oil cleanliness level of ISO 18/15/13 based on the ISO 4406:1999 cleanliness standard. Each customer will receive a certificate of actual cleanliness test results and an explanation of the rating system.

Each aerial will include an oil sample port, identified with a yellow dust cap and a label, for subsequent customer testing.

Ball valves will be provided in the hydraulic suction lines to permit component servicing without draining the oil reservoir.

The system hydraulic pressure will be displayed on a 2.5" liquid filled gauge, located on the control console.

The hydraulic system will be additionally protected from excessive pressure by a secondary pressure relief valve set at 3,150 psi. In the event the main hydraulic pump compensator malfunctions, the secondary relief will prevent system damage.

HYDRAULIC CYLINDERS
All cylinders used on the aerial device will be produced by a manufacturer that specializes in the manufacture of hydraulic cylinders.

Each cylinder will include integral safety holding cartridges.

Each cylinder will be designed to a minimum safety factor of 4:1 to failure.

All safety holding cartridges will be installed at the cylinder manufacturer, in a controlled clean environment to avoid possible contamination and or failure.

HYDRAULIC PUMP
The hydraulic system will be supplied by a 4.6 cubic inch variable volume, load and pressure compensating piston pump. The pump will be rated at a minimum of 5,365 psi peak pressure and 2,600 rpm. The pump will meet the demands of all three simultaneous aerial functions. The pump will provide proper flow for single aerial function with the engine at idle speed. A switch will be provided on the control console to increase the engine speed for multiple function operation.

EMERGENCY PUMP
The aerial will be equipped with an emergency hydraulic pump, electrically driven from the truck batteries. The pump will be capable of running for 30 minutes for limited aerial functions to stow the unit in case of a main pump or truck system failure. A momentary switch will be located at the stabilizer and aerial control locations to activate the emergency pump.

AERIAL CONTROL VALVE
The aerial hydraulic control valve will be designed with special spool flows, limiting the oil flow for the designed function speed. The valve will be manually controlled and be located in the control console with the handles protruding through the operating surface for operation. The activation handles will be spaced a minimum of 3.5" for ease of operation. The valve spools will be designed to bleed off downstream pressure, in the neutral position and allow proper seating of any cylinder holding cartridge.

OIL RESERVOIR
The oil reservoir will have a minimum capacity of 40 gallons. The oil fill location will be easily accessible and be labeled "Hydraulic Oil Only" and also indicate the grade of oil that is installed in the reservoir. The fill cap will have a 40 micron filter to provide protection from contamination. A drain hose will be included and will terminate with a quarter turn ball valve.

Two suction ports will be provided, one for the main hydraulic pump and one for the emergency pump. The main suction will be slightly elevated off the bottom of the reservoir and include a 100 mesh suction strainer. The emergency suction port will be closer to the bottom of the reservoir to provide some reserve oil for emergency operation.

A six (6) disc type magnetic drain will also be provided to collect any ferrous contaminants.

A combination sight glass and thermometer will be mounted to the reservoir in an easily viewable location.

HIGH PRESSURE FILTER
The pressure filter will be rated for 6,000 psi working pressure and generously sized for efficiency and capacity. A 90 psi bypass spring will be included to protect the element and hydraulic system during lower than normal system operating temperatures.

The 5Q filter element will be constructed of a micro glass medium, which has the highest capture efficiency, dirt holding capacity and life expectancy over other media such as cellulose and synthetic. The nominal rating will be 5 micron and have an efficiency rating of 99.3 % for 5 micron sized particles. The element will have a dirt holding capacity of not less than 35 grams.

RETURN FILTER
The return filter will be rated for 150 psi working pressure and generously sized for efficiency and capacity. A 25 psi bypass spring will be included to protect the element and hydraulic system during lower than normal system operating temperatures. The 10Q filter element will be constructed of a micro glass medium, which has the highest capture efficiency, dirt holding capacity and life expectancy over other media such as cellulose and synthetic. The nominal rating will be 10 microns and have an efficiency rating of 99.5% for 10 micron sized particles. The element will have a dirt holding capacity of not less than 84.7 grams. 63968Bid #:
0120793 Swivels, PAL, Tiller, 32 Collector
Rings

HYDRAULIC SWIVEL
The aerial ladder will be equipped with a high pressure hydraulic swivel which will connect the hydraulic lines from the hydraulic pump and reservoir, through the rotation point, to the aerial control bank. The hydraulic swivel will allow for 360-degree continuous rotation of the aerial.

ELECTRIC SWIVEL
The ladder will be equipped with an electric swivel to allow 360-degree rotation of the aerial while maintaining connections in all electrical circuits through the rotation point. A minimum of 32 collector rings that are capable of supplying 30-amp continuous service will be provided. All collector rings will be enclosed and protected against condensation and corrosion. 0120780 Electrical System, Tiller

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
The aerial electrical system will be designed and manufactured in such a way that the power and signal protection and control compartments will contain circuit protection devices and power control devices. The power and signal protection and control components will be protected against corrosion, excessive heat, excessive vibration, physical damage, and water spray.

The aerial electrical system will be designed and manufactured to allow the following:
- All of the serviceable components will be readily accessible. - Circuit protection devices will be utilized to protect each circuit. - General protection circuit breakers will be Type-I automatic reset (continuously resetting) or Type-II (manual resetting) and conform to SAE requirements. When required, automotive type fuses conforming to SAE requirements will be utilized to protect electronic equipment. - Power control relays and solenoids, when utilized, will have a direct current (dc) rating of 125% of the maximum current for which the circuit is protected.

The aerial electrical system will be designed and manufactured to allow the following:
- Toggle switches will be utilized that are certified for the outside conditions that fire apparatus experience.
- All wiring will be protected through conduit or loom. - All wiring harnesses will be properly supported to eliminate harness damage through rubbing. - All connectors utilized in the system will be of a waterproof design. - Two (2) inductive proximity switches and an illumination light will be incorporated into the boom support.
- The aerial master and aerial PTO can be engaged after the water pump has been engaged without having to bring the RPM back to idle.
- Standard cabling to the tip of the aerial will consist of one (1) 16/20 cable and one (1) 12/8 cable.

TORQUE BOX POWER DISTRIBUTION PANEL
A fuse and relay panel, located in the passenger side gooseneck area, will include the following:
- NEMA 4x rated weatherproof enclosure
- Relays, fuses, and circuit breakers for aerial and stabilizer interlocks and control switches

TURNTABLE LIGHTING
The turntable will be lighted for nighttime operation with a minimum of two (2) work lights activated by the aerial master switch.

TURNTABLE CONSOLE
The following switches and indicator lights will be standard on the turntable console:
- High idle on/off switch
- Tip/Tracking light switch
- Indicator and alarm test switch
- Emergency hydraulic power switch
- STABILIZERS NOT FULLY EXTENDED amber indicator light
- Rung alignment green indicator light
The turntable console will be lighted for nighttime operation with one (1) work light activated by the aerial master switch. A fuse panel will be located in the turntable console.

TURNTABLE OVERRIDE CONTROLS
The aerial manual override controls will be located in the turntable control console.

MASTER OVERRIDE CONTROLS
An emergency power switch will be located behind an access panel on the driver's side of the tiller gooseneck. The switch will activate the emergency power unit and allow control of the aerial or stabilizers based on the direction the switch is toggled.

A work light will be provided to illuminate the master override controls when the battery switch is active and the master override door is open.

BOOM SUPPORT
Two (2) Turck inductive proximity switches will be provided on the boom support to detect if the aerial device is fully stowed within the boom support.

STABILIZER INDICATOR
A "Stabilizers Not Stowed" indicator will be provided in the driver's compartment. It will illuminate automatically whenever the stabilizers are not fully stowed, to prevent damage to the apparatus if moved. The stabilizer system will also be wired to the "Do Not Move" indicator light, which will flash whenever the apparatus parking brake is not fully engaged and the stabilizers are not fully stowed.

CRADLE INTERLOCK SYSTEM
A cradle interlock system will be provided to prevent the lifting of the aerial from the nested position until the operator has positioned all the stabilizers in a load supporting configuration. A switch will be installed at the cradle to prevent operation of the stabilizers once the aerial has been elevated from the nested position.

STABILIZER ALARM
An electronic warning device will be provided at each stabilizer to warn personnel that the stabilizers are being deployed. Each alarm will produce a fast pulsing 90 DBA signal and will cancel only when the stabilizer is put into a load bearing configuration.

STABILIZER SCENE LIGHTS
A 4.00" clear floodlight will be provided on each stabilizer to illuminate the surrounding area. The light will be actuated by the aerial master switch.
64968Bid #:
0804781 Aerial Scene Lts Separated into
Aerial Tip Category and Aerial
Tracking Category
0820601 Lights, Tip, Wln MP** LED, 4lts TIP LIGHT
There will be four (4) Whelen® Model MP**, 5,695 lumens 12 volt DC LED lights installed at the tip of the aerial device.

One (1) light on the left side high. The left side tip light to include spot optics.

One (1) light on the left side low. The left side lower tip light to include flood optics.

One (1) light on the right side low. The right side lower tip light to include flood optics.

One (1) light on the right side high. The right side tip light to include spot optics.

The light(s) to be installed with low profile adjustable pedestal mount(s).

The painted parts of this light assembly to be white
The lights will be controlled with the tracking lights. 0802753 Lights, Tracking, Wln MP** LED, 2lts TRACKING LIGHTS There will be two (2) Whelen® MP**, 5,695 lumens 12 volt DC LED lights installed on the base section of the aerial device below the hand rails per the following:

One (1) will be located on the left side with left side tracking light to include spot optics.

One (1) will be located on the right side with spot optics.

The light(s) to be installed with low profile adjustable pedestal mount(s).

The painted parts of this light assembly to be white.

The tracking lights will be controlled by a switch located at the platform/tip and turntable. 0733396 SP Light, Locator, Wln L31H*F, LED, at
Tip, PAL/PAP, 1lt

AERIAL LOCATOR LIGHT
There will be a Whelen®, Model L31H*F, LED beacon installed at the aerial tip for the purpose of locating the aerial device while in operation.

The color of the locator light will be blue.

The lights will be activated whenever the aerial is raised from the cradle. 0618906 Lighting, Rung, LED, TecNiq, 4
Section, Base, Lower/Upper Mid, Fly,
3 Colors RWB

LIGHTING ON AERIAL LADDER
There will be TecNiq, Model D02, LED rung lighting provided on both sides of the aerial ladder base, lower and upper mid, and fly sections. The lighting will be located adjacent to the ladder rungs along the lower rail of the ladder sections and will run the length of the ladder section.

The color of the aerial device when the device is at full extension will be:

Top one-third to be red
Middle one-third to be white
Bottom one-third to be blue
The LED rung lighting will be activated when a switch at the turntable operator's panel is activated through the aerial master and a switch at the turntable operator's panel is activated through the master battery switch.

The lights may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0540701 Lights, Stabilizer Warn (1) Set, Wln
M6* LED, Front Colored Lens

STABILIZER WARNING LIGHTS
There will be two (2) Whelen, Model M6*, LED flashing warning lights with Whelen, Model M6FC, chrome flanges installed on the stabilizer cover panels, one (1) each side.

The front stabilizer pan lights will be red LED with a lens the same color as the LEDs.

These warning lights will be activated by the same switch as the side warning lights. 0068703 Lights, Grote Supernova LED,
Stabilizer Beam, (1) Set

STABILIZER BEAM WARNING LIGHTS
Two (2) 4.00" diameter red LED flashing lights will be mounted on each stabilizer, one (1) facing forward and one (1) facing rearward. The lights will be Grote Supernova 40 series LED lights. The lights will be recessed in the horizontal beam of the stabilizer. These warning lights will be activated with the aerial master switch.
0601973 Lights, Stabilizer Scene, (1) set,
Truck-Lite 44042C, LED

STABILIZER SCENE LIGHTS
There will be one (1) Truck-Lite, Model 44042C 4.00" LED, scene light installed under each stabilizer beam to illuminate the surrounding area. A total of two (2) lights will be installed. These lights will be activated by the aerial master switch.
0633833 DC Power To Aerial Tip, 11.2 Amp @
12 Volt DC
DC POWER CABLE to TIP
There will be a cable installed in the aerial device to provide 11.2 amps @ 12 volts DC to the tip of the aerial device.
0737181 Intercom, 2-Way Fire Research
ICA910 Hands Free

2-WAY AERIAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
There will be a Fire Research, Model ICA910, two-way intercom system provided. The control module with an LED volume display and push-button volume control will be located on the turntable operator console.

A hands free module will be located at the aerial tip or platform and constantly transmit to the other module unless the control module push-to-talk button is pressed.

Each intercom unit will be weatherproof.
65968Bid #:
0540895 Not Required, Breathing Air to Tip,
Aerial Ladder
0024742 Not Required, Mask, Breathing Air To
Tip
0066919 Not Required, Raised Pedestal, Tiller
0808215 LyfePulley, Rescue System RESCUE LIFTING SYSTEM A rescue lifting attachment will be provided. The lifting attachmentwill mount to the aerial egress and will consist of a pair of nylatron pulleys mounted to a stainless steel shaft. The pulleys will be adjustable from side to side and will have a total lifting capacity of 750lb, regardless of whether one (1) or both pulleys are being utilized. 0597280 Lifting Eye Assembly, Rope Rescue
Attachment, HDL

LIFTING EYE ASSEMBLY - ROPE RESCUE ATTACHMENT
A lifting eye assembly will be provided that is designed to evenly distribute load at the tip of the aerial. The egress will include attachment points for the lifting eye assembly. The lift eye assembly is retained by two (2) locking pins, one (1) at each end outboard side of the egress.

Leveling is maintained by the lifting eye assembly rotating within the egress mounting. 0645472 Rope Tie Bar At Base Section, for
Lyfe Pulley, Painted
Box,Ascendant,105',Tiller

ROPE TIE BAR AT BASE SECTION, RESCUE LIFTING SYSTEM
A removable bracket will be supplied at the rear of the base section, attached between the left hand and right hand rear hand rails. The bracket will provide Lyfe Pulley rope tie off and/or guide points spaced 5.25" apart, centered between the rear hand rails. The bracket will be designed to be easily removable and not interfere with a fully retracted ladder assembly when attached to the base section. A storage box for the bracket will be provided on the outside rear of the base section. The storage box and bracket will be painted to match the aerial device. 0667968 Switch, Console Cover, Do Not Move
Truck Indicator Circuit
SWITCH
There will be a switch installed that will activate the Do Not Move Truck Indicator circuit when the battery switch is on, the turntable console cover is opened and the parking brake is released. 0530828 Turntable Access, Chains

AERIAL TURNTABLE CHAIN
A chain will be installed at the aerial turntable.
0090677 Waterway, 100' HDL, Tiller WATER SYSTEM
A waterway system will be provided consisting of the following components and features:

The integral telescopic water system will consist of a 4.50" diameter tube in the base section, a

4.00" diameter tube in the lower mid-section, a 3.50" diameter tube in the upper mid-section and a 3.00" diameter tube in the fly section. The telescopic waterway will be constructed of anodized aluminum pipe.

The aerial will be capable of discharging up to 1000 gpm at 100 psi parallel to the ladder and 90 degrees to each side of center.

An adjustable pressure relief valve will be furnished to protect the aerial waterway from a pressure surge.

Two (2) 1.50" drain valves will be located at the lowest points of the waterway system and will be routed to drain through the center of the 5th wheel.

WATERWAY SEALS
The waterway seals will be of type-B PolyPak design, composed of nitroxile seal and a nitrile wiper, which together offer maximum stability and extrusion resistance on the waterway. The seal will be capable of withstanding pressures up to 2000 psi, temperatures in excess of 250 degrees Fahrenheit and have resistance to all foam generating solutions. The seals will be internally lubricated.

The waterway seals will have automatic centering guides constructed of synthetic thermalpolymer. The guides will provide positive centering of the extendible sections within each other and the base section to insure longer service life and smoother operation. 0632856 Monitor, Akron 3480 StreamMaster II
Electric

AERIAL MONITOR
An Akron Model 3480 monitor with stow and deploy will be provided at the tip with a Akron 1250 gpm Model 5177.

The monitor's functions will be controlled electrically from two (2) separate locations. One (1) control will be located at the control console and the other at the ladder tip.

There will be a courtesy light at the tip of the aerial to illuminate the controls.

Vertical travel of this monitor will be -45 degrees to 90 degrees. Horizontal rotation will be 90 degrees to each side of the center line of the aerial device. 0534379 Flowmeter, FRC, Waterway, PAL

AERIAL WATERWAY FLOW METER
A Fire Research Corporation Model DF430, digital flow indicator with a four (4) digit LED display will be provided for the aerial waterway at the turntable control station.

The display will have a flow totalizer, programmable high and low flow warnings, and automatically adjust LED brightness for day/night viewing. 66968Bid #:
0512000 Inlet, Aerial Waterway, 4.00"
Plumbing with 5.00" Inlet, Tiller

AERIAL WATERWAY INLET
The aerial waterway will be plumbed from the fifth wheel area to the waterway swivel with 4.00" pipe. A 5.00" inlet will be located on each side of the apparatus complete with a chrome plated cap. The individual "line" pressure gauges for the inlets will be manufactured by Class 1. They will be a minimum of 3.50" in diameter and will have white faces with black lettering. Gauges will be compound type with a vacuum/pressure range of 30.00"-0-600#.

The individual pressure gauge will be installed as close to the inlet as practical. 0673128 Quick-Lock Waterway Locking
System, 100' HDL, 105' HDL, ASL

WATERWAY LOCKING SYSTEM
The aerial ladder waterway monitor will be capable of being positioned at either the fly section or at the next lower section of the ladder.

The monitor location will be changeable by the use of a single handle, located at the side of the ladder.

The handle, attached to a cam bracket, will simply be moved forward to lock the monitor at the fly section and back to lock it to the previous section.

There will be no pins to remove and reinstall.

The monitor will be operational at all times, regardless of its position, without connecting or disconnecting electrical lines.
0663185 SP Monitor Auto Stow, To Left Side
Body, Tiller

MONITOR AUTO STOW
The monitor will be set to auto stow facing the left side of the body to the allow the operator to verify the monitor is stowed prior to nesting the device. 0660379 SP Label Pinnable Waterway Lock,
Rescue/Waterpipe

QUICK-LOCK WATER WAY LOCK LABELING
The Quick-Lock waterway locking mechanism will be labeled "LOWER FLY" "RELEASE" "UPPER FLY". Three (3) labels will be installed on the side and three (3) on the top of the pinnable waterway release lever mounting bracket.
0013164 Elbow, Aerial Inlet, 5" FNST x 5"
Storz w/Cap

ADAPTER, STORZ INLET
There will be two (2) 5.00" FNST x 5.00" Storz 30 degree elbow(s) with blind cap provided aerial waterway inlet.
0746470 Waterway Shutoff Valve, Above
Swivel, Elkhart Apex, Elec Control

AERIAL WATERWAY SHUTOFF VALVE
A 5.00" electric operated butterfly valve will be installed above the swivel in the aerial inlet waterway to shut off water flow to the aerial waterway. The controller(s) will be located aerial turntable.

The valve will be controlled with an Elkhart Apex electric valve controller(s). The electric control must be of a true position feedback design, requiring no clutches in the motor or current limiting.

The controller(s) will have momentary open, close as well as programmable preset valve positions. The controller(s) will provide position indication on a full color, backlit LCD display. It will have manual adjustment of the brightness as well as an auto dimming option.

If applicable, there will be a preset relief valve in the waterway between the butterfly valve and the monitor to protect the waterway when retracting.
0047897 Tools, Aerial

TOOLS
The following tools will be provided for retorquing of all specified bolts as recommended by the manufacturer:

Torque Wrench
All Required Extensions, Sockets and Adapters
4-to-1 Multiplier
0559494 Manuals and Training, 3 Consecutive
Days, Ascendant Ladder, PAL,
English

MANUALS
Two (2) operator maintenance manuals and two (2) wiring diagrams pertaining to the aerial device will be provided with the apparatus at time of pick-up. Manuals will be in the English language.

INITIAL INSTRUCTION
On initial delivery of the fire apparatus, the contractor will supply a qualified representative to demonstrate the apparatus and provide initial instruction to the fire department regarding the operation, care, and maintenance of the apparatus for a period of three (3) consecutive days. 67968Bid #:
0832200 Cab, Tiller, Sliding Doors, 2025 TILLER CAB
A permanently mounted tiller cab will be located on top of the tiller trailer, to the rear of the aerial ladder. The maximum overall height of the tiller cab will not exceed 134.00". The tiller cab will be totally enclosed.

The cab windshield will be automotive approved tinted safety glass and will provide a minimum of 1,513 square inches of clear viewing area.

Each side window, directly rearward of the windshield, will be more than 536 square inches. The side windows, combined with the windshield, will provide a minimum of 2,585 square inches of unobstructed viewing area. In order to provide maximum visibility for the tillerman, there will be no corner posts at the forward corners of the windshield.

Two (2) slide back doors, one each side of cab will be provided. Doors will be mounted on top and bottom slides which will be lockable in either open or closed position. A minimum door opening of 21.50" will be provided when entering and exiting the tiller cab. The tiller cab doors will be equipped with drop-down windows. The windows will be 18.00" wide x 31.00" high.

The rear wall of the tiller cab will have a vertically-split sliding window. The window will be 33.50" wide x 27.75" high.

The tiller cab floor will be constructed of aluminum treadplate.

A two (2) speed electric windshield wiper with washer will be provided for the front windshield.

The windshield washer reservoir will have a capacity of two (2) quarts and will be located forward of the tiller cab.

An adjustable, telescopic steering column will be provided.

The diagnostic plug for the trailer ABS system will be provided in the driver side tiller access stepwell, behind the fuel fill door.

The following controls/alarms will be provided inside the tiller cab:

Buzzer signaling system with push button in tiller cab steering wheel as well as a labeled push button in the tractor cab, within reach of the driver.

Jackknife alarm
The following will be provided on the steering column support pedestal:

Two (2) heater/defroster outlets
Heater/defroster control switch
The following controls/gauges will be located in the upper control panel:

Tiller wheel position indicator LCD color display gauge (L-C-R) Two (2) LED amber turn signals
Windshield wiper/washer control switch
0726222 Sun Visor, Smoked Lexan, Tiller Cab A smoked Lexan™ sun visor will be provided in the tiller cab above the windshield. There will be no retention bracket provided to help secure the sun visor in the stowed position. 0636263 Light, Dome, FRP Dual LED 1lt

TILLER CAB DOME LIGHT
There will be one (1) dual LED dome light with black bezel installed in the tiller cab.

The color of the LED will be red and white.

The white LED will be controlled by the door switches and the lens switch.

The color LED will be controlled by the lens switch.

All dome lights on the apparatus will be illuminated per the current edition of applicable NFPA standards per seating position.
0834060 Heater/Defroster, Tiller Cab, Electric,
Dual 12V, Med Climate

TILLER CAB HEATER/DEFROSTER
There will be two (2) DC Thermal, Model SA12-4000, combination heater/defroster provided in the tiller cab. Each heater will have a max of 5,000BTU. The heater/defrost system will have an airflow of 220 cfm.

Each heater/defroster will have a high/off/low heat switch, and thermostatic control located in the tiller cab within reach of the tillerman.

There will be a minimum of two (2) defrost outlets in the cab for maximum defrost performance.

The system will be 12 volt and will be powered through the tractor ignition circuit. 0827713 SP Air Conditioner, Tiller Cab, Painted
Sides, 4-Way Top, Soft Start, Safe-
Stride

TILLER CAB AIR CONDITIONING
Air conditioning will be provided for the tiller cab.

The unit will be manufactured by Danhard Inc.

The air conditioner will have cooling capacity of 13,500 BTU.

The in tiller cab venting will route via louvers included on the B-pillar of the tiller cab.

The unit will be 120 volt AC and will be run off of the onboard generator. The full load amperage draw will be 12.00 amps in the cooling mode.

A start assist kit provided by Danhard Inc, will be included to reduce the compressor starting current experienced by the generator.

The evaporator will be located ahead of the tiller cab on the top deck of the tiller trailer. The air conditioning unit will not increase the overall height of the tiller cab.

The evaporator sides will be painted to match the job color. The cover will be made of aluminum treadplate coated with black Safe-Stride® non-slip surface treatment. 68968Bid #:
0695671 Seat, Tiller, Pierce PS6, Premium, Air
Ride Hi-Back

TILLER CAB SEAT
A seat will be provided in the tiller cab. The seat will be a cam action type, with air suspension.

For increased convenience, the seat will include a manual control to adjust the horizontal position (6.00" travel). The manual horizontal control will be a towel-bar style located below the forward part of the seat cushion. The seat will have a reclining back adjustable from 20 degrees back to 0 degrees forward. The seat back will be a high back style with manual lumbar adjustment lever, and will include minimum 7.50" deep side bolster pads for maximum support. For optimal comfort, the seat will be provided with 17.00" deep dual density foam cushions designed with EVC (elastomeric vibration control). To ensure safe operation, the seat will be equipped with seat belt sensors in the seat cushion and belt receptacle that will activate an alarm indicating a seat is occupied but not buckled.

The seat will be furnished with a 3-point, shoulder type seat belt. The seat belt will be furnished with dual automatic retractors that will provide ease of operation in the normal seating position. 0554699 Steps,Tiller Cab Access, Moved
Rearward, Each Side

TILLER CAB STEPS
For access to the tiller cab, two (2) sets of steps will be furnished at the rear of the apparatus, one set each side. The steps will be moved rearward and be in alignment with the tiller cab door.

The bottom three (3) access steps will be full width, approximately 21.00" wide and the top step will be full width, approximately 18.50" wide. The steps will be securely reinforced and constructed of aluminum treadplate. Handrails will be provided on each side of the step assemblies for maximum safety; a vertical handrail will be on the forward side and a candy cane style will be provided on the rearward side. A vertical handrail will also be provided on the tiller cab. The steps will be illuminated for nighttime operation. 0036977 Tiller Warning Indicators w/Seatbelt
Warn in Cab

JACKKNIFE ALARM
An audible and visual warning system will be provided to warn both drivers when the jackknife position approaches the maximum allowable angle.

TILLER WARNING INDICATOR
A warning indicator in the tractor cab will be activated if the parking brake is released and the tiller driver is not present in the tiller cab.
0012207 Mirror, 6" Round Convex, Tiller Cab
(PR)
CONVEX MIRRORS (tiller cab)
A 6.00" diameter round convex mirror with adjustable arm will be installed on each side of tiller cab.
0051052 Window Defrost Fans (2) WINDOW DEFROST FANS
Two (2) window defrost fans will be mounted one each side. 0626771 Trailer, 3.00" Extended Gooseneck,
Single Axle Only, Tiller

TILLER TRAILER
The gooseneck area of the tiller trailer will be constructed of 100,000 psi minimum yield strength steel.

The gooseneck area will have a section modulus of 289.00 cu. in. and a resistance to bending moment of 28,900,000 inch pounds.

The gooseneck area will be 46.00" wide x 13.50" deep.

The tiller trailer frame will be box type construction to effectively resist trailer twist.

The side rails will have a 13.38" tall web over the front and mid sections of the trailer, with a continuous smooth taper to a 10.75" over the tiller axle.

The frame rails will be constructed of 80,000 psi minimum yield strength heat treated .38" thick steel, with 3.50" wide flanges and covered by top and bottom plates to form a ridged box structure. Cover plates will be 50,000 psi minimum yield strength steel.

The tiller trailer frame will have a section modulus of 257.70 cu. in., and a resisting bending moment (rbm) of 12,880,000 inch pounds over the critical regions of the frame assembly, with a section modulus of 18.96 cu. in. with an rbm of 2,085,803 inch pounds over the rear axle.

The overall length of the tiller trailer will be 471.00". The gooseneck area of the trailer will be extended 3.00".
0090681 Walkway, Turntable to Body, Tiller

WALKWAY, TURNTABLE TO BODY
A walkway will be provided from the aerial turntable to the tiller body. 69968Bid #:
0052481 Axle, Tiller Trailer, Oshkosh TAK-4,
Non Drive, 22,800#

TILLER TRAILER NON DRIVE AXLE
The tiller trailer axle will be of the independent suspension design with a ground rating of 22,800 lb.

The center cross members and side plates will be constructed out of 80,000-psi yield strength steel.

The upper control arm will be shorter than the lower arm so that wheel end geometry provides positive camber when deflected below rated load and negative chamber above rated load.

Camber at load will be zero degrees for optimum tire life.

The kingpin bearing will be of low friction design and be sealed for life.

Toe links that are adjustable for alignment of the wheel to the center of the trailer will be provided.

The wheel ends must have little to no bump steer when the chassis encounters a hole or obstacle.

The steering linkage will provide proper steering angles for the inside and outside wheel, based on the vehicle wheelbase.

The turning angle will be up to 24 degrees.

TILLER TRAILER NON DRIVE AXLE WARRANTY
The non drive axle system will have a three (3) year parts and labor warranty. 0032125 Steering, Sheppard M110 w/tilt, TAK-
4, Tiller Trailer

TILLER TRAILER STEERING
Dual Sheppard M110 steering gears, with integral heavy-duty power steering, will be provided.

The steering wheel will be 18.00" in diameter, and capable of tilting and telescoping.

A lock-out pin will be provided on the tiller cab steering column. 0652502 Brakes, Meritor, EX225, 17", Disc
Plus, TAK-4, Tiller
BRAKES
The tiller trailer brake calipers will be Meritor® DiscPlus™ EX225 air disc type. The brake rotors will be 17.00" ventilated.
0052483 Suspension, Tiller, 22,800#

SUSPENSION
Independent suspension will be provided with a minimum ground rating of 22,800 lb.

The independent suspension system will be designed to provide maximum ride comfort. The design will allow the vehicle to travel at highway speeds over improved road surfaces, and at moderate speeds over rough terrain with minimal transfer of road shock and vibration to the vehicle's crew compartment.

Each wheel will have torsion bar type spring. In addition, each wheel end will also have energy absorbing jounce bumpers to prevent bottoming of the suspension.

The suspension design will be such that there is at least 10.00" of total wheel travel and a minimum of 3.75" before suspension bottoms.

The torsion bar type spring and anchor lock system will allow for simple lean adjustments without the use of shims. Adjustment for a lean will be accomplished within 15 minutes. Anchor adjustment design is such that it allows 4.00" of ride height adjustment per side.

The independent suspension will have been put through a durability test that simulated a minimum of 140,000 miles of inner city driving.
0898937 Tires, Goodyear, Armor MAX MSA,
425/65R22.5 20 Ply (tiller)
TIRES
Tiller trailer tires will be Goodyear 425/65R22.50 radials, 20 ply Armor MAX MSA, rated for 22,800 lb maximum axle load and 68 mph maximum speed.
0037030 Wheels, Alum. Alcoa, 22.50" x 12.25"
(385/425), Tiller

WHEELS, TILLER
The tires will be mounted on Alcoa® 22.50" x 12.25" polished aluminum disc type wheels with a ten (10)-stud 11.25" bolt circle.
0037050 Oil Seals, Tiller Axle

OIL SEALS
Oil seals with viewing window will be provided on the tiller axle. 0007150 Bag of Nuts and Bolts

LOOSE EQUIPMENT
The following equipment will be furnished with the completed unit:

One (1) bag of chrome, stainless steel, or cadmium plated screws, nuts, bolts and washers, as used in the construction of the unit.
70968Bid #:
0816498 NFPA Required Loose Equipment,
Aerial, NFPA/ULC 2024, Provided by
Fire Dept

NFPA LOOSE EQUIPMENT
NFPA Required Loose Equipment Provided by Fire Department The following loose equipment as outlined in NFPA 1900, 2024 edition, table 8.1 and CAN/ULC S515:2024 edition, section 5.2 will be provided by the fire department:

One (1) traffic vest for each seating position, each vest to comply with ANSI/ISEA 107, American National Standard for High-Visibility Safety Apparel and Accessories, and have a five-point breakaway feature that includes two (2) at the shoulders, two (2) at the sides, and one (1) at the front.

Five (5) fluorescent orange traffic cones not less than 28.00" (711 mm) in height, each equipped with a 6.00" (152 mm) retro-reflective white band no more than 4.00" (152 mm) from the top of the cone, and an additional 4.00" (102 mm) retro-reflective white band 2.00" (51 mm) below the

6.00" (152 mm) band.

Five (5) illuminated warning devices such as highway flares, unless the five (5) fluorescent orange traffic cones have illuminating capabilities.

Four (4) ladder belts meeting the requirements of NFPA 2500.

NFPA Loose Equipment That Should be Considered
The following loose equipment as outlined in NFPA 1900, 2024 edition, appendix table A.8.4 (a) and CAN/ULC S515:2024 edition, section 5.2 should be considered:

Two (2) 3 ft - 4 ft plaster hooks with D handles mounted in brackets fastened to the apparatus Two (2) crowbars
Two (2) claw tools
Two (2) 12 lb (5 kg) sledgehammers
Four (4) SCBA apparatus
Four (4) SCBA spare cylinders
One (1) first aid kit
Six (6) salvage covers, each a minimum size of 12 ft × 18 ft (3.6 m × 5.5 m) Four (4) combination spanner wrenches
Two (2) scoop shovels
One (1) pair of bolt cutters, 24.00" (0.6 m) minimum
One (1) 150 ft (45 m) light-use life safety rope meeting the requirements of NFPA 2500 One (1) 150 ft (45 m) general-use life safety rope meeting the requirements of NFPA 2500 One (1) 150 ft (45 m) utility ropes having a breaking strength of at least 5000 lb (2300 kg) One (1) box of tools to include the following:
one (1) hacksaw with three (3) blades
one (1) keyhole saw
one (1) 12" (.3 m) pipe wrench
one (1) 24" (.6 m) pipe wrench
one (1) ballpeen hammer
one (1) pair of tin snips
one (1) pair of pliers
one (1) pair of lineman's pliers
assorted types and sizes of screwdrivers
assorted adjustable wrenches
assorted combination wrenches
One (1) automatic external defibrillator (AED)
0816939 Extinguisher, Dry Chemical, NFPA
2024, Provided by Fire Department

DRY CHEMICAL EXTINGUISHER PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
The extinguisher is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the extinguisher.
0816937 Extinguisher, 2.5 Gal. Pressurized
Water, NFPA/ULC 2024, Provided by
Fire Dept

WATER EXTINGUISHER PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
The extinguisher is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the extinguisher.
0007482 Not Required, Crowbars

0007484 Not Required, Claw Tools

0816998 Axe, Flathead, Provided by Fire
Department

FLATHEAD AXE PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
The axe is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the axe.
0817000 Axe, Pickhead, Provided by Fire
Department

PICKHEAD AXE PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
The axe is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the axe.
0007494 Not Required, Sledgehammers

71968Bid #:
0741569 Paint Process / Environmental
Requirements, Appleton

PAINT PROCESS
The exterior custom cab and body painting procedure will consist of a seven (7) step finishing process as follows:

Manual Surface Preparation
- All exposed metal surfaces on the custom cab and body will be thoroughly cleaned and prepared for painting. Imperfections on the exterior surfaces will be removed and sanded to a smooth finish. Exterior seams will be sealed before painting. Exterior surfaces that will not be painted include; chrome plating, polished stainless steel, anodized aluminum and bright aluminum treadplate.

Chemical Cleaning and Pretreatment
- All surfaces will be chemically cleaned to remove dirt, oil, grease, and metal oxides to ensure the subsequent coatings bond well. The aluminum surfaces will be properly cleaned and treated using a high pressure, high temperature 4 step Acid Etch process. The steel and stainless surfaces will be properly cleaned and treated using a high temperature 3 step process specifically designed for steel or stainless. The chemical treatment converts the metal surface to a passive condition to help prevent corrosion.

Surfacer Primer
- The Surfacer Primer will be applied to a chemically treated metal surface to provide a strong corrosion protective basecoat. A minimum thickness of 2 mils of Surfacer Primer is applied to surfaces that require a Critical aesthetic finish. The Surfacer Primer is a two- component high solids urethane that has excellent sanding properties and an extra smooth finish when sanded.

Finish Sanding
- The Surfacer Primer will be sanded with a fine grit abrasive to achieve an ultra- smooth finish. This sanding process is critical to produce the smooth mirror like finish in the topcoat.

Sealer Primer
- The Sealer Primer is applied prior to the Basecoat in all areas that have not been previously primed with the Surfacer Primer. The Sealer Primer is a two-component high solids urethane that goes on smooth and provides excellent gloss hold out when topcoated.

Basecoat Paint
- Two coats of a high performance, two component high solids polyurethane basecoat will be applied. The Basecoat will be applied to a thickness that will achieve the proper color match. The Basecoat will be used in conjunction with a urethane clear coat to provide protection from the environment.

Clear Coat
- Two (2) coats of Clear Coat will be applied over the Basecoat color. The Clear Coat is a two-component high solids urethane that provides superior gloss and durability to the exterior surfaces. Lap style and roll-up doors will be Clear Coated to match the body. Paint warranty for the roll-up doors will be provided by the roll-up door manufacturer.

After the cab and body are painted, the color will be verified to make sure that it matches the color standard. Electronic color measuring equipment will be used to compare the color sample to the color standard entered into the computer. Color specifications will be used to determine the color match. A Delta E reading will be used to determine a good color match within each family color.

All removable items such as brackets, compartment doors, door hinges, and trim will be removed and painted separately if required, to ensure paint behind all mounted items. Body assemblies that cannot be finish painted after assembly will be finish painted before assembly.

The paint finish quality levels for critical areas of the apparatus (cab front and sides, body sides and doors, and boom lettering panels) are to meet or exceed Cadillac/General Motors GMW15777 global paint requirements. Orange peel levels are to meet or exceed the #6 A.C.T. standard in critical areas. The manufacture's written paint standards will be available upon request.

Environmental Impact
Contractor will meet or exceed all current state regulations concerning paint operations. Pollution control will include measures to protect the atmosphere, water and soil. Controls will include the following conditions:

Topcoats and primers will be chrome and lead free.

Metal treatment chemicals will be chrome free. The wastewater generated in the metal treatment process will be treated on-site to remove any other heavy metals.

Particulate emission collection from sanding operations will have a 99.99 percent efficiency factor.

Particulate emissions from painting operations will be collected by a dry filter or water wash process. If the dry filter is used, it will have an efficiency rating of 98 percent. Water wash systems will be 99.97 percent efficient.

Water from water wash booths will be reused. Solids will be removed on a continual basis to keep the water clean.

Paint wastes are disposed of in an environmentally safe manner.

Empty metal paint containers will be recycled to recover the metal.

Solvents used in clean-up operations will be recycled on-site or sent off-site for distillation and returned for reuse.

Additionally, the finished apparatus will not be manufactured with or contain products that have ozone depleting substances. Contractor will, upon demand, present evidence that the manufacturing facility meets the above conditions and that it is in compliance with his state EPA rules and regulations.
0709567 Paint, Single Color, Enforcer

CAB PAINT
The cab will be painted #90 red.
0709845 Paint, Single Color, Body BODY PAINT
The body will be painted to match the single cab paint color. 0509328 Paint, Single Color, Tiller Cab

PAINT
The tiller cab will be painted #90 Red.
72968Bid #:
0646901 Paint Chassis Frame Assy, With
Liner, E-Coat, Standard

PAINT CHASSIS FRAME ASSEMBLY
The chassis frame assembly will be finished with a single system black top coat before the installation of the cab and body, and before installation of the engine and transmission assembly, air brake lines, electrical wire harnesses, etc.

Components that are included with the chassis frame assembly that will be painted (unless otherwise stated in a secondary option) are:

Frame rails
Frame liners
Cross members
Axles
Suspensions
Steering gear
Battery boxes
Bumper extension weldment
Frame extensions
Body mounting angles
Rear Body support substructure (front and rear)
Pump house substructure
Steel fuel tank
Castings
Individual piece parts used in chassis and body assembly Components treated with epoxy E-coat protection prior to paint:

Two (2) C-channel frame rails
Two (2) frame liners
The E-coat process will meet the technical properties shown. 0693797 No Paint Required, Aluminum Front
Wheels

0693792 No Paint Required, Aluminum Rear
Wheels

0809564 No Paint Required, Aluminum Tiller
Wheels
0733739 Paint, Axle Hubs

AXLE HUB PAINT
All axle hubs will be painted to match primary job color. 0581434 Transit Coating, Carwell, Corrosion
Protection, Including Underside

TRANSIT COATING
All non-painted metal surfaces on the exterior of the vehicle will be sprayed with a corrosion protective coating provided by Carwell. The coating can be removed with soap and water.

The coating is made of a linseed oil base and is biodegradable.

The underside non-painted metal surfaces will also be coated with a corrosion protective coating. 0756955 Compartment Paint, 909017,
Nightspots, Tiller

COMPARTMENT INTERIOR PAINT
Interior of compartments will be painted 909017, Nightspots. 73968Bid #:
0790913 Aerial Ladder Paint, Incl Gooseneck,
Stabilizers, Tiller

AERIAL DEVICE PAINT COLOR
The aerial device paint procedure will consist of a seven (7) step finishing process as follows:

1. Manual Surface Preparation - All exposed metal surfaces on the aerial device structural components above the rotation point will be thoroughly cleaned and mechanically shot-blasted to remove metal impurities and prepare the aerial for painting.

2. Zinc Rich Primer - Zinc rich primer will be applied to the trailer including the gooseneck and stabilizer housings, stabilizer beams and jacks, and upper 5th wheel components.

3. Primer/Surfacer Coats
- A two (2) component epoxy primer/surfacer will be applied to the mechanically shot-blasted metal surfaces to provide a strong corrosion protective base coat and to smooth out the surface. All seams will be caulked with a two (2) component epoxy caulk before painting.

4. Hand Sanding
- The primer/surfacer coat of the outer surfaces of the hand rails and base rails will be lightly sanded to a smooth finish.

5. Primer Coat
- A two (2) component epoxy primer coat will be applied over the sanded primer.

6. Topcoat Paint - Urethane base coat will be applied to opacity for correct color matching.

7. Clear Coat - Two (2) coats of an automotive grade two (2) component urethane will be applied.

Surfaces that will not be painted include all chrome plated, polished stainless steel, anodized aluminum and bright aluminum treadplate.

All buy out components, such as monitor, nozzle, gauges, etc. will be supplied as received from the vendor.

Removable items such as brackets will be removed and painted separately to ensure paint coverage behind all mounted items.

The aerial device components will be painted as follows using the aforementioned seven (7) step finishing process:

Aerial device ladder sections and extension cylinders: white 10 Aerial turntable: white 10
Aerial control console: white 10
Aerial lift cylinders: white 10
Aerial rotation motor (if applicable): black
Aerial trailer including the gooseneck and stabilizer housings, 5th wheel components below the rotation point, body support structure, tiller axle and suspension: red 90 Aerial stabilizers: black 101
Aerial egress: #50 red (will be contrasting color to the aerial device ladder sections) Aerial boom support: gloss black primer
0544111 Reflective Band, 10"

REFLECTIVE BAND
A 10.00" white reflective band will be provided across the front of the vehicle and along the sides of the body.
0007356 Reflective across Cab Face

The reflective band provided on the cab face will be at the headlight level. 0583446 Stripe, Chevron, Rear, Diamond
Grade, Tiller

REAR CHEVRON STRIPING
There will be alternating chevron striping located on the rear-facing vertical surface of the apparatus including the rear door. The tillerman cab and rear bumper will not be covered.

The colors will be red and fluorescent yellow green diamond grade.

Each stripe will be 6.00" in width.

This will meet the requirements of the current edition of NFPA 1901, which states that 50% of the rear surface will be covered with chevron striping.
0598754 Stripe, Reflective/Diamond Grade,

4.00" on Stabilizers

REFLECTIVE STRIPE ON STABILIZERS
There will be a 4.00" wide fluorescent yellow diamond grade reflective stripe provided on the forward and rear facing side of all aerial stabilizers. 0065687 Stripe, Reflective, Cab Doors Interior

CAB DOOR REFLECTIVE STRIPE
A 6.00" x 16.00" black reflective stripe will be provided across the interior of each cab door. The stripe will be located approximately 1.00" up from the bottom, on the door panel.

This stripe will meet the current edition of applicable NFPA standards. 0543998 Stripe, Reflective, Tillerman Doors
Interior

REFLECTIVE STRIPE, TILLERMAN DOORS
A 6.00" x 16.00" black reflective stripe will be provided across the interior of each tillerman's entry door. The stripe will be located approximately 1.00" up from the bottom, on the door panel.

This stripe will meet the NFPA 1901 requirement.
0679788 Stripe, Vinyl, Cab Sides, IPO Chrome
Molding

CAB STRIPE
There will be a vinyl stripe provided on both sides of the cab in place of the chrome molding. 0030076 Lettering Specifications, Vinyl/Painted

0027252 Lettering, Vinyl 3" w/outline & shade
(21-40)

LETTERING
Twenty-one (21) to forty (40) non-reflective vinyl lettering, 3.00" high, outlining and shading will be provided.
74968Bid #:
0685993 Lettering, Reflective, 10.00", Each

LETTERING
There will be reflective lettering, 10.00" high, with no outline or shade provided. There will be two (2) letters provided.
0686002 Lettering, Reflective, 8.00", Each

LETTERING
There will be reflective lettering, 8.00" high, with outline and shade provided. There will be seven (7) letters provided.
0686007 Lettering, Reflective, 7.00", Each

LETTERING
There will be reflective lettering, 7.00" high, with outline and shade provided. There will be one (1) letter provided.
0686013 Lettering, Reflective, 6.00", Each

LETTERING
There will be reflective lettering, 6.00" high, with outline and shade provided. There will be one (1) letter provided.
0686033 Lettering, Reflective, 4.00", Each

LETTERING
There will be reflective lettering, 4.00" high, with outline and shade provided. There will be 12 letters provided.
0686080 Lettering, Reflective, 3.00", (41-60)

LETTERING
Forty-one (41) to sixty (60) reflective lettering, 3.00" high, with no outline or shade will be provided.
0683997 Lettering, Vinyl, 18.00", Each

LETTERING
There will be non-reflective vinyl lettering, 18.00" high, with no outline or shade provided. There will be three (3) letters provided.
0684006 Lettering, Vinyl, 11.00", (21-40)

LETTERING
Twenty-one (21) to forty (40) non-reflective vinyl lettering, 11.00" high, with outline and shade will be provided.
0684036 Lettering, Vinyl, 5.00", Each

LETTERING
There will be non-reflective vinyl lettering, 5.00" high, with outline and shade provided. There will be four (4) letters provided.
0623673 SP Lettering, RTape Vinyl EFX Smooth
Gold, Salinas, CA(Not covered under
warranty)

VINYL LETTERING
There will be RTape vinyl EFX smooth gold #3102 lettering with gradient effect. That will be located Cab. This is not covered under Pierce warranty. 0655896 Sign Kit, Painted, Holder and Insert,
Each

SIGN KIT FOR LETTERING/NUMERALS
four (4) painted stainless steel plate(s) and holder(s) will be provided for department lettering.

They will be mounted 0ne (1) Front Bumper, One (1) RS Crew Cab, One (1) LS Crew Cab, One RS Rear and 12"W x 10" H in size.
0000387 Emblem, Eagle Hose 2, Color
Imaged, Pair
EAGLE HOSE #2 EMBLEMS
A pair of emblems, 13.00" or less in Diameter, featuring a "Flying American Flag" and an "Eagle Holding a Fire Hose", all within a gold circle, will be installed Located on tiller cab door.. The design will be color imaged.
0684221 Emblem, Maltese Cross, Printed
Effect Gold Leaf, 12"-14", Pair

MALTESE CROSS INSTALLATION
There will be one (1) pair of maltese crosses, comprised of printed effect gold leaf material, provided and installed between the front doors and the side window up high. 75968Bid #:
0772003 Manual, Fire Apparatus Parts, USB
Flash Drive, Custom

FIRE APPARATUS PARTS MANUAL
There will be one (1) custom parts manual(s) in USB flash drive format for the complete fire apparatus provided.

The manual(s) will contain the following:

Job number
Part numbers with full descriptions
Table of contents
Parts section sorted in functional groups reflecting a major system, component, or assembly Parts section sorted in alphabetical order
Instructions on how to locate parts
Each manual will be specifically written for the chassis and body model being purchased. It will not be a generic manual for a multitude of different chassis and bodies.

Service Parts Internet Site
The service parts information included in these manuals are also available on the Pierce website.

The website offers additional functions and features not contained in this manual, such as digital photographs and line drawings of select items. The website also features electronic search tools to assist in locating parts quickly.
0772037 Manual, Chassis Service, USB Flash
Drive, Custom

CHASSIS SERVICE MANUALS
There will be one (1) chassis service manuals on USB flash drives containing parts and service information on major components provided with the completed unit.

The manual will contain the following sections:

Job number
Table of contents
Troubleshooting
Front Axle/Suspension
Brakes
Engine
Tires
Wheels
Cab
Electrical, DC
Air Systems
Plumbing
Appendix
The manual will be specifically written for the chassis model being purchased. It will not be a generic manual for a multitude of different chassis and bodies. 0773381 Manual, Chassis Operation, (1) USB
Flash Drive, Custom, English

CHASSIS OPERATION MANUAL
The chassis operation manual will be provided on one (1) USB flash drive. The manual will be in the English language.
0030008 Warranty, Basic, 1 Year, Apparatus,
WA0008
ONE (1) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP
A Pierce basic apparatus limited warranty certificate, WA0008, is included with this proposal. 0696698 Warranty, Engine, Cummins, 5 Year,
WA0181

ENGINE WARRANTY
A Cummins five (5) year limited engine warranty will be provided. A limited warranty certificate, WA0181, is included with this proposal.
0684953 Warranty, Steering Gear, Sheppard
M110, 3 Year WA0201

STEERING GEAR WARRANTY
A Sheppard three (3) year limited steering gear warranty will be provided. A copy of the warranty certificate will be submitted with this proposal.
0596017 Warranty, Frame, 50 Year, Custom
Chassis, WA0013
FIFTY (50) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY
The Pierce custom chassis frame only (does not include crossmembers) limited warranty certificate, WA0013, is included with this proposal.
0595698 Warranty, Axle, 3 Year, TAK-4,
WA0050
FRONT AXLE THREE (3) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY The Pierce TAK-4 suspension limited warranty certificate, WA0050, is included with this proposal. 0733306 Warranty, Single Axle, 5 Year,
Meritor, General Service, WA0384

SINGLE REAR AXLE FIVE (5) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY A Meritor™ Axle 5 year limited warranty will be provided. 0652758 Warranty, ABS Brake System, 3
Year, Meritor Wabco, WA0232

ABS BRAKE SYSTEM THREE (3) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP

WARRANTY
A Meritor Wabco™ ABS brake system limited warranty certificate, WA0232, is included with this proposal.
0019914 Warranty, Structure, 10 Year, Custom
Cab, WA0012
TEN (10) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY
The Pierce custom cab limited warranty certificate, WA0012, is included with this proposal. 76968Bid #:
0744240 Warranty, Paint, 10 Year, Cab, Pro-
Rate, WA0055
TEN (10) YEAR PRO-RATED PAINT AND CORROSION
A Pierce cab limited pro-rated paint warranty certificate, WA0055, is included with this proposal. 0524627 Warranty, Electronics, 5 Year, MUX,
WA0014
FIVE (5) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP
The Pierce Command Zone electronics limited warranty certificate, WA0014, is included with this proposal.
0695416 Warranty, Pierce Camera System,
WA0188

CAMERA SYSTEM WARRANTY
A Pierce fifty four (54) monthwarranty will be provided for the camera system. 0647720 Warranty, Pierce LED Strip Lights,
WA0203

COMPARTMENT LIGHT WARRANTY
The Pierce 12 volt DC LED strip lights limited warranty certificate, WA0203, is included with this proposal.
0046369 Warranty, 5-year EVS Transmission,
Standard Custom, WA0187

TRANSMISSION WARRANTY
The transmission will have a five (5) year/unlimited mileage warranty covering 100 percent parts and labor. The warranty will be provided by Allison Transmission.

Note: The transmission cooler is not covered under any extended warranty you may be getting on your Allison Transmission. Please review your Allison Transmission warranty for coverage limitations.
0685945 Warranty, Transmission Cooler,
WA0216

TRANSMISSION COOLER WARRANTY
The transmission cooler will carry a five (5) year parts and labor warranty (exclusive to the transmission cooler). In addition, a collateral damage warranty will also be in effect for the first three (3) years of the warranty coverage and will not exceed $10,000 per occurrence. A copy of the warranty certificate will be included with this proposal. 0596025 Warranty, Structure, 10 Year, Body,
WA0009
TEN (10) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY
The Pierce apparatus body limited warranty certificate, WA0009, is included with this proposal. 0693126 Warranty, AMDOR, Roll-up Door, 10
Year/5 Year Painted, WA0185

ROLL UP DOOR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY
An AMDOR roll-up door limited warranty will be provided. The roll-up door will be warranted against manufacturing defects for a period of ten (10) years. A five (5) year limited warranty will be provided on painted roll up doors.

The limited warranty certificate, WA0185, is included with this proposal. 0006999 Warranty, Structure, 20 Year, Aerial
Device, WA0052
TWENTY (20) YEAR AERIAL DEVICE STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY WARRANTY The Pierce device limited warranty certificate, WA0052, is included with this proposal. 0687388 Warranty, Swivels, 5 Year, Aerial
Device, WA0197

AERIAL SWIVEL WARRANTY
An Amity five (5) year limited swivel warranty will be provided. A copy of the warranty certificate will be included with this proposal.
0685727 Warranty, Hydraulic System and
Components, 3 Year/5 Year,
WA0200

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM COMPONENTS WARRANTY
Aerial hydraulic system components will be provided with a five (5) year material and workmanship limited warranty.

HYDRAULIC SEAL WARRANTY
Aerial hydraulic seals will be provided with a three (3) year material and workmanship limited warranty.

A copy of the warranty certificates is included with this proposal. 0687327 Warranty, Waterway, 10 Year, Aerial
Device, WA0198

AERIAL WATERWAY WARRANTY
An Amity ten (10) year limited waterway warranty will be provided. A copy of the warranty certificate is included with this proposal.
0595860 Warranty, Paint, 4 Year, Aerial
Device, Pro-Rated, WA0047

FOUR (4) YEAR PRO-RATED PAINT AND CORROSION
A Pierce aerial device limited pro-rated paint warranty certificate, WA0047, is included with this proposal.
0725636 Warranty, Harrison Generator, 2 Year

TWO (2) YEAR GENERATOR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY A Harrison Hydra-Gen generator two (2) yearlimited warranty will be provided. 0595820 Warranty, Paint, 10 Year, Body, Pro-
Rate, WA0057
TEN (10) YEAR PRO-RATED PAINT AND CORROSION
A Pierce body limited pro-rated paint warranty certificate, WA0057, is included with this proposal. 77968Bid #:
0595412 Warranty, Graphics Lamination, 1
Year, Apparatus, WA0168

ONE (1) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP
The Pierce graphics fading and deterioration limited warranty limited warranty certificate, WA0168, is included with this proposal.
0819254 Certification, Vehicle Stability,
CD0196

VEHICLE STABILITY CERTIFICATION
The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a certification stating the apparatus complies with NFPA 1900, current edition, section 7.14, Vehicle Stability. The certification is included with this proposal.
0808564 Certification, Engine Installation, Enf,
Cummins X15, 2027

ENGINE INSTALLATION CERTIFICATION
The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a certification, along with a letter from the engine manufacturer stating they approve of the engine installation in the bidder's chassis. The certification will be provided at the time of delivery. 0686786 Certification, Power Steering,
CD0098

POWER STEERING CERTIFICATION
The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a certification stating the power steering system as installed meets the requirements of the component supplier. The certification is included with this proposal.
0892691 Certification, Cab Integrity, Saber
FR/Enforcer, CD0189

CAB INTEGRITY CERTIFICATION
The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a cab crash test certification with this proposal. The certification will state that a specimen representing the substantial structural configuration of the cab has been tested and certified by an independent third party test facility. Testing events will be documented with photographs, real-time and high-speed video, vehicle accelerometers, cart accelerometers, and a laser speed trap. The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a state licensed professional engineer to witness and certify all testing events. Testing will meet or exceed the requirements below:

SAE J2422 Cab Roof Strength Evaluation - Quasi-Static Loading Heavy Trucks.

European Occupant Protection Standard ECE Regulation No.29.

SAE J2420 COE Frontal Strength Evaluation - Dynamic Loading Heavy Trucks.

Side Impact
The cab will be subjected to dynamic preload where a 14,320-lb moving barrier is slammed into the side of the cab at 5.50 mph, striking with an impact of 13,000 ft-lb of force. This test is part of the SAE J2422 test procedure and more closely represents the forces a cab will see in a rollover incident.

Frontal Impact
The same cab will withstand a frontal impact of 32,600 ft-lb of force using a moving barrier in accordance with SAE J2420.

Additional Frontal Impact
The same cab will withstand a frontal impact of 65,098 ft-lb of force using a moving barrier. (Twice the force required by SAE J2420)
Roof Crush
The cab will be subjected to a roof crush force of 22,500 lb. This value meets the ECE 29 criteria, and is equivalent to the front axle rating up to a maximum of ten (10) metric tons.

Additional Roof Crush
The same cab will be subjected to a roof crush force of 110,000 lbs. (Four and a half times the load criteria of ECE 29)
The same cab will withstand all tests without any measurable intrusion into the survival space of the occupant area.
0631973 Certification, Cab Door Durability,
Saber FR/Enforcer, CD0137

CAB DOOR DURABILITY CERTIFICATION
Robust cab doors help protect occupants. Cab doors will survive a 200,000 cycle door slam test where the slamming force exceeds 20 G's of deceleration. The bidder will certify that the sample doors similar to those provided on the apparatus have been tested and have met these criteria without structural damage, latch malfunction, or significant component wear. 0631978 Certification, Windshield Wiper
Durability, Saber FR/Enforcer,
CD0132

WINDSHIELD WIPER DURABILITY CERTIFICATION
Visibility during inclement weather is essential to safe apparatus performance. Windshield wipers will survive a 3 million cycle durability test in accordance with section 6.2 of SAE J198 Windshield Wiper Systems - Trucks, Buses and Multipurpose Vehicles. The bidder will certify that the wiper system design has been tested and that the wiper system has met these criteria. 0631974 Certification, Electric Window
Durability, Saber FR/Enforcer,
CD0133

ELECTRIC WINDOW DURABILITY CERTIFICATION
Cab window roll-up systems can cause maintenance problems if not designed for long service life. The window regulator design will complete 30,000 complete up-down cycles and still function normally when finished. The bidder will certify that sample doors and windows similar to those provided on the apparatus have been tested and have met these criteria without malfunction or significant component wear.
78968Bid #:
0631977 Certification, Seat Belt Anchors and
Mounting, Saber FR/Enforcer,
CD0134

SEAT BELT ANCHOR STRENGTH
Seat belt attachment strength is regulated by Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards and should be validated through testing. Each seat belt anchor design will withstand 3000 lb of pull on both the lap and shoulder belt in accordance with FMVSS 571.210 Seat Belt Assembly Anchorages.

The bidder will certify that each anchor design was pull tested to the required force and met the appropriate criteria.

SEAT MOUNTING STRENGTH
Seat attachment strength is regulated by Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards and should be validated through testing. Each seat mounting design will be tested to withstand 20 G's of force in accordance with FMVSS 571.207 Seating Systems. The bidder will certify, at time of delivery, that each seat mount and cab structure design was pull tested to the required force and met the appropriate criteria.
0735949 Certification, Cab HVAC System
Performance, SFR/Enf,
CD0165/CD0167/CD0174/CD0175

PERFORMANCE CERTIFICATIONS
Cab Air Conditioning
Good cab air conditioning temperature and air flow performance keeps occupants comfortable, reduces humidity, and provides a climate for recuperation while at the scene. The cab air conditioning system will cool the cab from a heat-soaked condition at 100 degrees Fahrenheit to an average of 78 degrees Fahrenheit in 30 minutes. The bidder will certify that a substantially similar cab has been tested and has met these criteria.

Cab Defroster
Visibility during inclement weather is essential to safe apparatus performance. The defroster system will clear the required windshield zones in accordance with SAE J381 Windshield Defrosting Systems Test Procedure And Performance Requirements - Trucks, Buses, And Multipurpose Vehicles.The bidder will certify that the defrost system design has been tested in a cold chamber and passes the SAE J381 criteria.

Cab Auxiliary Heater
Good cab heat performance and regulation provides a more effective working environment for personnel, whether in-transit, or at a scene. An auxiliary cab heater will warm the cab 77 degrees Fahrenheit from a cold-soak, within 30 minutes when tested using the coolant supply methods found in SAE J381. The bidder will certify, at time of delivery, that a substantially similar cab has been tested and has met these criteria.
0545073 Amp Draw Report, NFPA Current
Edition

AMP DRAW REPORT
The bidder will provide, at the time of bid and delivery, an itemized print out of the expected amp draw of the entire vehicle's electrical system.

The manufacturer of the apparatus will provide the following:

Documentation of the electrical system performance tests.

A written load analysis, which will include the following:

The nameplate rating of the alternator.

The alternator rating under the conditions specified per:

Current edition of applicable NFPA standards.

The minimum continuous load of each component that is specified per:

Current edition of applicable NFPA standards.

Additional loads that, when added to the minimum continuous load, determine the total connected load.

Each individual intermittent load.

All of the above listed items will be provided by the bidder per the current edition of applicable NFPA standards.
0002758 Amp Draw, NFPA/ULC Radio
Allowance
0799248 Appleton/Florida BTO

0000029 TILLER BODY
0000012 PIERCE CHASSIS
0004713 ENGINE, OTHER
0046396 EVS 4000 Series TRANSMISSION
0020037 NO PUMP

0020015 ABS SYSTEM

0658751 PUMPER BASE

79968Bid #:

Electrical Analysis
11/12/2025
Bid #: 968
100' Tiller - Duplicate to 42944 - 2025 Sales Rep:

Organization:

Young, Dewayne
Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc
Desc:

Job #:

Customer: Salinas Fire Department
Option: Pierce Command Zone, Advanced Electronics & Control System, Enforcer, WiFi CZT
Type: Multiplexed
Option Description Type* Minimum
Load
Intermittent
Load
Total
Connected
0001244 High Idle w/Electronic Engine, Custom 0.00 1.20 0.00 0026408 Wiring, Customer Installed Radio, Battery-Direct, Ignition-Power & Ground

0.00 36.00 0.00
0067509 Switch, Additional for Lightbar 0.00 0.00 0.08
0079211 Batteries, (6) Stryten/Exide Grp 31, 950 CCA each, Threaded Stud 0.00 3.00 0.00 0511739 Remote Start, Hydraulic Generator, PTO and Field - SAME SWITCH

0.00 1.00 0.00
0550452 Lights, Side Scene, Zico ZQL-SS-LED, Stainless 1st 0.00 0.00 1.00 0552317 Lights, Perimeter, Wln 20C0CDCR 0.00 0.00 2.40
0583938 Lights, Engine Compt, Custom, Auto Sw, Wln 3SC0CDCR, 3" LED, Trim

0.00 0.30 0.00
0589905 Alarm, Back-up Warning, PRECO 1040 0.00 0.50 0.00 0626097 Light, Map, Sunnex HS76*-00 Series, Swivel Joint, Clear Lens, Ceiling Mount

0.00 0.00 1.56
0630020 Lights, Side, Wln M6* LED, Prk Brk Deactivation 0.00 2.70 1.80 0630636 Controls, Electric Roll-Up Windows, 4dr, 4 Driver Controls, Saber FR/Enforcer

0.00 26.00 0.00
0639726 Cab Lift, Elec/Hyd, Manual Override, Unlocked Ind Light, Saber FR/Enforcer

0.00 180.00 0.00
0661232 Compt, At Rear Between Tow Eyes, Divider, Smooth Alum Sngl Pan Dr, D Ring,Tiller

0.00 0.00 0.00
0662753 Stabilizers, 100'/105' HD Tractor Drawn Steel Aerial, Split Pan, 17' Spread

0.00 2.00 0.00
0666072 Lights, Tractor Scene, Wln M6ZC LED Rear of Cab 2lts 0.00 0.00 4.00 0683556 Light, Do Not Move Apparatus, Wln M2R Red LED 0.00 0.50 0.00 0687994 Engine Brake, Jacobs Compression Brake, Cummins Engine 0.00 0.42 0.00 0690488 Lights, Side Scene, Zico ZQL-SS-LED, Stainless 2nd 0.00 0.00 1.00 0750408 Lights, Side, Wln PS*01FCR, 1st 0.00 2.88 1.92
0772592 Speakers, Panasonic, (2) Additional, Tiller Cab 0.00 0.00 3.00 0777954 Light, Indicator, Jackknife Warning, Wln 3S*00F*R 0.00 0.50 0.00 0804537 Lights, Cornering, Tiller, Wln, 704BU, 2 lts 0.00 1.00 0.00 0804719 Handlts, (4) Streamlight, Fire Vulcan, 44451, C4 LED, Tail Lts, 12v, Orange

0.00 0.00 4.40
0804781 Aerial Scene Lts Separated into Aerial Tip Category and Aerial Tracking Category

0.00 0.00 0.00
0805325 Light, Directional, Wln M62T* LED, 15 Degree Angle Bracket, Additional

0.00 1.50 0.00
0805618 Lights, Backup, Wln M62BU 0.00 3.20 0.00
0813747 Compt, 16.50 W x 28 H x 15 D, Ea Side C/C, Dbl Pan, 2.5" Blw, 70" SFR/Enf

0.00 0.00 0.00
0816632 Intercom, David Clark, 8-Pos, 3-Dual Radio, (D, O, TC, RPTT), 4C, T

0.00 0.00 0.50
0817058 Camera, Pierce, LS Mux, R Camera, SD, CL714 0.00 1.20 0.00 0819994 Radio, Jensen, AM/FM/WB, Bluetooth 0.00 0.00 2.00 0820911 Wiring, Spare, 15 A 12V DC 6th NFPA1900/ULC 0.00 0.00 90.00 0822289 ABS/ATC Wabco Brake System, Single Axle, Tiller, NFPA 1900/ULC

0.00 6.00 0.00
0834413 USB, Cab, 4, 12V DC, Dual USB Termination, Batt Dir.

NFPA1900/ULC

0.00 0.00 10.00
0893726 Lights, Turntable Walkway, P25, LED, Job Color Brackets 0.00 0.00 0.00 0895281 Siren, Federal Q2B, Littelfuse 24213 Sol 0.00 100.00 0.00 0547328 Wiring, Spare, 20 A 12V DC, Switch Feature 1st Load Managed 0.00 0.00 120.00 0618906 Lighting, Rung, LED, TecNiq, 4 Section, Base, Lower/Upper Mid, Fly, 3 Colors RWB
Load Managed 0.00 0.00 20.00
0722038 HVAC, Heavy-Duty, Enforcer, w/X15, CARE Load Managed 0.00 0.00 100.00 0736743 Light, Wln, 12V PSL2** Slm Ln, 12 VDC 2nd Load Managed 0.00 0.00 12.00 0736755 Light, Wln, 12V PSL2** Slm Ln, 12 VDC 1st Load Managed 0.00 0.00 12.00 0768928 Lights, Wln, PSL2** Pioneer, 12 VDC, 2nd Load Managed 0.00 0.00 12.20 0768929 Lights, Wln, PSL2** Pioneer, 12 VDC, 1st Load Managed 0.00 0.00 12.20 0769589 Lights, Stabilizer Pad Locator, Wln Micro MPB*, Rec Stb S Pn, Cnt Ft
Load Managed 0.00 0.00 7.00
0774948 Lights, Wln, P*H1* Pioneer, 12 VDC, 2nd Load Managed 0.00 0.00 6.50 0775524 Lights, Wln, P*H1* Pioneer, 12 VDC, 1st Load Managed 0.00 0.00 6.50 0776357 Light, Visor, Wln, 12V P*H2* Pioneer, Cnt Feature, 1st Load Managed 0.00 0.00 13.00 * UDMC = User Defined Mission Critical, LM = User Defined Load Managed, S = Electrical Amperage Supply 1 Electrical Analysis
11/12/2025
Bid #: 968
100' Tiller - Duplicate to 42944 - 2025 Sales Rep:

Organization:

Young, Dewayne
Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc
Desc:

Job #:

Customer: Salinas Fire Department
Option: Pierce Command Zone, Advanced Electronics & Control System, Enforcer, WiFi CZT
Type: Multiplexed
Option Description Type* Minimum
Load
Intermittent
Load
Total
Connected
0821191 Wiring, Spare, 20 A 12V DC, Batt Dir, 1st NFPA1900/ULC Load Managed 0.00 0.00 20.00 0834060 Heater/Defroster, Tiller Cab, Electric, Dual 12V, Med Climate LM - Last 0.00 0.00 75.00 0889974 Light, Wln, 12V PSL2** Slm Ln, 12 VDC 3rd Load Managed 0.00 0.00 5.46 0002565 Hourmeter, Aerial Inside Cab NFPA 0.10 0.00 0.00 0002615 Switch, Aerial 12V Master NFPA 0.08 0.00 0.00
0002758 Amp Draw, NFPA/ULC Radio Allowance NFPA 5.00 0.00 0.00 0010458 Platform, Slide Out, 500 lb Capacity, w/Morton Cass NFPA 3.00 0.00 0.00 0036503 Compt, F/H, Trans Front, Roll, LS Center, Tiller NFPA 1.80 0.00 1.80 0036512 Compt, F/H, Trans Front, Roll, RS Center, Tiller NFPA 1.80 0.00 1.80 0059809 Light, Marker, Weldon, 9186-1500 LED, Location NFPA 0.10 0.00 0.00 0068703 Lights, Grote Supernova LED, Stabilizer Beam, (1) Set NFPA 1.60 0.00 0.00 0088745 Light, Rear Zone Up, Wln L31H*F LED Beacon, Red LED NFPA 3.20 4.80 0.00 0092582 Load Manager/Sequencer, MUX NFPA 0.56 0.56 0.00 0120788 Control Stations, 100'/105' Tiller NFPA 4.26 0.00 0.00 0529588 Generator, Harrison 8kW, 8.0MAS-16R/D-11011/15/1, Hydraulic, Hotshift PTO
NFPA 35.31 0.00 0.00
0534379 Flowmeter, FRC, Waterway, PAL NFPA 0.50 0.00 0.00 0534987 Lights, Clearance/Marker/ID, Rear, Truck-Lite 33050R LED 7Lts, Aerial
NFPA 0.35 0.00 0.00
0540701 Lights, Stabilizer Warn (1) Set, Wln M6* LED, Front Colored Lens NFPA 1.80 2.70 0.00 0568012 Air Dryer, Wabco System Saver 1200, Heater, 2010 NFPA 7.81 0.00 0.00 0601973 Lights, Stabilizer Scene, (1) set, Truck-Lite 44042C, LED NFPA 1.00 0.00 0.00 0602100 Lights, Torque Box Ladder Storage, Pierce LED Strip Lights, 2 Lts NFPA 1.00 0.00 0.00 0605488 Lightbar, Wln, Freedom IV-Q, 81", RRRRWsrR_Opt_RsrWRRRR NFPA 6.48 2.68 9.92 0605598 Lightbars, Wln, Freedom IV-Q, 2-21.5", RRRRR RRRRR NFPA 6.48 0.00 9.76 0620054 Light, Directional/Marker, Intermediate, Weldon 9186-8580-29 LED 2lts
NFPA 0.10 0.90 0.00
0622803 Cab Instruments, Black Gauges, Black Bezels, Enforcer MUX NFPA 1.26 0.00 0.00 0625210 Lights, Directional, Cab Front Side, Truck-Lite 19036Y LED, AXT/Enf
NFPA 0.12 0.00 0.00
0625650 Cab, Enforcer, 7000 NFPA 6.80 10.20 0.00
0625953 Light, Directional, Wln 600 Cmb, Cab Crn, Wrp Bzl Out HD Lts, Enf/Sab
NFPA 0.70 0.70 0.00
0626588 Lights, Perimeter Cab, TecNiq T10-LC00-1 15" LED 4Dr NFPA 1.60 0.00 0.00 0642936 Timer, Havis Chargeguard Select CG-X NFPA 0.04 0.00 0.00 0647647 Lights, Dome, FRP Dual LED 4 Lts NFPA 0.80 0.80 0.00 0647802 Lights, Clearance/Marker/ID, Front, P25 LED 5 Lts, Saber FR/Enforcer
NFPA 0.35 0.00 0.00
0652577 Compt, F/H, Trans Roll, Special Generator Mounting, 92.00" Wide, RS Front,Tiller
NFPA 1.80 0.00 1.80
0652578 Compt, F/H, Trans Roll, Special Generator Mounting, 92.00" Wide, LS Front,Tiller
NFPA 1.80 0.00 1.80
0653937 Flasher, Headlight Alternating NFPA 0.08 0.00 0.00 0665700 Light, Slide-Out Pump Operator Step, Not Required NFPA 0.65 0.00 0.00 0680193 Ladder Storage, Vertically Hinged Doors, Smooth Alum, Grabber Door Brkt, Tiller
NFPA 0.90 0.00 0.90
0689539 Lights, Compt, Pierce, LED Light Strip, 36", Additional NFPA 0.35 0.35 0.00 0689540 Lights, Compt, Pierce, LED Light Strip, 27", Additional NFPA 0.52 0.52 0.00 0689541 Lights, Compt, Pierce, LED Light Strip, 9", Additional NFPA 0.09 0.09 0.00 0733396 Light, Locator, Wln L31H*F, LED, at Tip, PAL/PAP, 1lt NFPA 1.60 2.40 4.00 0737181 Intercom, 2-Way Fire Research ICA910 Hands Free NFPA 0.50 0.00 0.00 0746667 Lights, Side Zone Lower, Wln M6**, M6**, 4Lts NFPA 3.60 5.40 0.00 0748168 Cabinet, Rear Facing, RS, 26.75 W x 30 H x 22 D, Ext Acc Only, SFR/Enf
NFPA 0.30 0.30 0.00
0748169 Cabinet, Rear Facing, LS, 26.75 W x 30 H x 23 D, Ext Acc Only, SFR/Enf
NFPA 0.30 0.30 0.00
0748170 Cabinet, Rr Fcng, Top Eng Tnl, 38 W x 15 H x 18 D, Web, Notch, SFR/Enf
NFPA 0.15 0.15 0.00
0760732 Lights, Perimeter Body, TecNiq T10-LC00-1 15" LED 4lts, Turntbl/Rr Stp, Tiller
NFPA 1.52 0.00 0.00
0761731 Lights, Front Zone, Wln M6** M6** M6** M6**, 4lts Q Bezel, Clr Fet
NFPA 3.60 5.40 0.00
* UDMC = User Defined Mission Critical, LM = User Defined Load Managed, S = Electrical Amperage Supply 2 Electrical Analysis
11/12/2025
Bid #: 968
100' Tiller - Duplicate to 42944 - 2025 Sales Rep:

Organization:

Young, Dewayne
Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc
Desc:

Job #:

Customer: Salinas Fire Department
Option: Pierce Command Zone, Advanced Electronics & Control System, Enforcer, WiFi CZT
Type: Multiplexed
Option Description Type* Minimum
Load
Intermittent
Load
Total
Connected
0762396 Light, Turntable Console, Amdor AY-LB-12HW012, LED Strip Light
NFPA 0.20 0.00 0.00
0762413 Light, Boom Support, Amdor AY-LB-12HW012, 12" LED NFPA 0.18 0.00 0.00 0763582 DEF Tank, 4.5 Gallon, DS Fill, Forward of Rear Axle, Tiller NFPA 0.60 11.40 0.00 0783153 Headlights, Rect LED, JW Spkr Evo 2, AXT/Enf/Imp/Sab/Vel NFPA 4.20 4.20 0.00 0791528 Light, Traffic Directing, Wln TAL65, 36.00" Long, TACTL5 NFPA 0.60 1.20 0.00 0793424 Compt, F/H F/D Front/Rear Roll, Center Lift Past 90, Special Cab Steps,78"Wide
NFPA 3.60 0.00 3.60
0802753 Lights, Tracking, Wln MP** LED, 2lts NFPA 8.00 0.00 0.00 0804519 Lights, Tail, Wln M62BTT* Red Stop/Tail & M62T* Amber Dir Arw w/Flange
NFPA 0.83 2.49 0.00
0808497 Engine, Cummins X15, 565 hp, 1850 lb-ft, W/OBD, EPA 2027, Enforcer
NFPA 6.00 0.00 0.00
0813525 Lights, Step, P25 LED, Tiller, Control, Trim Feature NFPA 0.50 0.00 0.00 0814201 Vehicle Information Center, 7" Color Display, Touchscreen, MUX, CL714
NFPA 1.20 0.00 0.00
0816093 ClearSky Telematics, Remote Fleet & On-scene Management, AT&T Commercial
NFPA 1.61 0.00 0.00
0819013 Siren, Code 3 3692 100/200W, Other Speaker, Non-NFPA 2024 NFPA 1.40 12.60 0.00 0820601 Lights, Tip, Wln MP** LED, 4lts NFPA 13.12 0.00 0.00 0822192 Compt, F/H F/D Front Roll, Low Rear Roll, Spec Cab Steps, Narrow Rear
NFPA 1.80 0.00 1.80
0824055 Compt,Single Reserv,22.5"HTop Stg Area w/Ctr Lift,Grating,F/D Ea Side,Dbl Dr.47"
NFPA 1.80 0.00 1.80
0836565 Lights, Rear Zn Lwr, Wln M6*, 2Lts NFPA 1.80 2.70 0.00 0887546 Trans, Allison 6th Gen, 4000 EVS P, w/Prognostics, Imp/Vel/SFR/Enf
NFPA 2.00 2.00 0.00
0889577 Bracket, License Plate & Light, P25 LED, Stainless Brkt NFPA 0.07 0.00 0.00 0892638 Lights, Cab & Crw Cab Acs Stps, P25, LED w/Bezel, 6lts NFPA 1.00 0.00 0.00 0893414 Aerial, 100' Heavy Duty Ladder, 500/500 Tip, 50 MPH Wind, Tiller NFPA 5.00 0.00 0.00 0647728 Alternator, 430 amp, Delco Remy 55SI S 0.00 0.00 0.00 Load Totals: 167.27 444.74 584.50
Minimum Continuous Load
Supply: 253.00
Demand: 167.27
Variance: 85.73
Total Connected Load
Supply: 369.00
Demand: 329.91
Variance: 39.09
Note: Minimum Continous Load is in "Blocking Right of Way" mode.(Reference current edition of NFPA 1901) Note: Intermittent Load items are not factored in on any alternator load comparisons. These items are included on the report for reference only and should be looked at as amp draw exclusion items. (Reference current edition of NFPA 1901) Note: Total Connected Load "Demand" represents Total Connected Load minus any Load Managed items 253.00 369.00Alternator Output at Idle: Alternator Output at Governed Speed:
* UDMC = User Defined Mission Critical, LM = User Defined Load Managed, S = Electrical Amperage Supply 3 Turning Performance Analysis
Bid Number: 968 Chassis: Enforcer Chassis, Tractor (Tiller) Department: Salinas Fire Department Body: Aerial, Tiller, No Pump, Alum Body Parameters:
*Inside Cramp Angle: 45°
Axle Track: 82.92 in.

Wheel Offset: 3.12 in.

Tread Width: 12.4 in.

Chassis Overhang: 65.95 in.

Additional Bumper Depth: 7 in.

Front Overhang: 72.95 in.

Wheelbase: 166 in.

Calculated Turning Radii:

Inside Turn: 13 ft. 1 in.

Curb to curb: 25 ft. 9 in.

Wall to wall: 29 ft. 4 in.

Notes:
*Actual Inside cramp angle may be less than shown.

Curb to Curb turning radius calculated for 9.00 inch curb. 11/12/2025
Category Option Description
Bumpers 0606186 Bumper, Non-Extended, Saber FR/Enforcer Axle, Front, Custom 0630705 Axle, Front, Oshkosh TAK-4, Non Drive, 19,500 lb, Enforcer Wheels, Front 0019575 Wheels, Front, Alcoa, 22.50" x 9.00", Aluminum, Hub Pilot Aerial Devices 0893414 Aerial, 100' Heavy Duty Ladder, 500/500 Tip, 50 MPH Wind, Tiller Tires, Front 0582936 Tires, Front, Goodyear, G289 WHA, 315/80R22.50, 20 ply Definitions:

Inside CrampAngle Maximum turning angle of the front inside fire.

Axle Track King-pin to King-pin distance of front axle.

Wheel Offset Offset from the center line of the wheel to the King-pin.

Tread Width Width of the tire tread.

Chassis Overhang Distance of the center line of the front axle to the front edge of the cab. This does not include the bumper depth.

Additional Bumper Wheel Depth that the bumper assembly adds to the front overhang.

Wheelbase Distance between the center lines of the vehicles front and rear axles.

Inside Turning Radius Radius of the smallest circle around which the vehicle can turn.

Curb to Curb Turning Radius Radius of the smallest circle around which the vehicle's tires can turn. This measures assumes a curb height of 9 inches.

Wall to Wall Turning Radius Radius of the smallest circle around which the vehicle's tires can turn. This measures takes into account any front overhang due to chassis , bumper extensions and or aerial devices.

JROGHQVWDWHĆUHFRP

PRODUCT

WARRANTIES
Exhibit “C”
4 Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 2/8/2010 WA0008

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES
The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty.

This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

No specific exclusions apply
Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4
Limited Warranty
Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer:
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

One (1) Year Material and Workmanship
Basic Apparatus
Twelve (12) months.Warranty Period
Ends After:

The date the apparatus is placed in service, or 60 days from the original buyer invoice date, whichever comes first.Warranty Begins:

Portions of the apparatus manufactured by Pierce shall be free from defects in material and workmanship
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot;

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages.

If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation.

Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY.

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.

Cummins Warranty
Worldwide
Fire Apparatus/Crash Trucks
Coverage
Products Warranted
This Warranty applies to new diesel Engines sold by
Cummins and delivered to the first user on or after
April 1, 2007, that are used in fire apparatus truck and crash truck* applications Worldwide.

Base Engine Warranty
The Base Engine Warranty covers any failures of the
Engine which result, under normal use and service,
from a defect in material or factory workmanship
(Warrantable Failure). This Coverage begins with the
sale of the Engine by Cummins and ends five years or
100,000 miles (160,935 kilometers), whichever occurs
first, after the date of delivery of the Engine to the first user .

Engine aftertreatment components included in the
Cummins Critical Parts List (CPL) and marked with a
Cummins part number are covered under Base Engine
Warranty.

Additional Coverage is outlined in the Emission
Warranty section.

These Warranties are made to all Owners in the
chain of distribution and Coverage continues to all
subsequent Owners until the end of the periods of
Coverage.

Cummins
Responsibilities
Cummins will pay for all parts and labor needed to
repair the damage to the Engine resulting from a
Warrantable Failure.

Cummins will pay for the lubricating oil, antifreeze,
filter elements, belts, hoses and other maintenance
items that are not reusable due to the Warrantable
Failure.

Cummins will pay for reasonable labor costs for
Engine removal and reinstallation when necessary to
repair a Warrantable Failure.

Cummins will pay reasonable costs for towing a
vehicle disabled by a Warrantable Failure to the
nearest authorized repair location. In lieu of the towing expense, Cummins will pay reasonable costs for
mechanics to travel to and from the location of the
vehicle, including meals, mileage and lodging when
the repair is performed at the site of the failure.

Owner
Responsibilities
Owner is responsible for the operation and
maintenance of the Engine as specified in Cummins
Operation and Maintenance Manuals. Owner is also
responsible for providing proof that all recommended
maintenance has been performed.

Before the expiration of the applicable Warranty,
Owner must notify a Cummins distributor , authorized
dealer or other repair location approved by Cummins
of any Warrantable Failure and make the Engine
available for repair by such facility. Except for Engines disabled by a Warrantable Failure, Owner must also
deliver the Engine to the repair facility.

Service locations are listed on the Cummins Worldwide
Service Locator at cummins.com.

Owner is responsible for the cost of lubricating oil,
antifreeze, filter elements and other maintenance items provided during Warranty repairs unless such items
are not reusable due to the Warrantable Failure.

Owner is responsible for communication expenses,
meals, lodging and similar costs incurred as a result of a Warrantable Failure.

Owner is responsible for non-Engine repairs and for
‘‘downtime’’ expenses, cargo damage, fines, all
applicable taxes, all business costs and other losses
resulting from a Warrantable Failure.

Owner is responsible for a $100 (U.S. Dollars)
deductible per each service visit under this plan in the 3rd, 4th and 5th years of Base Engine Warranty. The
deductible will not be charged during the first 2 years of the Base Engine Warranty.

Limitations
Cummins is not responsible for failures or damage
resulting from what Cummins determines to be abuse
or neglect, including, but not limited to: operation
without adequate coolants or lubricants; overfueling;
overspeeding; lack of maintenance of lubricating,
cooling or intake systems; improper storage, starting,
warm-up, run-in or shutdown practices; unauthorized
modifications of the Engine.

Any unauthorized modifications to the aftertreatment
could negatively effect emissions certification and void Warranty.

Cummins is also not responsible for failures caused by
incorrect oil, fuel or diesel exhaust fluid or by water , dirt or other contaminants in the fuel, oil or diesel
exhaust fluid.

This Warranty does not apply to accessories supplied
by Cummins which bear the name of another
company. Such non-warranted accessories include, but
are not limited to: alternators, starters, fans, air
conditioning compressors, clutches, filters,
transmissions, torque converters, vacuum pumps,
power steering pumps, fan drives and air compressors.

Cummins branded alternators and starters are covered
for the first two years from the date of delivery of the Engine to the first user , or the expiration of the Base Engine Warranty, whichever occurs first.

Failures resulting in excessive oil consumption are not covered beyond the duration of the Coverage or
100,000 miles (160,935 kilometers) or 7,000 hours from
the date of delivery of the Engine to the first user ,
whichever of the three occurs first. Before a claim for excessive oil consumption will be considered, Owner
must submit adequate documentation to show that
consumption exceeds Cummins published standards.

Failures of belts and hoses supplied by Cummins are
not covered beyond the first year from the date of
delivery of the Engine to the first user or the duration of the Warranty, whichever occurs first.

Parts used to repair a Warrantable Failure may be new
Cummins parts, Cummins approved rebuilt parts or
repaired parts. Cummins is not responsible for failures resulting from the use of parts not approved by
Cummins.

A new Cummins or Cummins approved rebuilt part
used to repair a Warrantable Failure assumes the
identity of the part it replaced and is entitled to the remaining Coverage hereunder .

Cummins Inc. reserves the right to interrogate
Electronic Control Module (ECM) data for purposes of
failure analysis.

CUMMINS DOES NOT COVER WEAR OR WEAROUT
OF COVERED PARTS.

CUMMINS IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR INCIDENTAL
OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES.

THIS W ARRANTY AND THE EMISSION W ARRANTY

SET FORTH HEREINAFTER ARE THE SOLE

W ARRANTIES MADE BY CUMMINS IN REGARD TO
THESE ENGINES. CUMMINS MAKES NO OTHER

W ARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OR OF

MERCHANT ABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A
P ARTICULAR PURPOSE.

This Warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you
may also have other rights which vary from state to
state.

Emission
Warranty
Products Warranted
This Emission Warranty applies to new Engines
marketed by Cummins that are used in the United
States** in vehicles designed for transporting persons
or property on a street or highway. This Warranty
applies to Engines delivered to the first user on or after September 1, 1992.

Coverage
Cummins warrants to the first user and each
subsequent purchaser that the Engine is designed,
built and equipped so as to conform at the time of sale by Cummins with all U.S. federal emission regulations
applicable at the time of manufacture and that it is free from defects in material or factory workmanship which
would cause it not to meet these regulations within the longer of the following periods: (A) Five years or
100,000 miles (160,935 kilometers) of operation,
whichever occurs first, as measured from the date of
delivery of the Engine to the first user or (B) The Base Engine Warranty.

If the vehicle in which the Engine is installed is
registered in the state of California, a separate
California Emission Warranty also applies.

Limitations
Failures, other than those resulting from defects in
material or factory workmanship, are not covered by
this Warranty.

Cummins is not responsible for failures or damage
resulting from what Cummins determines to be abuse
or neglect, including, but not limited to: operation
without adequate coolants or lubricants; overfueling;
overspeeding; lack of maintenance of lubricating,
cooling or intake systems; improper storage, starting,
warm-up, run-in or shutdown practices; unauthorized
modifications of the Engine.

Any unauthorized modifications to the aftertreatment
could negatively effect emissions certification and void Warranty.

Cummins is also not responsible for failures caused by
incorrect oil, fuel or diesel exhaust fluid or by water , dirt or other contaminants in the fuel, oil or diesel
exhaust fluid.

Cummins is not responsible for non-Engine repairs,
‘‘downtime’’ expenses, cargo damage, fines, all
applicable taxes, all business costs or other losses
resulting from a Warrantable Failure.

Cummins Inc.

Box 3005
Columbus, IN 47202-3005
U.S.A.

CUMMINS IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR INCIDENTAL
OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES.
* Airport operated crash trucks and fire department
operated trucks employed to respond to fires,
hazardous material releases, rescue and other
emergency-type situations.
** United States includes American Samoa, the
Commonwealth of Northern Mariana Islands, Guam,
Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands.

Cummins Inc.

Box 3005
Columbus, IN 47202-3005
U.S.A.

Bulletin 3381161
Printed in U.S.A. Rev. 08/09
/H230052001 Cummins Inc.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

This warranty applies to the frame rails only, crossmembers are excluded.

This warranty does not apply to damage caused by corrosion.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

Salinas City CouncilDecember 9, 2025

Salinas City Council
December 9, 2025